Home

FDREPORT User Manual - Innovation Data Processing

1. FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSPUNCH DD SYSOUT A INTRDR SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA DISP RETAIN DSN RMM DATA XSELECT TVOWNER TEST3 TVEXDATE GE 2013 001 TVEXDATE LE 2013 031 PUNCH FDRLIB MASK ECHO PRINT RPTYPE SELPCH DATATYPE RMMVOL SORT NO DISABLE DUPDSNCH REPORT FIELD TVVOLSER TVOWNER TVEXDATE PRINT DATATYPE RMMVOL MASK DD DATA DLM TEST3RMM JOB J RMM BATCH CMDS CLASS M MSGCLASS X NOTIFY X TYPRUN HOLD 7 BATCH JOB TO ISSUE RMM COMMANDS TSOBATCH EXEC PGM IKJEFTOI REGION 0M TIME 30 SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT SYSTSIN DD ENDPREFIX RMM CHANGEVOLUME TVVOLSER EXPDT 2013 365 SUFFIX The generated report looks like OWNER TEST3 TESTI TEST3 TESTS EXPDATE The output job that is punched to the SYSPUNCH DD Statement looks like TEST3RMM J BATC TSOBATCH SYSTSP SYSTSIN RMM CHAN RMM CHAN RMM CHAN RMM CHAN R JOB OB 1550 DD DD SYSOUT EVO EVO EVO EVO RUN HOLD PGM IKJI CCRO33 CCR049 E10014 E100
2. 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table gt 5 cir c g za ee FieldName 2 2 2 Description 2 x a o lt BKFILENO Y Y 4 NUM Backup tape file number BKGEN A Y Y 4 NUM ABR generation number of backup tape BKSUFFIX EM Y CHAR Backup tape dsname suffix Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BKTAPCNT AJY Y 2 NUM Backup tape volume count BKTIME Y Y Y Y 8 TIME Backup time hhmmss APPL backup ABREXIT BKVOL Y Y 34 CHAR Backup tape volumes required to restore Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BLKSIZE V LY 5 NUM Data set block size BLKSTRK Y 4 NUM Number of blocks per track BPTR Y 10 HEX Format 1 DSCB pointer to Format 2 3 DSCB BUFSIZE EM v EN v 6 NUM Buffer size ICF VSAM only BYTES A Y Y S Y B BYTE Allocated space bytes kB MB BYTESFRE A Y Y S Y B BYTE Unused space bytes KB MB BYTESTRK IY 5 NUM Bytes per track calculated BYTESUSE uv ES BYTE Used space bytes KB MB CANDVOLC JY 3 NUM Number of unique candidate volumes where the data set is cataloged CAPBYTES EN v ENG BYTE Alloc capacity Bytes kB MB CASPLIT Mv NUM Control
3. 54 20 54 20 OPTIMIZE STATEMENT SYNTAX OPTIMIZE STATEMENT NOTE OPTIMIZE STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT OPTIMIZE STATEMENT FDREPORT OPTIMIZE STATEMENT The syntax of the OPTIMIZE statement is OPTIMIZE CATEXCLUDE catn catn RESET 5 OPTIMIZE statement currently permits the inclusion of a list of catalogs that are not to be processed by FDREPORT catalog read service One or more OPTIMIZE statements are used to define the names of the catalogs to be bypassed during FDREPORT execution when the DATATYPE is CATALOG CATARCH or CATVTOC If the OPTIMIZE command is not specified all catalogs encountered when reading the Master Catalog are added to the catalog table for processing Do NOT include the master catalog in the list of catalogs not to be processed If the master catalog is encountered in the list it results in message FDR687 CATALOG SCAN USING FDRSCATP NOT PROCESSED UNABLE CREATE ALIAS AND CATALOG TABLES followed by FDRA84 INTERNAL LOGIC ERROR JOB TERMINATED CATEXCLUDE Specifies a name of a catalog to be added to a list of catalogs that are not to be processed by the catalog read service RESET Indicates that the catalog s specified replace the current list of catalogs that are not to be pro
4. SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFAULT SORT COMBINE SUM INDEX COPY BOTH XSELECT DSG FINANCE PAYROLL LEDGER PRINT DATATY PE ARCHIVE RPTY PE ARCHIVE SORTALLOC YES PAGE 54 118 SHORT TERM DATA SETS EXAMPLE ARCHIVE TAPE REPORT EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT ARCHIVE EXAMPLES 54 41 Report on all archived data sets that were archived within the last two weeks but that have already been recalled This might be used to identify data sets that should not have been archived in the first place REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE ARCHIVED DATA SETS RECALLED WITHIN 14 DAYS DEFAULT DATEFORMAT MMDDYYYY SELECT ARCFLAGI RESTORED BKDAYS lt 15 XSE REPORT FIELD DSN VOL DSORG SIZE BKDATE ARCFLAGS PRINT DATATY PE ARCHIVE The generated report looks like DATA SET NAME VOLSER ARFL1 ARFL2 USER1 FILE1 50001 PS 22 10 20 2002 USER2 JCL CNTL TSO023 PS 150 10 22 2002 Produce a report of the archive tapes in use and the number of archive backup files on each of them REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT
5. SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPUNCH DD DSN amp amp ABRIN UNIT SYSALLDA SPACE TRK 2 1 DISP NEW PASS DCB BLKSIZE 6160 SYSIN DD XSELECT XDSN LIST TEMP CRDAYS gt 1 PRINT ENABLE ONLINE RPTYPE SELPCH SUPERSCR EXEC PGM FDRABR COND 0 NE REPORT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSPRIN1 DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT 1 DD DUMMY SYSIN DD DUMP TYPE SCR ONLVOL DSNENQ USE MAXCARDS 1000 DD DSN amp amp ABRIN DISP OLD DELETE Generate a data set containing SELECT statements specifying the data set name volume and ABR generation and cycle for each selected data set using a punch mask This might be used at a disaster recovery site to do data set restores of selected data sets from their most recent ABR backup REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPUNCH DD DSN SELPCH OUTPUT UNIT 3590 DISP CATLG DCB BLKSIZE 6160 SYSIN DD XSELECT XDSN PAYROLL PUNCH FDRLIB MASK PRINT ENABLE ONLINE RPTYPE SELPCH MASK DD SELECT DSN lt NAME gt VOL lt VOL gt GEN lt ABRGEN gt CYCLE lt ABRCYCLE gt NVOL PAY The generated statements on SYSPUNCH look like SELECT DSN PAYROLL HOURLY MASTER VOL PAYOO1 GEN 0123
6. DATA SETS THAT MAY RUN OUT OF SPACE D S ORG VOLSER SCALO EXT ALLOC EF PROD12 PROD CNTL CARDS PO 3 DIAGNOSE Check the VVDS on specified volumes reporting on all duplicate records more than one PROBLEMS IN VVR or NVR for the same data set or component and orphan records a VVR NVR with VVDS EXAMPLE Corresponding DSCB the VTOC Such errors may cause failures when accessing these data sets Although the DIAGNOSE function of IDCAMS can do the same checks there is no easy way to do multiple volumes also FDREPORT is faster than IDCAMS The PUNCHDIAGNOS option cause the suggested IDCAMS repair JCL to be written to the data set specified by the DIAGPCH DD Statement REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT DIAGPCH DD DISP SHR DSN MYPDS FIXVVDS SYSIN DD XSELECT VOL TST PROD SMS PRINT RPTYPE NONE ENABLE DIAGNOSEVVDS PUNCHDIAGNOS When errors are found FDREPORT prints ORPHANED VVR ON VOLUME 5 089 RBA 00002511 WITHIN VVDS SYS1 VVDS VTST089 lt dump format print of the VVR gt REMOVE ORPHANED VVR WITH STEPXX EXEC PGM IDCAMS SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD1 DD UNIT SYSALLDA DISP SHR VOL SER TST089 SYSIN DD DELETE TST VSAM TEST3 INDEX FILE DD1 VVR CATALOG CATALOG TSOUSER 7 FDR421 ICF LOCATE ERROR MU
7. DATATYPE RMMDSN Field Name Table je gt gg le le S s s 1 FieldName j Description uo gt D ai Y 44 CHAR Data set name RECTYPE Y V 3 NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER 4 CHAR FDREPORT product version record format SDSN Y IN IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name first 20 bytes only SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only SPLDSN Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name on two lines SPLNAME N N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines TD FULL NUM Percent of volume used by data set TDAPRSIZ Y y Y 11 NUM Approximate file size in bytes TDBESKEY A Y Y 8 NUM BES key index TDBLKCNT NUM Block count TDBLKSIZ 5 NUM Block size TDCATFLG Y N 14 CHAR Tape data set catalog flags ERR not cataloged to this volume MVC multi volume NO not cataloged SBC should be cataloged IBM DFSMSrmm SBN should be not cataloged IBM DFSMSrmm SBU should be unknown IBM DFSMSrmm UNK unknown YES cataloged TDCATVCT A Y NY Y 3 NUM Number of volumes cataloged this data
8. 54 54 FDREPORT SET STATEMENT 54 55 FDREPORT SORT STATEMENT 54 56 FDREPORT SUMMARY STATEMENT 54 58 FDREPORT TITLE STATEMENT 54 59 FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 60 FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS 54 94 FDREPORT DFSMSHSM REPORTING 54 107 FDREPORT TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING 54 109 FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES 54 110 FDREPORT ARCHIVE 54 118 FDREPORT CATALOG EXAMPLES 54 120 FDREPORT SMS EXAMPLES 54 121 FDREPORT VOLUME EXAMPLES 54 124 FDREPORT PUNCH EXAMPLES 54 126 FDREPORT TAPE EXAMPLES 54 129 FDREPORT DFSMSHSM EXAMPLES 54 131 FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES 54 132 FDREPORT 1 TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES 54 140 FDREPORT FIELD 54 143 FDRSRS SEARCH REPORT AND SERVICES DIALOG 54 215 FDRSRS DIALOG OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS P
9. CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 199 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is complete list of operands that are available for with SCRATCH FIELD DATATYPE SCRATCH They provide the ability to select data set information both NAME TABLE VSAM and non VSAM from the FDRABR scratch catalog and backup data from the FDRABR catalog DATATYPE SCRATCH Field Name Table je 5 5 Field Name 0 zz Description g gt 2 6 ie jer ABRCYCLE v NUM ABR current cycle number ABRGEN Y 4 NUM ABR current generation number BKCYCLE DN v EM Y NUM ABR cycle number of backup tape BKDATE AY Y Y DATE Backup date BKDAYS IY 5 NUM Days since backup BKDEVCLS EM Y BE V BAM 4 CHAR Backup tape device class BKDEVTYP EM Y BE V 7 CHAR Backup tape device type BKDSNS 3 NUM Number of active backup data sets BKEXDATE Y DATE Backup expiration date BKEXDAYS Y 5 NUM Days until backup expiration Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 BKFILENO NUM Backup tape file number BKGEN A Y y 4 NUM ABR generation number of backup tape BKSUFFIX Y VOY Y 8 CHAR Backup tape dsname suffix Note This fi
10. ACTIVATE statement is used to activate predefined user fields the FDREPORT field definition and processing table Data for user fields comes exclusively from one or more user exits The field activation is TEMPORARY only for the given invocation of the FDREPORT that they are specified Part of field activation requires setting the name of the exit Control is passed to the exit via a BALR 14 15 instruction Normal save area conventions are followed and register 1 contains the address of a parameter list Contents of the parameter list are described by the RPTUSRX macro found in the Installation Control Library ICL data set shipped with the FDREPORT install as is a copy of the testing exit FSREPIXT DATALENGTH Required operand Specifies the length in bytes that the field occupies within the report record The limits of the field vary based on DATATYPE The limits are DATATYPE BIN 1104 DATATYPE CHAR 1 to 24 DATATYPE HEX 1 to 12 NorE The FORMAT operand supplies values for both the DATALENGTH OUTPUTLENGTH operands when applicable DATATYPE Required operand Specifies the type of data that the field contains There are three types of data that are supported by FDREPORT and its formatting services for user fields BIN Binary considered to be numeric CHAR Character HEX Hexadecimal PAGE 54 14 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT ACTIVATE STATEMENT 54 10 FI
11. NUM Backup tape file number BKGEN NUM ABR generation number of backup tape BKSUFFIX Y BE 8 CHAR Backup tape dsname suffix Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BKTAPCNT AY NY Y 2 NUM Backup tape volume count BKTIME Aly ly ly jy 8 TIME Backup time hhmmss APPL backup ABREXIT BKVOL EM Y BE V BM 34 CHAR Backup tape volumes required to restore Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BLKSIZE IY 5 NUM Data set block size BLKSTRK Y 4 NUM Number of blocks per track UCBSTATS EM v EUM 7 CHAR UCB status indicators OFFLINE ONLINE VL FDSCB 3 NUM Volume DSCBs free percent VL FINDX Y 3 NUM Volume VTOCIX free percent VL FTRKS NUM Volume tracks free percent VL FVVDS Y 3 NUM Volume VVDS free percent CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 213 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE VTOC VTOC FiELD They provide the ability to select all data sets both VSAM and non VSAM directory NAME TABLE entries and members from any form of partitioned data set generation data groups The volumes and
12. FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE This is the operand list for all data sets both VSAM and non VSAM ARCHIVE extracts ARCHIVE FIELD data set information from the FDRABR Archive Control File ACF Backup information if NAME TABLE requested is gathered from the catalog using the LOCATE SVC DATATYPE ARCHIVE Field Name Table e Z o ae E io 9l Field 112 2 12 Description 559821818 x c o FREE Y 3 NUM Tracks in use within data set as a percentage USED y Y v 3 NUM Tracks in use within a data set as a percentage ACTTTR Y 6 HEX Actual TTR of archive record ADATE JY ID DATE Archive date ADAYS Y IY 5 NUM Days since archived ARCDSN AY NV Y 44 CHAR Archive Control File ACF name ARCFLAG1 Y BEN V BAM 5 CHAR Archive Flags byte 1 E CLSERROR X Component marked for delete because there is no corresponding cluster DELCOMP Z Component marked for delete because cluster is to be deleted EXTRESTR E External restore from archive FIVEVOLS F Archive backup spans more than five volumes INTRESTR 1 Internal restore from archive MULTIVOL M Portion of multi volume data set archived from one volume RESTORED R Entry restored from archive or restore from archive was attempted SULABEL S Data set is restored with an SUL ARCFLAG2 Y EM V BM 5 CHAR Archive Flags byte 2 ABRTAPE T Backup
13. Se DATASET SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 267 COL 4 6 10 COMMAND gt save SCROLL gt CSR ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help FIELD SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT SOURCE FIELDS DSNAME gt jsb VOL SOURCE gt CATVTOC Catalog Volume Archive Appl Scratch Extract This displays the Save Selection Criteria panel where you specify the member name and the optional description On the command line enter ADDISPF or ADDTSO to make the selection criteria available as an ISPF or TSO command Command gt addispf Specify the library and member name where the Selection Criteria will be saved Data Set Name gt JSB SRS SELECT Member Name gt LISTJSB Description gt List all data sets with HLQ JSB Save option Replace an existing member gt YES Yes or No Enter ADDISPF in the command line to make this accessible as an ISPF command Enter ADDTSO in the command line to make this accessible as a TSO command Enter CANCEL in the command line to cancel the save operation PAGE 54 235 54 87 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS ISPF FASTPATHS AND COMMANDS The ADDISPF command presents the following panel that allows entering of the options to add the command to the ISPF command table Add FDR Commands to ISPF Command Table Row 1 t
14. E o x s M Field Name 3 9 lal l a Description x o lt BLKSTRK Y 4 NUM Blocks per track BYTES Y S Y B BYTE Allocated space bytes MB BYTESFRE uv ES BYTE Unused space bytes KB MB BYTESTRK V 5 NUM Bytes per track calculated BYTESUSE Y S B BYTE Used space bytes KB MB CATALOG Y BE V BAM CHAR Catalog status CAN Cataloged to candidate volume DRF DASD read failure ERR Cataloged to another volume NO Not cataloged ONL Only cataloged UNK Cataloged but unable to process with LOCATE YES Cataloged to this volume Note This can be expensive to collect if a large number of data sets are to be reported CLUSTER 44 CHAR Cluster name ICF VSAM COMPTYPE Y 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data component AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component CRDATE Y DATE Creation date CRDAYS IY 5 NUM Days since created DAYSEXP A Y 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 DEVCLASS 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE Ev BM CHAR Device type DSGROUP 44 CHAR Data set group name m m rm x lt lt DSIND Y V IN 2 HEX Data set indicators printed in hex
15. Field Name Description SORT SUMMARY PUNCH Length Attribute DSNAME DSSN 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name 6 CHAR Volume serial number field in DSCB HEX Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined EXPDATE AY Y VY DATE Expiration date EXPDAYS Mv EM V BE 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 HSMCDCSZ A Y Y y Y 10 NUM Size of migration volume in 2k blocks HSM MCDS HSMIGVOL XSELECT lt lt REPORT DSORG m lt lt lt E w lt lt lt lt CHAR First migration volume HSM BCDS MCDS Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 INDEX V Y 8 CHAR Index volume from data set name INDEXNUM Y EM v BM NUM of index level in the data set or cluster name that is extracted into field INDEX KEYLEN Y 3 NUM Data set key length LRDATE DAT
16. PAGE 54 176 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CA1DSN Field Name Table gt o b le C55 FieldName 5 0 zz 28 Description 2 o 5 J bar x c o TDVOLSEQ Y 3 NUM Volume sequence number TDVOLSER Y Y 6 CHAR Tape volume serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDXTDATE Y Y 6 DATE Extract date TDXTTIME Y Y 8 TIME Extract time hh mm ss CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 177 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE _ This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE CA1VOL CA1VOL FIELD They provide the ability to select volume records from CA Technologies tape management NAME TABLE product CA 1 DATATYPE CA1VOL Field Name Table gt 5 FieldName gt gt gt a Description 2 5 5 6 o uo 5 a x c o TV FULL NUM Volume percentage TVACCNT 1 J 50 CHAR Account number TVCAPBYT Y 11 NUM Volume capacity bytes TVCRDATE Y DATE Creation date TVCRDAYS ive 5 NUM Days since created TVCRJOB EM Y BA Y 8 CHAR Creating job name Note This field supports selec
17. jobname JOB required parameters REPORT2 EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT 1 DD UNIT lt BKDEVTYP gt DISP SHR LABEL lt BKFILENO gt VOL SER lt BKVOL gt DSN FDRABR V lt VOL gt lt BKSUFFIX gt SYSIN DD TITLE INE ARCHIVED DATA SET lt NAME gt XSELECT DSN lt NAME gt REPORT FIELD SPLNAME VOL DATES SIZEINFO EXTENTS PRINT DATATY PE TVTOC 55 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 130 54 47 MCDS REPORT EXAMPLE BCDS REPORT EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DFSMSHSM EXAMPLES 54 47 FDREPORT DFSMSHSM EXAMPLES Please review Section 54 31 FDREPORT DFSMShsm Reporting for details on the FDREPORT field names that are available when you are reporting on data in a DFSMShsm or DFHSM MCDS or BCDS database All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5447x Report on data from the HSM MCDS Only certain data sets are selected and certain fields that are valid for the MCDS are included in the report Include the migration volume where the data set currently resides using field HSMIGVOL The MCDS is dynamically allocated REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT S
18. FLAGI CHKPTDSN COMPRESS EATTR EATTRNO EATTROPT LARGE RECALL FREEEXT nnnn GDGENTRY2nnn GDGFLAGS EMPTY NOEMPTY NOSCRATCH SCRATCH GDGGENER nnnn GDGLADAT yyddd yyyyddd GDGLADAY nnnnn GDGLIMIT nnn GDGRELGN nnn GDGVERSN nn HIALOBLK nnnnnnnnnn HIALORBA nnnnnnnnnn HIKEYRBA nnnnnnnnnn HIUSEBLK nnnnnnnnnn HIUSERBA nnnnnnnnnn HSMCSCSZ nnnnnnnnnn HSMIGVOL vvvvvv IAMINDIC ALTINDEX DATACOMPRESS ENHANCED EXTENDED HARDEWARECOMP KEYCOMPRESS PATH SPANNED INDEXLEV nnnnn INSERTS2nnnnnnnnnn KEYLEN nnn LASTBKUP yyddd hhmm hhmm LINKLIST LMJOB cccccccc GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements continued LRDATE yyddd NTMIGRATennnnn NVSAMATR ACTGDG LRDAYS nnnnn DEFGDG PDSE LRECL nnnnn POSIX s LSTAR tttttrrr ROLGDG ade NVSAMFLG ATTREXT MAXLRECL nnnnnn EXTEND MAXSIZE nnnnn OFFSET nnn 5 UPTCD A MEMBAMOD ccc a 1 DB NOEX E OL F REFR I RENT IC REUS L il yyyyddd MEMBCURR nnnnn RE MEMBENTR nnnnnnnn 5 W MEMBID cccccccc MEMBINTR nnnnn MEMBLMDT yyddd OVERFLOW nnnnnnnnnn OVERFPER2nnn yyyyddd OVERUSED2nnnnnnnnnn MEMBLMTI Ammss OWNER ccccccc
19. Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 MFRCODE CHAR Manufactures code Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 MGMTCLAS Y CHAR SMS management class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 NAME N 44 CHAR Data set name or VSAM cluster name NOBDB N 3 NUM Number of bytes used in last directory block NOEPV S 3 NUM Number of extents for data set on this volume CHAPTER 54 54 168 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description NOEXTENT lt 99 2 em Number of extents on this volume total NVSAMATR SMS managed non VSAM attributes NVR NVSAMFLG m m gt XSELECT lt lt lt REPORT lt lt SUMMARY CHAR SMS managed non VSAM flags in NVR ATTREXT Extended attribute EA EXTEND Extended Format EF OLDBKUP lt lt 2 NUM ABR old backup of ABR backup OPTCD CHAR Option code byte A DAM Actual addressing BC ICF VSAM catalog C SAM Chained scheduling using PCI DB DAM Dynamic buffering E DAM Extended search F DAM Feedback IS Independent overflow area IC ICF VSAM data set L IS Delete M
20. 2 2 COMMAND gt submit SC ROMS ae Ane ele 01 Submit JCL FG execute in the foreground RQ add to remote Operands for RESTORE TYPE ARC statement section 51 06 gt RESTORE TYPE ARC DT DYNARC DSNAME Filter gt QRP DEFRAG TXT Volume Serial gt IDPLB4 Archive date gt New DSNAME gt or NEWINDEX gt defrag2 New Volser s gt Copy Operands for SELECT DSN statement section 51 gt NOTIFY BAB DSNAME Filter gt QRP JCL CNTL Volume Serial gt IDPLB3 date New DSNAME gt or NEWINDEX gt New Volser s gt tsowk gt Operands for SELECT DSN statement section 51 gt NOTIFY BAB A user needs to restore several of his data sets from ABR backups From the SRS main menu option 1 select data sets was chosen and a selection name of asterisk is specified to list all available saved selection lists SSS SSeS SS SSeS BIDRSR S Primary Menu 2 2 OPTION gt 1 SCROLL gt CSR More 0 OPTIONS Set Dialog Options and Defaults Data Set Selection ame gt DEFAULT member name or blanks Data Set List display saved ame gt member name or blanks 3 SELVOL Volume Selection ame gt DEFAULT member name or blanks 4 VOLLIST Volume List display saved ame gt member name or blanks OR Select one of the
21. 2 NUM ABR old backup of ABR backup OPTCD EM 2 CHAR Option code byte A DAM Actual addressing BC ICF VSAM catalog C SAM Chained scheduling using PCI DB DAM Dynamic buffering E DAM Extended search F DAM Feedback IS Independent overflow area IC ICF VSAM data set L IS Delete M IS Master index R IS Reorganization criteria RB DAM Relative block addressing RE DAM Read exclusive TO DAM Track overflow UF IS Full track index write W All Write validity check Y IS Cylinder overflow area OVERFBLK Y Y Y 10 NUM Number of overflow blocks IAM OVERFLOW Y Y 10 NUM Number of overflow records available IAM OVERFPER NUM Overflow percent of used blocks IAM OVERUSED Y Y Y 10 NUM Number of overflow records used IAM OWNER 8 CHAR Owner ID PRIALLOC Y 8 NUM Primary allocation quantity ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM PRIBYTES nv BYTE Primary allocation in bytes ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM PRIMEUSE Y Y Y Y 8 NUM Number of used prime extension blocks IAM PRIMEXTN Y Y Y Y 8 NUM Number of prime extension blocks IAM PROTECT Y N 4 CHAR Protection indicators PASR Password required for read and write PASW Password required for write RACF Protected by IBM RACF or equivalent product NONE No security indicated in Format DSCB
22. Y 3 NUM Data set key length LASTBKUP N IN 13 CHAR SMS last backup date time from VVR yyyyddd hhmm LINKLIST IN N IN N nla Retrieve data set list from LINKLIST selection only LMJOB Y BE Y CHAR Last modifying job name ASM2 users only Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 LRDATE Y D DATE Last reference date CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 167 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table gt 5 crc g Field Name 2 12 E Description x o lt LRDAYS Y Y 5 NUM Days since last referenced LRECL IY 5 NUM Data set logical reference length LRTIME Y N N 8 TIME Last reference time hh mm ss IAM ICF VSAM LSTAR Y Y 6 HEX Data set last block pointer specify as LSTARzX tttttrr MAXLRECL 6 NUM Maximum record length IAM ICF VSAM MAXSIZE YY 5 NUM Maximum allocated tracks Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled MEMBABAS EM v 645 CHAR PDS PDSE member name alias base Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 MEMBAMOD Y Y N 3 PDS PDSE member load mod
23. nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a number of days since last processed by ABR that is within the number of days supplied The number may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive BKDEVCLS BKDEVC Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have been backed up or archived to the device class entered DISK The data set s have been backed up or archived to DASD TAPE The data set s have been backed up or archived to tape NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal BKDEVTYP BKDEV Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have been backup up or archived to the device type entered Some valid backup device types are 3380 3390 DISK Any DASD device type 3480 3480 3490 3590 1 TAPE Any tape device type NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal BKDSNS nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a number of active backup files after exclusion or selection that satisfies the criteria specified The value specified may be any number from 0 through 999 inclusive BKEXDATE BKEXDAT datespec Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR backup tape with an expiration date that matches the date supplied For DATATYPE ARCHIVE or CATARCH this field is the expiration date of the archive backup file For DATATYPE VTOC or CATVTOC ABR does not record t
24. EE Y 5 NUM Days since last referenced LRECL IY 5 NUM Data set logical reference length LRTIME Y N IN 8 TIME Last reference time hh mm ss IAM ICF VSAM LSTAR YN Y 6 HEX Data set last block pointer specify as LSTARzX tttttrr MAXLRECL 6 NUM Maximum record length IAM ICF VSAM MAXSIZE Y EM Y 5 NUM Maximum allocated tracks Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 208 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table gt 5 cir c g za m FieldName 1 Z 2 2 Description 2 s gt lt c o MEMBERS IY Y 6 NUM Number of PDS members MGMTCLAS EM Y 8 CHAR SMS management class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 NAME Y Y N Y 44 CHAR Data set name NOBDB 3 NUM Number of bytes used in last directory block NOEPV S Y 3 NUM Number of extents for data set on this volume NOEXTENT NUM Number of extents on this volume total NVSAMATR y N 6 CHAR SMS managed non VSAM attributes in NVR NVSAMFLG Y CHAR SMS managed non VSAM flags in NVR ATTREXT Extended attribute EA EXTEND Extended Format EF OLDBKUP ly
25. PAGE 54 83 54 28 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT DELETES DEL Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a number of records deleted that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 4294967294 inclusive nnnnnnnnnn Specifies the exact value to be compared nnnnnnnK Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 nnnnM Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 000 DEVCLASS DEVC Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must reside only on the device class specified FDREPORT recognizes the following device classes DISK TAPE NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal DEVTYPE DEV Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must reside only on the device type specified Some valid DASD device types are 3390 3390 A Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 E2 Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 F Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 2 Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 3 Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 9 Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 27 Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 53 Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQUE is in effect 3390 54 Recognized only if SUMDEVICE UNIQ
26. SORTxxxx DD STATEMENTS SYSIN DD STATEMENT SYSLIB DD STATEMENT SYSPRINT DD STATEMENT SYSPUNCH DD STATEMENT CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT JCL REQUIREMENTS 54 3 Specifies data set to be read for extra FDREPORT control statements This data set is used if FDREPORT encounters an EXECUTE or PUNCH control statement This data set can be a sequential data set or a partitioned data set but must have characteristics and 80 The purpose of this data set is to store canned report formats and punch masks for execution by any user The DD statement name may be changed by the FDRLIB operand of the DEFAULT EXECUTE or PUNCH command Required if the COPY statement is used to copy the FDREPORT option values set in a previous version of FDREPORT to the new version Must point to the load library containing the FSREPOPT module containing the option values set in the previous version Optional This must point to the DFSMShsm or DFHSM Migration Control Data Set MCDS If you provide the data set name of the HSM control file via the MCDSCLUSTER operand this DD statement is not necessary FDREPORT dynamically allocates the required file This DD statement cannot be used if the MCDS is a multi cluster file use the operand instead Optional This must point to the DFSMShsm or DFHSM Offline Control Data Set OCDS If you provide the data set name of the HSM control file via the OCDS
27. after CLUSTGROUP2 indicate that the group name starts after one or more index levels Each period indicates that one index level is to be bypassed CMPCANDV CMPCAND nnn Specifies the VSAM component s selected or excluded must be cataloged to a number of candidate volumes that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 200 inclusive Candidate volumes are volumes that were requested with a VSAM cluster or SMS managed non VSAM data set was created but have not yet been used for data For non SMS managed VSAM components candidate volumes are actual volumes on which no space has been allocated yet for the cluster For SMS managed data sets VSAM or non VSAM with guaranteed space candidate volumes are actual volumes on which space has been allocated but not used For SMS managed data sets VSAM or non VSAM without guaranteed space candidate volumes are non specific volumes shown as asterisk There may be multiple asterisk volumes CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 81 54 28 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT CMPVOLCT CMPCOLC nnn Specifies VSAM component s selected or excluded must be cataloged to a number of non candidate volumes that is within the value specified The number of candidate volumes is provided separately in the field CMPCANDV The value may be from 1 to 200 inclusive CMPVOLTL CMPVOLT nnn Specifies the VSAM component s s
28. gt EXTDSN gt VTOC FIELDS DIALS gt UNIT gt UNITNAME gt gt DEVCLASS gt UCR SA S mm DATASET SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 221 COL 7 10 10 Read SOOM MARE Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help SUMM BREAK LEN DESCRIPTION 27 Data Set Name VSAM cluster name Volume Serial Data Set resides on Source of input data CATALOG or specified 44 Catalog Name where to search optional 44 Archive Control File data set name optional 54 Data Set Name containing extracted data 72 Includes SPLDSN VOL DSORG RECFM BLKSIZE LRECL SI Device address the dataset is on Esoteric or generic unit name Type of Device Data Set resides on Class of Device Data Set resides on UCB status ONLINE OFFLINE PANO 4 The default source to be searched is the CATALOG Based on DSNAME VOL and CATALOGN data sets are selected from the system catalogs and then the volsers indicated in the catalog are accessed to extract additional fields relating to the data sets if selection values for other fields were specified the selected data sets are filtered to eliminate those that do not match The remaining data sets are displayed with the requested or default report fields If only DSNAME VOL and or CATALOGN are selected on you have to press RIGHT PF 11 23 to view the other requested report fields For instance to list all cataloged data sets starting w
29. gt SCROLL gt PAGE Command Name gt COPY Min number of characters for abbrev gt 4 0 8 Description gt COPY DATA SETS Main Control Statement gt COPY TYPE DSF Control Statement for Data Set Entry omit DSN and VOL operands gt SELECT NOTIFY amp USERID Default action after command is entered gt DISPLAY FG RO SUBMIT EDIT Regresi tte gt COR blank REORG COPY MOVE RESTARC RESTBKP RESTAPPL and or BACKUP ARCHIVE BACKAPPL other Program Name gt FDRCOPY FDRABR FDRDSF FDRCOPY FDRABRUT Job Statement Information only specify to override default SYSOUT Class gt TSO Userid group s of authorized users YES all users NO no users FG gt YES BG gt YES RQ gt NO Recall dataset gt YES yes no Suppress VOL gt NO yes no Setup CLIST gt Cleanup CLIST gt Table Panel gt JCL Skeleton gt Pass entries gt NO yes no Menu Selection gt DISPLAY no action Enter ADDISPF in the command line to make this command an ISPF command Enter ADDTSO in the command line to make this command a TSO command Press PF3 END to save changes or enter the CANCEL command to ignore changes This example shows the parameters for the COPY command You can modify them if you like Press PF3 END to save the changes Use the ADDISPF and the ADDTSO commands to add the FDR function command to the ISP
30. 3 CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined EXPDATE Y Y DATE Expiration date EXPDAYS YY Vv 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 FILESEQ N Y 5 NUM File sequence number from catalog GDGBASE Y Y 44 CHAR Generation Data Group base name GDGENTRY NUM Generation Data Group active entry count GDGFLAGS 9 CHAR Generation Data Group flag byte GDGGENER IM Y BM Y 244 NUM Generation Data Group generation number GDGLIMIT 3 NUM Generation Data Group active entry limit GDGRELGN Mv NUM Generation Data Group relative generation GDGVERSN 2 NUM Generation Data Group version number INDEX EM Y BE V 8 CHAR Index volume from data set name INDEXNUM Y IY V o Y 43 NUM of index level in the data set or cluster name that is extracted into field INDEX LRECL IY 5 NUM Data set logical reference length LSTAR N Y 6 HEX Data set last block pointer specify as LSTAR X tttttrrr CHAPTER 54 PAGE 5
31. DATASET SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 221 COL 4 6 10 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CSR ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Example of some Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help VTOC VVDS FIELD SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT SMS ABR cri Ue eL CE TS Generated and SOURCE FIELDS DSN AME JOBS VOL SOU RCE gt CATALOG Catalog Volume Archive Appl Scratch er CATALOGN gt ARC DSN gt EXT DSN gt FDRABR SRS EXTRACT VTOC FIELDS DEFAULTS gt UNIT UNI gt DEVTYPE gt DEV CLAS S UCBSTATS gt VVDS FIELDS Other fields that can be Selected Sorted and or Reported CLUSTER gt SPLCLS aw SCLUSTER gt VSAMID 5 D Printd command SMS FIELDS allows the user to SMS CLASS gt MOFAS change order which the DAT ACLAS STORGRP gt dataset attributes 295 lt S a are printed and the ABR FIELDS 1 Dataset JSB FDRAS Mis number of copies ABR CYCLE archived Specifying B to print Puce Browse in the Exe wo gt E are 1 command column will GENERATED FIELDS ccm cause muon m SIZE gt recall of this dataset BYTES gt cour E IST DSLIST LINE 1 103 COI 3 8 10 CAPBYTES gt COMMAND before going to EHE UE E Browse OTHER FIELDS H
32. DSN dsnspec Specifies string s from 1 to 44 characters in length All data sets having a name that matches the selection or exclusion criteria that is compare length is 44 are selected or excluded There is a special form of the DSNAME operand Leading periods after DSN indicate that the name starts after one or more index levels Each period indicates that one index level is to be bypassed The resulting compare must be exact that is a value of LIST does not match a data set with a name of A B LIST D It is also possible to cause the DSN operand to act like the DSG operand by indication argument truncation with an asterisk The resulting compare would not be an exact compare that is a value of LIST would then match a data set A B LIST D Multiple data set name values using the same operator may be entered as dsnspec dsnspec Relative GDG generations for example DSN ABC GDG 1 are not supported DSNEIFLG DSNEI Specifies the extended data set criteria associated with the VSAM component This information is extracted from the VVR The values are GIGABYTE The data set component has extended addressability and may exceed 4G GIGABYTE may be abbreviated as RELCI The ICF VSAM component uses relative control interval CI addressing RELCI may be abbreviates as R ZFS The data set contains a zSeries File System ZFS may be abbreviated as z
33. EXTENTSYNC GUARSPACE OVERFLOWVOL PRIMEVOLUME RELCIADDR VOLGROUP vvvvvv VOLID cccc VOLSQ nnn VOLUME vvvvvv VSFREBYTennnnnnnnnn nnnnnnnk nnnnM 3 3 3 J 3 3 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements continued VVRSTATS DPLR XDSNAME dsn XLSTAR ttttttttrrr MLTR X XXXXXXXX NONE NVVR XSELECT AND These statements act as a filter for the data sets to be processed by FDREPORT The XEXCLUDE XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements use sophisticated comparisons less than or STATEMENTS equal greater than not equal and the rest as well as data set name masking capability On the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements one of a number of comparison operators may follow the operands Since one form of those operators involve special characters such as the not and less than lt alternate forms of each operator without special characters are provided The operators are or EQ equal Or Or NE not equal or LT less than or GT greater than lt LE less than or equal to gt or GE greater than or equal to The test is true if the indicated comparison of the FIELD value and the value you provide is true For example SIZE gt 15 DSORG NE PS If the operation is equal or EQ or not equal 72 or NE several values may be provided in parentheses For equal
34. IY 5 NUM Data set block size BLKSTRK Y 4 NUM Number of blocks per track CANDVOLC V Y 3 NUM Number of unique candidate volumes where the data set is cataloged CATALOG Y BM V BAM CHAR Catalog status CAN Cataloged to candidate volume DRF DASD read failure ERR Cataloged to another volume NO Not cataloged ONL Only cataloged UNK Cataloged but unable to process with LOCATE YES Cataloged to this volume Note This can be expensive to collect if a large number of data sets are to be reported CATNAME Y 44 CHAR Name of the catalog CATTTR Y X Y 6 HEX DSCBTTR from catalog CATVOL X 6 CHAR Volume where the data set is cataloged Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CATVOLCT Y EM v BM NUM Number of unique non candidate volumes where the data set is cataloged CATVOLTL Y Y NUM Total number of unique volumes where the data set is cataloged CATVRBA Y 8 HEX Relative byte address of VVR from catalog CLUSATTR Y Y N JN 24 CHAR Cluster attributes ICF VSAM ATL Tape volume catalog ATTREXT Extended attribute EA EXTEND Extended format EF FORMAT Formatted pagespace PAGESPACE Pagespace SWAPSPACE Swapspace TIMESSTAMP Timestamps exist VERIFYREQ Verify is required catalog only CLUSTER 44 CHAR Cluster name ICF VSAM COMPTYPE 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data com
35. If SPn is specified as one of the FIELD operands FDREPORT inserts the number of spaces specified by n from 0 to 9 between the previous FIELD specified and the next FIELD The following example specifies that three blanks be inserted between the FIELD VOL and DATES Example REPORT FIELD DSN VOL SP3 DATES Default One blank between fields RESET NORESET NORESET Indicates that these fields should be added to the list of fields currently in effect from preceding REPORT statements RESET Indicates that the list of fields on this REPORT statement completely replaces the values on any preceding REPORT statement Default RESET PAGE 54 54 54 24 SET STATEMENT SYNTAX SET STATEMENT SET STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT SET STATEMENT 54 24 FDREPORT SET STATEMENT The format of the SET is SET 7 IFRETURNCODE nnnn RETURNCODE nnnn _ The SET statement permits the user to set the current return code to any value from 0 to 4095 either unconditionally or after checking the current return code value IFRETURNCODE nnnn Specifies the value to be used to check the current value in the return code The number can be any value from 0 to 4095 Default The current value of the return code is not checked NOTE All operators are valid for this operand RETURNCODE nnnn Specifies the return code to be issued by FDREPORT if termination occu
36. LE x s v FieldName 1 Z 2 2 Description 3 8 gt lt c o CLUSATTR 24 CHAR Cluster attributes ICF VSAM ATL Tape volume catalog ATTREXT Extended attribute EA EXTEND Extended format EF FORMAT Formatted pagespace PAGESPACE Pagespace SWAPSPACE Swapspace TIMESSTAMP Timestamps exist VERIFYREQ Verify is required catalog only CLUSTER v CHAR Cluster name ICF VSAM CLUSTGROUP A 44 CHAR Cluster group name ICF VSAM CMPCANDV Y 3 NUM Number of candidate volumes cataloged to component CMPVOLCT BAM NUM Number of volumes cataloged to this component CMPVOLTL v 3 NUM Total volumes cataloged to this component COMPATTR Y N N Y 24 CHAR Component attributes ICF VSAM ERAS Erase IMBD Imbedded IXD Indexed KRNG Keyrange NIXD Non indexed NUMD Relative ORD Ordered RCVY Recovery REPL Replicate RUS Reusable SPED Speed SPND Spanned WCK Write check COMPTYPE Y Y N 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data component AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component COMPUSER Y 10 NUM Compressed user data size extended CRDATE Y DATE Creation date CRDAYS IY 5 NUM Days since created CRJOBNAM 8 CHAR Creating job n
37. NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal DSNFLAGS DSORG DSO Specifies the data set or component selected or excluded must have a data set attribute value that matches the value specified The only valid attribute is RLS Data set or component is defined as supporting record level sharing NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a data set organization that corresponds to the data set organization supplied Valid data set organizations are AM All VSAM DA Direct Access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File Structure IS Indexed Sequential PS Physical Sequential PSE Physical Sequential Extended PO Partitioned POE Partitioned Extended U Unmovable May be appended to all other data set organizations or used independently UM Alternate form of Unmovable UN Undefined NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal PAGE 54 86 DSSN GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have the value specified in the volume serial number location in the Format_1 DSCB This capability is provided because many installations use the field for other than the current volume serial number This operand supports full masking Th
38. Y 3 NUM Tracks not in use within a data set as a percentage OVER Mv NUM Overflow records used as a percentage IAM USED y Y v 3 NUM Tracks in use within data set as a percentage ABRCYCLE NUM ABR current cycle number ABRGEN Y 4 NUM ABR current generation number ABRHITRS Y 3 NUM ABR high volume threshold ABRIND E Y Y Y N 5 CHAR ABR indicators A Always backup Never archive B Current ABR backup exists N Normal backup Never archive R Archive requested X Exclude from ABR processing For reports only not for selection C No current ABR backup exists Instant backup is pending SNAP SPLIT PSPLIT or FCOPY has been done but the point in time image has not yet been copied to a backup file M Multi volume data set T Old backup recording is enabled U Updated since last ABR backup ABRLOTRS 3 NUM ABR low volume threshold ABRVPOPT Y CHAR ABR volume processing options C Cycle table is active Instant backup attempted N Never archive from this volume S Scratch is permitted T ABR thresholds are enabled X COPY1 expiration date active Y COPY2 expiration date active 0 zero None of the above AIXATTR Y NUM 7 CHAR Alternate index attributes IAM ICF VSAM only AIX This is an AIX UPGRADE AIX with upgrade CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 204 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPO
39. Y N 10 CHAR Retention value CATRETPD CYCL nnnnn PERMANENT WHILECATLG Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSCLASS Y Y Y Y 30 CHAR Security class long Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSECCLS Y BG Y BO 8 CHAR Security class short Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSIFACT Y Y N 2 CHAR Size factor KB multiply the listed fields by 1024 MB multiply the listed fields by 1024 1024 GB multiply the listed fields by 1024 1024 1024 TB multiply the listed fields by 1024 1024 1024 1024 TDSMSDTC EM v BMG CHAR SMS data class name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSMSMGC Y YS Y CHAR SMS management class name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSMSSTC Y YS Y CHAR SMS storage class name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSMSSTG EM v CHAR SMS storage group name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSTATUS Y 7 CHAR Volume status MASTER USER SCRATCH INIT ENTRY TDSVDATE Y Secondary VRS start date TDSVRSJN EM Y BAM Y 8 CHAR Secondary VRS job name Note This field supports selection v
40. alas did ia ea Renae ads VOLUME SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 72 COL 4 6 10 COMMAND SEIN gt ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help FIELD SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT VLVOLSER gt IDPPM IDPWH VLUNIT 9 2 LDEVTYP STORGRP LDEFAUL FTRKS UTRKS FDSCB UDSCB DX DX FVVDS UVVDS LOTRK 5 E E tj E H 95 X E E E D CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 242 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS EXAMPLES 54 88 The status of the selected volumes is displayed including Indexed VTOC status mount status tracks allocated percentage used and free space information If you scroll right the number of free extents and the IBM fragmentation index for each volume is visible coecocoocccccccoococcoccccoococc VOLUME LIST VOLLIST LINE 1 11 COL 3 11 14 COMMAND SCROLL gt CSR Read Save Find Locate Refresh Next Message Printd Help COMMAND VOLSER DEVTYPE UADR VTINDX USEATTR USERS ALLOTRK TU FREETRK LGFCYL DPPM7 3390 27 7011 ACTIVE PRIVATE 7 124073 42 176437 1429 DPPM1 3390 27 7012 ACTIVE PRIVATE OOH Gor 545810659 DPPM2 3390 27 7013 ACTIVE PRIVATE 8 27961 10 272549 804
41. 2 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 47 54 21 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT SUMBYTEFORMAT Specifies the print value to be used when displaying byte formatted fields if the SUMMARY command is specified BYTES Display the values as a true byte count KILOBYTES Display the values as kilobytes rounded MEGABYTES Display the values as megabytes rounded GIGABYTES Display the values as gigabytes when ELEVENBYTES or DECIMALBYTES is enabled TERABYTES Display the values as terabytes when ELEVENBYTES or DECIMALBYTES is enabled There are two defaults for the SUMBYTEFORMAT operand If SUMBYTEFORMAT is not specified on the DEFAULT command but BYTEFORMAT is specified the format is taken from the BYTEFORMAT operand If SUMBYTEFORMAT is not specified on the PRINT command it retains the format from the last DEFAULT command or the value in FSREPOPT the FDREPORT Option Table SUMDDNAME ddn Specifies the DDname to be used when creating output summary reports Default ABRSUM NorE Memory stacking of summary reports for later printing increases the region size by 100K SUMDEVICE Specifies how summaries by device type are to be handled if there is more than one density for the device BASE Summary is at the base level for example 3390 1 3390 2 3390 3 3390 9 and 3390 27 are summarized as 3390 UNIQUE Summary is by individual device type for example 3390 1 3390 2 are
42. ATL Tape volume catalog ATTREXT Extended attribute EA EXTEND Extended format EF FORMAT Formatted pagespace PAGESPACE Pagespace SWAPSPACE Swapspace TIMESSTAMP Timestamps exist VERIFYREQ Verify is required catalog only Cluster name ICF VSAM CMPCANDV NUM Number of candidate volumes cataloged to component CMPVOLCT CHAPTER 54 NUM Number of volumes cataloged to this component PAGE 54 152 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CATALOG Field Name Table gt cric 8 Field Name 2 12 Description 2 8 x tx o lt CMPVOLTL IY v Y 3 NUM Total volumes cataloged to this component COMPTYPE E Y N 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data component AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component CRDATE Y D DATE Creation date CRDAYS Y 5 NUM Days since created CTLMODEL Y CTLSERNO EM v BM Y BM 5 CHAR Controller serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DATACLAS EM Y BAM V BAM 8 CHAR SMS data class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DAYSEXP v JY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 6
43. CATTTR field FLAG1 Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an extended format data set flag byte value that matches the value provided Valid indicators are CHKPTDSN Check pointed data set COMPRESS Data set is compressible EATTR Extended attribute setting EATTRNO EATTR NO EATTR OPT LARGE Data set may exceed 65535 tracks on volume RECALL Data set has been recalled by DFSMShsm NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal FREEEXT nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a number of free or unused extents on a DASD volume including the SUL extent if present that is within the value specified The number may be from 0 to 127 inclusive GDGENTRY GDGE nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must be part of a generation data group having a number of active entries that matches the value provided The number may be from 0 to 255 inclusive In order for a GDG base entry to be made available to the selection routines ALLFILTER must be enabled GDGFLAGS GDGF Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must be part of a generation data group having the indicators that match those provided Valid indicators are EMPTY All data sets within the GDG are to be uncataloged with the limit is reached Only the oldest data set of the GDG is to be uncataloged when the limit
44. DAM Read exclusive TO DAM Track overflow UF IS Full track index write W All Write validity check Y IS Cylinder overflow area OWNER A Y Y 8 CHAR Owner ID PATHNAME Y Y 44 CHAR Path name ICF VSAM RANK A IY NUM Rank within sorted data assigned RECTYPE NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER 4 CHAR FDREPORT product version record format RELALCNT Y 5 NUM Relative number of associated aliases RUNDATE Y BY BAD DATE Run date RUNTIME Y IY Y Y 8 TIME Run time hh mm ss SCLUSTER Y IN IN N 20 CHAR Short cluster name first 20 bytes only SDSN Y IN IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name first 20 bytes only SECURFLG Y Y Y Y N CHAR Security Flags RACF Discrete IBM RACF profile OWNC Ownership cluster CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 154 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CATALOG Field Name Table LE x 5854518 s M FieldName 1 2 2 2 Description s x c o SECURITY 4 CHAR Results of RACROUTE invocation DSCB Data set protected by a specific profile NODS No decision returned b
45. Machine control character S Standard spanned T Track overflow U Undefined V Variable None of the above RECTYPE NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER CHAR FDREPORT product version record format RELALCNT NUM Relative number of associated aliases RUNDATE DATE Run date RUNTIME og o TIME Run time hh mm ss SCLUSTER CHAR Short cluster name first 20 bytes only SDSN lt lt lt lt lt lt z z lt lt lt lt Z Z lt lt lt lt z z lt lt lt lt 20 CHAR Short data set name first 20 bytes only CHAPTER 54 54 159 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATARCH Field Name Table gt FieldName 2 2 2 2 Description x c T lt SECAFLAG EM v EE V 5 CHAR Secondary allocation flags BLK Allocated in blocks CON Contiguous CONTIG CYL Allocated in cylinders FIV Five largest extents ALX MAX Largest extent MXIG RND Rounded to cylinders ROUND TRK Allocated in tracks SECURFLG N 4 CHAR Security Flags RACF Discr
46. Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEFREE s 5 NUM Tracks not in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEUSED S Y 5 NUM Tracks in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SMSFLAGS 4 CHAR SMS managed data set flag byte DSCB MANAGED S SMS managed NOBCS N Not cataloged REBLOCK R Reblockable DADSMCRT D DADSM assigned blksize PDSE 1 Partitioned data set extended PDSEX X Hierarchical File System HFS ATTREXTN E Extended Attribute EA STRIPE Z Extended Format EF SNAME Y N N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only SOURCE E Y Y 7 CHAR Source of the data record ARCHIVE Archive control file BCDS HSM backup control data set CATALOG System catalog CATARCH Auto recall records from catalog appended with Archive Control File ACF data CATVTOC Catalog records appended with VTOC and VVR data of selected volume s MCDS DFSMShsm migration control data set TVTOC FDR FDRABR or FDRDSF backup file s VTOC VTOC of volume VTOCVVR VTOC of volume appended with VVDS data SPACEFLG EM Y BAM 3 CHAR Space allocation flags ICF VSAM CYLINDERS Allocated in cylinders KILOBYTES Allocated in kilobytes MEG
47. PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined DSSN EM Y EM Y BMG CHAR Volume serial number field in DSCB HEX Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 EXCPS 10 NUM Number of EXCP s ICF VSAM EXPDATE AY Y Y DATE Expiration date EXPDAYS MY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 EXCPEXIT E Y N 8 CHAR Exception exit name ICF VSAM Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 207 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table T gt 5 FieldName OQ gt gt 2 2 Description x c T lt 5 A 15 Data set extent descriptors each extent is stacked up to 123 extents may be printed ccccchhhh Note The length of this field is two 2 bytes larger if the FATDISK option is enabled EXTYPE IN IN IN CHAR Extent type CYLBN Extent on cylinder boundary INDEX Index extent PRIME Prime extent OFLOW Overflow extent SUL Standard user label extent FLAG1 E JY Y N 7 CHAR Data set flag byte extended format CHKPTDSN Check pointed data set COMPRESS COM
48. SYSIN DD TITLE INE MANAGEMENT CLASS 501 XSELECT MGMTCLAS TSO1 REPORT FIELD DSN VOL SMSCLASS PRINT ENABLE ONLINE FASTPATH The generated report looks like IMANAGEMENT CLASS TSO1 DATA SET NAME VOLSER STORCLAS DATACLAS MGMTCLAS USER1 TEST JCL 5 5002 TEST USERS ISPF PROF TSO123 TSO PROFILE 501 SUMMARIZE BY Scan all online SMS managed data sets STORCLAS NE selects SMS managed STORAGE CLASS data sets since they must all have an assigned storage class and produce only EXAMPLE summaries showing all storage class names in use and the number of data sets and the number of tracks allocated to those data sets in each class REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRSUM DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE SMS STORAGE CLASS SUMMARY XSELECT STORCLAS NE SORT FIELD STORCLAS BREAK Y SUMMARY FIELD STORCLAS DSN SIZE PRINT ENABLE ONLINE FASTPATH RPTYPE NONE DISABLE INFOMSG SORTALLOC YES The summary looks like SUBTOTAL STORCLAS GS812 SUBTOTAL STORCLAS PRODDB ION SIZE 4250 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 121 54 43 REPORT BY STORAGE GROUP EXAMPLE PREPARE FOR SMS CONVERSION EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT
49. VTOCREAD d NOBREAK NONE WORKDDNAMES 27n 5510 _ STORGRP WORKSPACE nnnnn UNITPREFIX WORKSTORCLAS storclas VOLPREFIX WORKUNIT unit PRINT PRINT statement actually generates the report defined by previous FDREPORT STATEMENT statements and operands on PRINT itself FDREPORT performs the print using the characteristics specified on the preceding XSELECT REPORT DEFAULT and or SORT statements A PRINT statement must be specified multiple PRINT statements may be given to produce various reports one execution of FDREPORT All parameters that define the report to be generated TITLE HEADING REPORT SORT SUMMARY XSELECT XEXCLUDE and or PUNCH must precede the PRINT statement PRINT 5 nnn Specifies the number of days since a data set has been referenced as used OPERANDS by the aging summary in the VTOC lists The number may be from 1 to 999 Default 30 AGEACCUM nn Specifies the number of age accumulators that are maintained and printed if SUMLEVEL REPORT is specified The number may be a value from 0 to 10 Default Each report summary block does not contain age accumulators AGEINC nnn Specifies the number to be added to the age value to derive the next date control break in the aging summary in the VTOC lists The number may be from 1 to 999 Default 30 ALIASLEVEL n Specifies an alias level from 0 to 4 to be used when selecting data sets from the system catalogs If
50. Y Y BO CHAR Old location name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVOLOCTY Y BE Y BM 6 CHAR Old location type AUTO A MANUAL M STORE S TVOWNACC EM v EM Y BMG CHAR Owner access ALTER READ UPDATE TVOWNER EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR User id of the owner Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVPEND E Y Y Y N tt CHAR Actions pending ERA Erase INI Initialize NOT Notify REP Replace RET Return SCR Scratch TVPHYSPA mM NUM Physical space used bytes TVPRDERR 9 NUM Permanent read errors TVPRDNUM 8 CHAR Product software number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 197 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE RMMVOL Field Name Table E o x s M FieldName 2 2 2 Description gt lt c o TVPRDVER A Y Y Y Y 8 CHAR Product software version Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVPRVVOL Y 6 CHAR Previous volume Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVPVLOAN Y BE Y BAM 8 CHAR Previous loan locatio
51. ee FieldName 1 2 2 Description g s52s5 i x SIZEFREE ES 5 NUM Tracks not in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEUSED EN S gt NUM Tracks in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SMSFLAGS Y JN 4 CHAR SMS managed data set flag byte in DSCB MANAGED S SMS managed NOBCS N Not cataloged REBLOCK R Reblockable DADSMCRT D DADSM assigned blksize PDSE 1 Partitioned data set extended PDSEX X Hierarchical File System HFS ATTREXTN E Extended Attribute EA STRIPE Z Extended Format EF SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only SOURCE E Y Y N Nj 7 CHAR Source of the data record ARCHIVE Archive control file BCDS HSM backup control data set CATALOG System catalog CATARCH Auto recall records from catalog appended with Archive Control File ACF data CATVTOC Catalog records appended with VTOC and VVR data of selected volume s MCDS DFSMShsm migration control data set TVTOC FDR FDRABR or FDRDSF backup file s VTOC VTOC of volume VTOCVVR VTOC of volume appended with VVDS data SPLCLS Y N JN IN 27 CHAR Split ICF cluster name on two lines SPLDSN Y IN N 27 CHAR Split data set n
52. in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 194 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE RMMVOL Field Name Table gt 5 cric g Field Name 2 12 Description 8 gt lt c o TVCRTIME Y 8 TIME Creation time hh mm ss TVDBNMED EM Y BE Y CHAR Destination bin media name TVDBNNUM 6 CHAR Destination bin number TVDESTNM Y Y Y Y 8 CHAR Destination name TVDESTYP Y Y 6 CHAR Destination type AUTO A Automatically determined MANUAL M manually determined STORE S storage TVDSNCNT Data set count TVEKEYL1 E Y N N 92 HEX Encryption key label 1 TVEKEYL2 E Y N N N 32 HEX Encryption key label 2 TVEKEYM1 EM Y ia Y 5 CHAR Key encoding mechanism 1 TVEKEYM2 EM Y BE Y 5 CHAR Key encoding mechanism 2 TVESDATE EM Y BA Y BM 8 CHAR Function that set the expiration date TVEXDATE Y DATE Expiration date TVEXDAYS 5 NUM Days until expiration TVEXPTOK Y Y Y 16 HEX RMM export token TVFCODE Y BAM 4 CHAR Product feature code TVF1DSN EM Y BE 44 CHAR First file data set name TVHOMLOC Y BM Y BAM 8 CHAR Home location name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVHOMTYP Y Y vY Y e C
53. statement when sorting is required The number may be from 200 to 5000 Default Calculated based on the number of fields eligible for sorting LOWEXPDATE Specifies the date to be used as a lower limit when validating the EXPDATE operand The date may range from 0 to 2155 365 The date is specified as a Julian date year plus day number that may be in the form yyyyddd For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day MAXEXECUTE nnnnn Specifies the number of control statements that can be present any single predefined report The number may be a value from 10 to 32766 PAGE 54 24 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT 54 14 MAXICF nnnnn Specifies the maximum number of ICF VSAM clusters whose description can be retained in storage for any one report from 100 to 10000 It is used only with DATATYPE ARCHIVE or CATARCH Default 400 clusters NOTE This field is not eligible for permanent change MAXSELCORE nnnnnnn Specifies the amount of main memory in bytes to be GETMAIN d for the storage of user related selection and or exclusion criteria The number may be a value from 4000 to 4000000 Default 12228 bytes of main memory is GETMAIN d for selection and or exclusion processing MAXTAPE nnnnn Specifies the maximum number of tapes that are tabled for a given DASD volume during the execution of a report that in
54. summarized separately Default BASE NorE The SUMDEVICE operand controls the selection and report fields DEVTYPE and VLDEVTYP whether or not summary command or SUMLEVEL operand is specified SUMLEVEL Controls the printing of summary reports in conjunction with the SUMMARY statement Summaries are printed at indicated points in the detail report on ABRMAP or SYSPRINT unless an ABRSUM DD Statement is present when the summary report is printed on ABRSUM INDEX Summary reports are printed for each high level data set index encountered The SUMMARY statement is honored or if absent defaults as shown above SUM INDEX forces a sort on data set name unless SORT NO is specified NONE No summary reports are printed YES Summary reports are printed as specified by the SUMMARY statement If no SUMMARY is present this is assumed SUMMARY FIELD DSN NOEXTENT SIZE SIZEFREE SIZEUSED Default NO unless a SUMMARY statement precedes the PRINT statement SYSUTSPACE nnnn Specifies the number of tracks or cylinders controlled by the TRK and CYL operands of SORTALLOC to allocate when the temporary SYSUT2 extract file are dynamically allocated from 10 to 1000 Default 100 PAGE 54 48 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 SYSUTSTORCLAS Specifies the SMS storage class name 1 to 8 characters to use when dynamically a
55. then the value of EXPDAYS is 65535 EXTENTS ccccchhhh Specifies the data set s selected excluded must have or more extents that contain the ccccchhhh specified The value specified is checked against the ccccchhhh values represented by the extent descriptor s If the extent descriptor describes a ccccchhhh that matches the value operator specified the data set is accepted for processing EXTYPE Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have at least one extent that matches the type specified Valid extent types are CYLBN Extent on cylinder boundary INDEX Index extent PRIME Prime extent OFLOW Overflow extent SUL Standard User Label extent NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 89 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT FILESEQ nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a file sequence number that matches the value provided This field only applies to tape data Sets the file sequence number of DASD data sets is always shown as zero The number may be from 0 to 65535 inclusive If ABR archives a multi volume DASD data set for recall ABR sets the file A sequence number to 32768 or higher and uses it as a pointer into the Archive Control File In this case FDREPORT reports the file sequence number in the
56. 09 18 2008 5 lt 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 45 lt AH S UJ GJ DO UJ GJ 0 GJ GJ O0 G0 0 B205180A CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 132 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES 54 48 REPORT ON Extract data from DFSMSrmm tape management system and create a permanent SCRATCH TAPES extraction file that can be used after this execution of FDREPORT From this extraction IN THE 900 file select all the tapes in SCRATCH status for all tape volumes that begin with 900 RANGE EXAMPLE FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS PRODDATA DISP RETAIN DSN RMM DATA REPORT FIELD TVVOLSER TVSTATUS TVEXDATE TVLWDATE TVLRDATE TVLRUN4B R 900 TVSTATUS SCRATCH E RMMVOL XSELECT TVVOLSI PRINT DATATY TU LH The generated report looks like IVOLSER VOLSTAT EXDATE LWRDATE LRDATE LUNI 900001 SCRATCH 900008 SCRATCH 2001 046 2001 051 03A3 900021 SCRATCH 2000 094 2000 094 03A1 REPORT OF TAPES Report on data previously extracted from the DFSMSrmm tape management system From the CREATED ON extracted file select all the tapes created on a specific tape drive during a specific
57. 178 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CA1VOL Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description TVC1FLG2 m XSELECT lt REPORT lt SUMMARY z Flag byte 2 CAT Data set was cataloged ECC Cycle control EDD Frequency control ETM Expired by TMS E99 Catalog controlled OUT Data set opened for output REC Data set recreated TEM Temporary data set TVC1FLG3 CHAR Flag byte 3 BAD Bad tape do not mount for scratch COP File created by COPYCAT DEF Default EXPDT used at open DYN CA DYNAM T owned tape EDM External data managed ERS Data set erase required EVM Tape rel by external vault manager MTF Additional files exist on tape TVC1FLG4 CHAR Flag byte 4 ACV Actual volser in use DEG Tape has been degaussed ESM Tape expired by SMS NRS Non resident tape OSC File on OS catalog SIU Tape is in use SNO No stacking allowed VSR Vault specific request TVC1FLG5 CHAR Flag byte 5 AGT Agent tape STF Files were dynamically VTX Virtual volume exported WID WORM WWID present WTP 3592 WORM tape TVC1FUDT D DATE First used date TVC1FUDY gt lt lt NUM Days since first used TVC1LUJB m lt lt lt lt Last used job Note This field supports selection via m
58. 4 CHAR System identification from SMF UCBID 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex VOLGROUP Y CHAR Volume group Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Zu v 3 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME Y 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 XDSNAME Y CHAR Extended data set name selection only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 203 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE TVTOC TVTOC FIELD This data type extracts data set information from backup files produced by the NAME TABLE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING backup and recovery products FDR FDRABR and FDRDSF DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table gt 5552554 Field Name 5 e zz Description 8 D gt c o NUM Free percentage Control Area CAPUSED DM Y NUM Used percentage of allocation capacity NUM Free percentage Control Interval DIRFREE 3 NUM Free percentage of PDS directory blocks DIRUSED NUM Used percentage of PDS directory blocks FREE V
59. 41 88775 VOLUME LIST VOLLIST TNE L F Col gt CSIR Help LGFCYL Since the Volume List column headers may be different from the selection field names to occupy fewer columns column descriptions may be obtained by positioning the cursor at the column and pressing the HELP key or by entering the VIEW primary command Since the volume column headings may not be immediately obvious here is what some of them mean the last two are not shown on the panel above since you must scroll right to see them ALLOTRK 0 LGFCYL LRGFTRK FREXT FRAG Total allocated tracks on the volume Percentage of tracks allocated Total free tracks on volume Largest free cylinder extent on the volume Largest free track extent on the volume Number of free extents on the volume IBM fragmentation index for the volume You may enter an S in the command column to display the SRS data set list for all the data sets on the selected volume PAGE 54 233 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 87 FDRSRS ISPF FASTPATHS AND COMMANDS 54 87 FDRSRS ISPF FASTPATHS AND COMMANDS ISPF FASTPATHS Once you have become familiar with using SRS you can use these ISPF fastpath options from the ISPF main menu to invoke SRS without going through the intermediate panels A S Executes the DEFAULT Data Set Selection Criteria and selects data sets matching your TSO prefix or TSO user ID A S
60. 54 28 EXCPEXIT E Y NUM Y NUM 8 CHAR Exception exit name ICF VSAM Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 EXCPS Y 10 NUM Number of EXCP s ICF VSAM EXPDATE D DATE Expiration date EXPDAYS Y 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 EXTENTS NN 15 Data set extent descriptors each extent is stacked up to 123 extents may be printed ccccchhhh Note The length of this field is two 2 bytes larger if the FATDISK option is enabled CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 166 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table gt 8 FieldName 11916 2 2 2 Description 2 gt lt c T lt E IN IN IN CHAR Extent type CYLBN Extent on cylinder boundary INDEX Index extent PRIME Prime extent OFLOW Overflow extent SUL Standard user label extent FILESEQ Y N 5 NUM File sequence number from catalog FLAG1 Y 7 CHAR Data set flag byte extended format CHKPTDSN CHK Check pointed data set COMPRESS Data set is compressible EATTR ENO amp EOP Extended attribute setting EATTRNO ENO EATTR NO EATTROPT EOP EATTR OPT LARGE LRG Data set may exceed 65 535 tracks RECALL RCL Data set has b
61. 7 EQ each time then these operands are OR d If none of these operands is specified then the volumes on which the data sets reside are not criteria for selection FDREPORT dynamically allocates any online DASD volume identified by VOL UNIT UNITNAME and or STORGRP if a DISKxxxx DD Statements are not specified for that volume The ENABLE ONLINE operand of the PRINT statement is not required PAGE 54 03 54 30 CHAPTER 54 54 30 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS These are sub operands of the ENABLE and DISABLE operands on the PRINT and DEFAULT statements They control various execution options of FDREPORT and invoke special functions Because of space limitations some options that are for special purposes and are of limited use are not documented here To see the complete list of options execute FDREPORT with the control statement HELP COMMAND PRINT The defaults shown for each option are the defaults distributed with FDREPORT However all of these defaults can be permanently changed as described under the DEFAULT statement in Section 54 14 FDREPORT DEFAULT Statement ABENDIFSET Honor the ABRCC ABEND option set in the FDR Option Table FDROPT Enabling this option when ABRCC ABEND is set causes FDREPORT to terminate with an U0888 ABEND without a dump whenever a non zero return code would normally be encountered at termination Default FDREPORT co
62. 9840C 9840 C STK device 9840D 9840 D STK cartridge 984020M 9840 20M STK device 9940BSTK 9940 B STK device 994060M 9940 60M STK device TDDATES DATE Tape data set date fields includes TDCRDATE TDEXDATE TDLCDATE TDLRDATE TDLWDATE TDOEDATE TDPVDATE TDRTDATE TDSVDATE TDUCDATE TDXTDATE TDDEFAUL N Tape data set default fields includes TDDSNAME TDVOLSER TDOWNER TDEXDATE TDRTDATE TDDEVCLS 7 CHAR Device class TDDSNAME TDDSNSEQ 44 CHAR Data set name 5 NUM Data set sequence CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 175 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CA1DSN Field Name Table gt 5 crc g Field Name 2 12 E Description 2 8 x tx o lt TDEXDATE DATE Expiration date TDEXDAYS EM 5 Days until expire TDINDEXN Y EM Y Index number in data set name TDINDEXV Y IY Y Y48 Index value from data set name TDLCUSER 8 CHAR Last change user id Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLRDATE Y DATE Date last read TDLRDAYS 5 NUM Days since last read TDLRECL Y Y 5 NUM Logical record length TDLUJOB EM v EN Y CHAR Last used job name Note This field suppo
63. ABR model Reports for FDRPAS users List volumes flagged as SYSRES List all addresses List online volumes List offline volumes List page or swap data sets List all VVDS data sets check for logical errors FDRCPK FASTCPK simulation all available volumes HCHECKB Reports for IAM users List and summary of all IAM files IAM files that are not enhanced format IAM files that are not data compressed IAM files that are not key compressed IAM file statistics structure IAM file usage statistics activity Files listed in order of overflow used PAGE 54 9 54 3 54 3 STEPLIB JOBLIB DD STATEMENT EXEC STATEMENT ABRMAP DD STATEMENT ABRSUM DD STATEMENT ARCHIVE DD STATEMENT BCDS DD STATEMENT CA1XTR DD STATEMENT DIAGPCH DD STATEMENT DISKxxxx DD STATEMENTS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT JCL REQUIREMENTS FDREPORT JCL REQUIREMENTS The following Job Control statements are required to execute the FDR Generalized Report Facility If FDR is not in the system linklist specifies the program library where FDREPORT resides The library must be APF authorized Specifies the program name PGM FDREPORT and region requirement REGION Since the storage requirements of FDREPORT vary depending on the functions requested INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you specify REGION O
64. Active fields record RECVER Y V 4 CHAR FDREPORT product version record format TV FULL A 3 NUM Volume full percentage TVACCESS Y Y 6 CHAR Volume access ALTER A READ R UPDATE U TVACCNT E Y 40 CHAR Accounting data TVACTION Y Y 7 CHAR Actions on release ERASE ERA Erase volume on release INIT INI Initialize volume on release NOTIFY NOT Notify owner on release REPLACE REP Replace volume on release RETURN RET Return volume to owner on release SCRATCH SCR Return to scratch on release TVASDATE D DATE Assigned date TVASTIME Y Y 8 TIME Assigned time hhmmss TVAVAIL 15 CHAR Volume availability ONLOAN ON OPEN OP PENDINGREL PE VITALRECORD VI VOLUMEHOLD VH TVBIN Y 6 CHAR Current bin number TVBINMED Y IY Y Y 8 CHAR Bin number media name TVCAPBYT mM NUM Volume capacity bytes TVCOMPRT Y N 6 CHAR Compression ratio TVCONTNR Y Y Y 16 CHAR Container TVCRDATE Y DATE Creation date TVCRDAYS 5 NUM Days since created TVCRJOB EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR Creating job name Note This field supports selection via a mask See in Section 54 28 TVCRSYS EM Y BE Y CHAR Creating system Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVCRSYS1 EN Y 8 CHAR Creating system for the first file Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME
65. BY PASS RETRY ERRCODE nnn WAIT EXTRACTDSNAME dsn EXTRACTMEMBER mem Te FDRLIB ddn 2 CRYDSNAME dsn FIELDSUPFIX c DATADDNAME ddn FORMAT CRT DEVICE PRINT TSO GMSORTLEN nnn ICF IGNORE YES ICFSOURCE LOCATE VVDS CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 20 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT 54 14 The syntax of the DEFAULT statement continued IFKEYWORDERROR BY PASS PROCESS IFNOVERSION cccc IFSELECTERROR BYPASS PROCESS INDEXNUM nn LBPZERO INVALID VALID LINECNT nnn LOWEXPDATE yyyyddd MAXBKUPARRAY nn MAXCOPY n MAXEXECUTE nnnnn MAXGDG nnn MAXICF nnnnn MAXONLINE nnnn MAXSELCORE nnnnnnn MAXSEPARATE n n MAXTAPE nnnnn MCDSCLUSTER dsn MCDSDDNAME ddn MIHINTERVAL n MINSEPARATE nn OCDSCLUSTER dsn OCDSDDNAME ddn OLDBACKUP ALL CUR nnL nn PAGEWIDTH nnn PCHDATEFORMAT DDMMY Y DDMMYYYY MMDDYY MMDDYYYY YYMMDD YYYYMMDD YY DDMM YYYYDDMM YYDDD YYYYDDD PCHDDNAME ddn PCHDEFCATALOG catn PCHSEPCHAR c PAGE 54 21 POFREESPACE DIR IFREAD LBP PRTLENGTH nnnnn RECORDSUMMARY CLUST COMPON NONE REGIONSIZE nnnnnnnnn RESETMASKAFTER nnnnn RESFAILRTNCD nn RESWAITIME nn RETRYLOOPS nn RMMXDDNAME ddn RAMXPREFIX pfx RPTDDNAME ddn RPTSPFC nn RPTSPFI nn RPTYPE AB
66. CYCLE 005 NVOL PAY PAGE 54 126 GENERATE IDCAMS DELETE EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT REPORT SYSPRINT SYSPUNCH FDREPORT PUNCH EXAMPLES EX 54 45 Generate IDCAMS job stream to delete selected clusters and data sets The job is submitted directly to the JES internal reader for execution The punch mask is read from a member of the FDRLIB library PGM FDR DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT A INTRDR N 0M ISP SHR SELPCH E PORT contains SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT FDRLIB DD DSN USER1 FDREPORT D SYSIN DD XSELECT XDSN OLDFILES PUNCH MASKNAME IDCDEL ECHO PRINT DATATY PE CATALOG RPTYPE Member IDCDEL of library USER1 FDRI PREFIX DELETE JOB ACCT CLASS M MSGCLASS X DELETE OLD FILES DELETE EXEC PGM IDCAMS SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ENDPREFIX DELETE NAME PURGE SUFFIX The job submitted to the internal reader looks like DELETE JOB ACCT CLASS M MSGCLASS X DELETE OLD FILES DELETE EXEC PGM IDCAMS SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DELETE OLDFILES JCL CNTL PURGE DELETE OLDFILES RECORDS KSDS PURGE PAGE 54 127 54 45 GENERATE A JOB PER
67. Creation Date CRDAYS Days since Creation calculated MCDEXPDT EXPDATE Expiration Date EXPDAYS Days since Expiration calculated MCDDLR LRDATE Last Reference Date MCDTLR LRTIME Last Referenced Time LRDAYS Days since Last Reference calculated MCDDMIG ADATE Date Archived Migrated MCDTMIG ATIME Time Archived Migrated ADAYS Days since Migration calculated MCDDSORG DSORG Data set Organization MCDRECFM RECFM Record Format MCDOPTCD OPTCD Option Code MCDBLKSZ BLKSIZE Block Size BLKSTRK Blocks track calculated BYTESTRK Bytes track calculated MCDKEYLN KEYLEN Key Length MCDDSIND DSIND Data set Indicators MCDSIZE SIZE Allocated Tracks SIZEUSED Used Tracks calculated SIZEFREE Free Tracks calculated MCDSIZEB BYTES Bytes Allocated BYTESUSE Bytes Used calculated BYTESFRE Bytes Free calculated USED Percentage used calculated FREE Percentage free calculated LSTAR Last Used ftftrr MCDSCNAM STORCLAS SMS storage class MCDMCNAM MGMTCLAS SMS management class MCDMDNAM DATACLAS SMS data class MCDSMSFG SMSFLAGS SMS managed data set Flag Byte MCDSCAL1 SECAFLAG Secondary Allocation Flags MCDSCAL3 SECALLOC Secondary Allocation Quantity PAGE 54 107 54 31 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DFSMSHSM REPORTING MCDNMIG NTMIGRAT Number of times data set was migrated MCDVSN HSMIGVOL First migration volser MCDCSZ HSMCDCSZ Size on Migration Volume MCDMCANM TVTOCDSN Name of Migration Copy SOU
68. DASD volume VOLCFLAG Y Y Y Y 8 CHAR Volume cell flags ICF VSAM CANDWSPACE C Candidate with space EXTENTSYNC E Extents do not match VTOC GUARSPACE G SMS guaranteed space OVERFLOWVOL O Overflow volume PRIMEVOLUME P Prime volume RELCIADDR R Relative addressing VOLGROUP Y CHAR Volume group Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Y 3 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME Y 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 XDSNAME Y CHAR Extended data set name selection only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 155 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is the operand list for all data sets both VSAM and non VSAM CATARCH starts the CATARCH FiELD search process at the catalog and using data derived from the catalog extracts data set NAME TABLE information from the FDRABR Archive Control File ACF DATATYPE CATARCH Field Name Table gt Blk lela 3 Field Name 10 zz Description 559821848 x c o FREE Y 3 NUM Tracks not in use within data set as a percentage USED y Y v 3 NUM Tracks in use within data set as a percentage ACTTTR V Y 6 HEX Actual TTR of archive record
69. DATADDNAME ddn Specifies the DD statement name of the file to be used for the output of FDREPORT internal records when RPTYPE DATA is specified or for the input of those records when DATATYPE EXTRACT is specified Default SYSUT2 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 37 54 21 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT DATATYPE Specifies the source of FDREPORT s input data Values are ARCHIVE Read records from an Archive Control File If an ARCHIVE DD Statement is present that Archive Control File is read otherwise the control file name specified in the ABR option table or by ARCDSN is dynamically allocated BCDS Report on data extracted from a DFSMShsm Backup Control Data Set BCDS See Section 54 31 FDREPORT DFSMShsm Reporting for details CATALOG Data set records are extracted from system catalogs CATARCH Data set records are extracted from system catalogs only those data sets cataloged for auto recall are selected The extracted names are used to select data sets from the Archive Control File see ARCHIVE in Section 54 21 CATVTOC Data set records are extracted from system catalogs The extracted names are used to select data sets from the VTOCs of the volumes extracted from the catalog see in Section 54 21 CA1DSN Report on tape data set information extracted from the CA 1 tape management system See Section 54 32 FDREPORT Tape Management Report
70. DFSMSrmm tape management subsystem See Section 54 32 FDREPORT Tape Management Reporting for details SCRATCH Information is collected from the ABR scratch catalog STORGRP Report on all defined System Managed Storage SMS storage groups using a predefined output format No selection or output formatting offered SYSPLEX Report on the current sysplex definition using a predefined output format No selection or output formatting offered TVTOC Information is extracted from a backup file created by FDR FDRDSF FDRABR or SAR UNITNAME Report on all defined unit names using a predefined output format PAGE 54 38 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 No selection or output formatting offered VOLDATA Volume summary data is gathered for selected volumes using LSPACE VTOC VTOCIX and VVDS creating a volume record VTOC Data set information is read from the VTOCs and VVDSs of volumes selected Default VTOC DATEFORMAT Specifies the format that dates are printed in generated reports Valid values are DDMMYY Gregorian format day first dd mm yy DDMMYYYY Gregorian format day first with 4 digit year dd mm yyyy MMDDYY Gregorian format month first mm dd yy MMDDYYYY Gregorian format month first with 4 digit year mm dd yyyy YYDDD Julian format YYDDMM Gregorian format 2 digit year first yy dd mm YYMMDD Gr
71. DIALOG OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS PANELS SRS PROCESSING OPTIONS FDRSRS PROCESSING OPTIONS PANEL A S 0 1 Saat TS EE ES EDRSRS MPO cem M men a a aaa OPINIONE Number of selected data sets after which to suspend selection and display list Suspend gt 100 Search only the specified catalog i e do not switch to connected catalogs Onecat gt YES yes no Report errors involving OS CVOLs unsupported and offline catalogs Caterr gt NO yes no Select all entries from the catalog including tape data sets Allent gt NO yes no Use FDREPORT processor for all catalog processing Catproc gt NO yes no Execute the Selection Criteria when the Enter key is pressed or RUN is entered Execute gt ENTER Enter Run Convert data set name into data set name filter for selection Convert gt YES yes no dsg Enable offline disk devices to be selected by the UNIT operand Offline gt NO yes no Press PF3 END or PF7 19 PF8 20 UP DOWN to display other options panels SRS DEFAULT DATA SET NAMES FDRSRS DEFAULT DATA SET NAMES PANEL A S 0 2 a a cii iL BIDRSR S Default Default Selection Criteria library names Read Write dsn gt FDRABR SRS SELECT Read only dsn Read only dsn Default Data Set List Volume List library names Read Write dsn gt FDRABR SRS LIST Read onl
72. DUPCHECK Begins checking for duplicate mask generation If the statements surrounded by DUPCHECK and ENDUPCHECK generate output identical to the previous generation they are suppressed ENDUPCHECK Marks the end of the duplicate checking SUFFIX Statements that follow this are processed once per loop at the end of the loop JINCREMENTCOUNT Increment current record count Only valid and detected in the SUFFIX section of a punch mask JINCREMENTLOOP Increment current loop count Only executed once JONEVALUE Used in editing a mask with RPTYPE SELPCH Substitution stops when the ONEVALUE statement is encountered CONTVALUES Used to control the formatting of continued variables Here is an example of a simple punch mask the JOB statement is generated once an IDCAMS step is generated for each selected data set name and the program SOMEPGM is executed once at the end PREFIX SOMEJOB JOB USER1 123 LISTCAT MSGCLASS X CLASS C ENDPREFIX STEPXSSCNT3 EXEC PGM IDCAMS SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD LISTCAT ENT lt NAME gt ALL SUFFIX STEPEND EXEC PGM SOMEPGM SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT For examples and guidance is setting up more complex punch masks contact INNOVATION Technical Support If RPTYPE SELPCH is specified and no PUNCH statement is present the default punch mask is XSELECT VOL lt VOL gt DSN lt
73. Data set is compressible EATTR ENO amp EOP Extended attribute setting EATTRNO ENO EATTR NO EATTROPT EOP EATTR OPT LARGE LRG Data set may exceed 65 535 tracks RECALL RCL Data set has been recalled by DFSMShsm FREEEXT 4 NUM of free extents this volume GDGBASE Y IY N Y 44 CHAR Generation Data Group base name HIALOBLK Aly y 10 NUM High allocated block IAM HIALORBA Aly y n 10 NUM Highallocated RBA ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM HIKEYRBA Aly y N 10 NUM High key RBA ICF VSAM HIUSEBLK Aly 10 NUM Highused block IAM HIUSERBA A N 10 NUM Highused RBA ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM IAMINDIC E Y Y Y N 5 CHAR IAM data set indicators ALTINDEX Alternate index DATACOMPRESS Data compression threshold ENHANCED Enhanced file structure EXTENDED Extended format HARDWARECOMP Hardware compression KEYCOMPRESS Compressed index PATH Path SPANNED Spanned records INDEX Y Y V Y 8 CHAR Index volume from data set name INDEXLEV 5 NUM Number of index levels ICF VSAM only INDEXNUM Y Y NUM of index level in the data set or cluster name that is extracted into field INDEX INSERTS Y 10 NUM Number of records inserted IAM ICF VSAM KEYLEN 3 NUM Data set key length LRDATE Y DATE Last reference date LRDAYS
74. Disabled by default See Section 54 14 for information on permanently changing the defaults ERRCODE nnn Specifies the return code to be issued by FDREPORT when error conditions are encountered The number can be any value from 5 to 255 FDREPORT reports the highest return code from any service routine at the end of processing Default Taken from the last value specified for ABRCC when updating the ABR option table FDROPT and is usually 12 NOTE This field is not eligible for permanent change FDRLIB ddn Specifies the FDRLIB DD Statement name to be used for reading FDREPORT control statements by the EXECUTE statement or punch mask definitions by the PUNCH statement Can also be specified on those statements Default FDRLIB FIELDPREFIX c Specifies the character that marks the beginning of a field name a punch mask or TITLE statement Valid characters are lt amp _ gt but the default of lt should not be overridden unless you need to use that character as data in the mask Default lt FIELDSUFFIX c Specifies the character that marks the end of a field name in a punch mask or TITLE statement Valid characters are lt amp _ gt plus a blank but the default of gt should not be overridden unless you need to use that character as data in the mask Default gt GMSORTLEN nnnn Specifies the number of bytes to be obtained for the generated SORT control
75. FIELD DEFAULTS CATALOG CATVOL PRINT PAGE 54 122 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT SMS EXAMPLES 54 43 SMS STORAGE Summarize and produce a single line of information for all the SMS Storage Groups This GROUP SUMMARY is done using the VOLUME SUMMARY service that summarizes on volume fields EXAMPLE REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFAULT ENABLE FASTPATH DISABLE INFOMSG HEADING LINE 1 STORAGE TOTAL FREE FREE FREE INE 2 GROUP CYLINDERS CYLINDERS TRACKS PCT JINE 3 aa Ba PENES XSELECT STORGRP REPORT FIELD VLSMSSTG VLCYLVOL VLFRECYL VLFRETRK SP2 VLS FTRKS PRINT VOLSUMMARY STORGRP DATATYPE VOLDATA The generated report looks like TOTAL FREE FREE FREE CYLINDERS CYLINDERS TRACKS 391437 1323304 94804 37050 1045898 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 123 54 44 54 44 VOLUME USAGE REPORT EXAMPLE VOLUME STATUS REPORT EXAMPLE IDENTIFY DISABLED INDEXED VTOCs EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VOLUME EXAMPLES FDREPORT VOLUME EXAMPLES This se
76. GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT HEADING STATEMENT 54 17 FDREPORT HEADING STATEMENT The syntax of the HEADING statement is HEADING LINE 1 2 15 heading line text LINE 2 2 27d heading line text LINE 3 2 374 heading line text By default FDREPORT provides column headings with text that is descriptive of the field s in each column for example DSNAME SIZE The HEADING statement allows you to specify replacement text of your choosing It is your responsibility to line up the heading text with the actual columns generated by FDREPORT this may take some experimentation LINE n text Specifies the replacement heading text for heading line n n 1 2 or 3 If the heading text cannot be contained in one control statement columns 1 to 71 it may be continued using the same conventions described for the TITLE statement see FDREPORT XSELECT and XEXCLUDE Statement in Section 54 28 PAGE 54 29 54 18 54 18 HELP STATEMENT SYNTAX HELP STATEMENT HELP STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT HELP STATEMENT FDREPORT HELP STATEMENT The syntax of the HELP statement is HELP ACTIVE FIELD ALL SFIELD CCCCCCCC COMMAND INCLUDE COMMAND command OPERANDS DESCRIPTION SEQUENTIAL DESCRIPTION cccccccc SYNTAX The HELP command prints help by function or command JCL and CLIST are considered commands by the HELP command ACTIVE List
77. IS Master index R IS Reorganization criteria RB DAM Relative block addressing RE DAM Read exclusive TO DAM Track overflow UF IS Full track index write W All Write validity check Y IS Cylinder overflow area OVERFLOW 10 NUM Number of overflow records available IAM OVERFPER 3 NUM Overflow percent of used blocks IAM OVERUSED 10 NUM Number of overflow records used IAM OWNER 8 CHAR Owner ID PATHNAME CHAR Path name ICF VSAM PRIALLOC NUM Primary allocation quantity ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM PRIBYTES gt gt mi BYTE Primary allocation in bytes ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM PRIMEUSE Number of used prime extension blocks IAM PRIMEXTN NUM Number of prime extension blocks IAM PROTECT lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt x ox lt lt lt zl el el ll el el el el e T 8 B 8 NUM 8 4 CHAR Protection indicators PASR Password required for read and write PASW Password required for write RACF Protected by IBM RACF or equivalent product NONE No security indicated in Format DSCB RANK 6 NUM Rank within sorted data assigned RECFM CHAR Record format A ASA control character B Blocked F Fixed M Machine control character S St
78. NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ENCRTIME hhmmss Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must have a backup time stamp that matches the value or range of values supplied ENCRTYPE Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must have an encryption type that matches the encryption type s specified Valid encryption types are AES128 Encryption using the current US government supported encryption technique Advanced Encryption Standard AES with an 128 bit 16 byte key AES192 Encryption using the Advanced Encryption Standard AES with a 192 bit 24 byte key AES256 Encryption using the Advanced Encryption Standard AES with 256 bit 32 byte key NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ENCRVOL vvvvvv Specifies the DASD volume serial number that was encrypted with be tested If the volume serial number test is successful the record is eligible for selection or exclusion This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 6 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 88 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 EXCPEXIT EXCPE Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s
79. RANK AY Y NN 6 NUM Rank within sorted data assigned CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 209 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description RECFM m XSELECT REPORT lt SUMMARY lt Record format A ASA control character B Blocked F Fixed M Machine control character S Standard spanned T Track overflow U Undefined V Variable None of the above RECORDS NUM Number of records IAM ICF VSAM RECOVDTA SMS recovery data in VVR RECTYPE NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER CHAR FDREPORT product version record format RESOROWN CHAR SMS resource ownership in VVR RETRIEVE NUM Number of records retrieved IAM ICF VSAM RKP NUM Data set relative key position RSVD1 Reserved field offset 61 x 3D RSVD2 Reserved field offset 78 X 4E RUNDATE DATE Run date RUNTIME TIME Run time hh mm ss SCLUSTER CHAR Short cluster name first 20 bytes only SECAFLAG lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt
80. Refresh Next Message Frinta Help SOVER gt OVERFLOW gt COMMAND TA SET NAME VOLSER DSO RECFM BKSIZ LRECL AL LOC JSB BNC HMARK CNTL IDPLB2 23040 80 22 JSB CALL LOG IDPLBO FB 27936 72 60 E JSB DOC CNTL IDPLB2 8000 80 42 JSB ENCRYPT KEYFI LE MIGRAT ARCHIVED JSB FATSCOPY AUDI TDSN IDPLBO PS FB 8800 220 i B JSB FDR ASM MIGRAT ARCHIVED SAMPLE SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL DATASET LIST DSLIST LINE 9 103 COL 3 8 10 MM _ COMAND gt SCROLL gt CSR Read Save Find Locate Refresh Next Mes sage Printd Help Dataset JSB FDR CNTL2 is COMMAND SET NAME VOLSER DSO RECFM BKSIZ LRECL no longer required JSB FDR CNTL IDPLB3 PO FB 8000 80 42 Specifying DELETE DELETE JSB FDR CNTL2 IDPLB3 PS 8000 80 20 P DJ T JSB FDR DOC IDPPM1 PO 9040 80 15 will cause the JSB FDR JCL MIGRAT ARCHIVED REORG JSB FDR LOAD IDPPM3 PO U 256 10 dataset to RESTORE JSB FDRABR ARCHIVE MIGRAT ARCHIVED scratched and unca taloged CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 216 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS SEARCH REPORT AND SERVICES DIALOG 54 80 The SRS dialog is invoked by selecting option S in the ABR Primary Options Menu For faster access or if you wish to give users access to SRS without the other ABR dialogs you may add the SRS option to the ISPF system command table Section 54 87 FDRSRS ISPF Fastpaths a
81. See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DEVCLASS EM Y 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE EM Y BAV BAM 7 CHAR Device type DSGROUP Y 44 CHAR Data set group DSIND y V IN 2 HEX Data set indicators printed in hex LASTV 807 Last volume MULTS 20 Block size multiple of 8 PASSA x 107 Read write password PASSW x 14 Write password x40 Discrete profile UPDAT x 02 Data set updates DSNAME Y 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name DSORG Y 3 CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 149 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE BCDS Field Name Table Field Name Description SORT PUNCH Length Attribute XSELECT INDEX CHAR Index volume from data set name INDEXNUM NUM of index level in the data set or cluster name that is extracted into field INDEX KEYLEN NUM Data set key length LRDATE DATE Last reference date LRDAYS NUM Days since last referenced LRECL NUM D
82. Specifies the number of blank lines to be inserted between report lines The number can be a value from 0 single space to 3 Default 0 Specifies if the data is to be sorted However sorting is forced by a SORT statement and by some other options that require sorting COMBINE If no SORT statement is present sorts by data set name volume sequence number and volume serial number all ascending to produce a report sorted by data set name across all volumes Ignored if a SORT statement is present No sorting is performed SORT statements and implied sorts are ignored YES Sorts by DASD volume serial If a SORT statement is present and the first sort field is not VOL VOL is temporarily inserted as the first field If no SORT is present data is sorted by volume serial and data set name both ascending If sorting is required any DD statements required by your installation s SORT product must be included in the FDREPORT step unless the SORTALLOC operand is specified Default NO unless a SORT statement precedes the PRINT statement or SUM or RPTYPE implies sorting SORTALLOC If sorting is specified or forced this specifies if FDREPORT dynamically allocates some or all files required by your system sort product CYL If SORTWKxx files are allocated the allocation is in cylinders NO Do not dynamically allocate SORT related data sets If sorting is required any necessary DD statements must be included in the J
83. This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VLSSID 4 CHAR SSID Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VLSYSID Y 4 CHAR System identification from SMF VLTRKCYL y 3 NUM Number of tracks cylinder VLTRKVOL DN v 5 NUM Number of tracks volume VLUCBFLA Y Y N N 24 CHAR UCB flags UCBFLA VLUCBFL4 IF Y Y 24 CHAR Indicators from the UCB field UCBFL4 CMBU CMB update required MDSE DSE1 is required during MSI PAVA PAV alias device PAVB PAV base capable device PAVH HiperPAV base or alias device SDSE DSE1 is required during SIO WDAV DAVV waiting for mount VLUCBID 8 UCB 4 byte device type hex VLUNIT Y BM Y CHAR Unit address VLUNITNA Y Y Y Y 8 CHAR Generic unit name VLUSEATR EM Y BA Y BAM 7 CHAR Volume use attribute PRIVATE Allocated only to a specific volume request PUBLIC Allocated to temporary non specific volume request STORAGE Allocated primarily to non temporary non specific volume request VLVOLSER Y 6 CHAR DASD volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 183 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAME
84. VOLUME in Section 54 28 CRTIME Y N N 8 TIME Creation time hh mm ss CTFLD Y Y 10 HEX Count field of data set DSCB ccccchhhhrr CTLMODEL Y EM Y 3 CHAR Controller model DATACLAS EM Y BE V 8 CHAR SMS data class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DAYSEXP MY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 DELETES Y 10 NUM Number of records deleted IAM ICF VSAM DEVCLASS v EUM Vv BM 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE Y BAV 7 CHAR Device type DIRBFREE A Y Y Y Y 5 NUM Number of unused PDS directory blocks DIRBLOCK Y Y 5 NUM Number of PDS directory blocks DIRBUSED Mv EM Y BE 5 NUM Number of used PDF directory blocks DSGROUP 44 CHAR Data set group name DSIND y V IN 2 HEX Data set indicators printed in hex LASTV 807 Last volume MULTS x 20 Block size multiple of 8 PASSA x 107 Read write password PASSW x 14 Write password x40 Discrete profile UPDAT x 02 Data set updates DSNAME 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name DSORG y 3 CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE
85. VOLUME EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PUNCH EXAMPLES FDREPORT can be used to generate a job or job step for each selected volume This can be used to submit FDR backups ICKDSF jobs or other volume oriented utility steps This example shows using FDREPORT to submit ICKDSF jobs to initialize newly added volumes with UCB addresses 3340 334F REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT PCHSEL DD SYSOUT A INTRDR SUBMIT THE INIT JOBS TO JES SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFAULT IFSELECTERR BYPASS IFKEYWORDERR BYPASS XSELECT VLUNIT gt 3340 VLUNIT lt 334F UCBSTATS OFFLINE PUNCH FDRLIB MASKDD ECHO PRINT RPTYPE SELPCH DATATY PE VOLDATA PCHDDNAME PCHSEL MASKDD DD DATA INIT lt VLUNIT gt JOB INIT EXEC PGM ICKDSF REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD INIT UNITADDRESS VLUNIT NOVERIFY NOCHECK NOMAP PURGE VALIDATE VOLID SH lt VLUNIT gt VTOC 0000 0001 14 PAGE 54 128 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT TAPE EXAMPLES 54 46 54 46 FDREPORT TAPE EXAMPLES NOTE The PRINT TVTOC function of program FDRABRP see Section 53 9 FDRABRP Tape VTOC Report can also be used to generate fixed format reports from FDR format backup tapes PRINT TVTOC is available ev
86. WE OrRPIYIEPENNEN Use DFSMSRMM Create a DFSMSrmm extract file to be used by FDREPORT using the DFSMSrmm utilities UTILITY TO instead of using the EXTRACT command PARM RPTEXT DATEFORM J must be CREATE AN coded to get the data in the format that FDREPORT uses The DFSMSrmm utility requires EXTRACT FILE pre allocation of the data sets for the MESSAGE and XREPTEXT DD statements Please see the DFSMSrmm documentation for further information RECOMMENDATION INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends the use of the EXTRACT command to DEED UU simplify the need of pre allocating this file EXTRACT EXEC PGM EDGHSKP PARM RPTEXT DATEFORM J SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT MESSAGE DD DISP SHR DSN your dfsmsrmm messages file XREPTEXT DD DISP SHR DSN your dfsmsrmm extract file CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 138 REPORT TAPE DATA SETS ON ALL VOLUMES WITH VOLUME EXPIRATION DATES AFTER TODAY IVOLSER VSQ LBLNO CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES 54 48 Select all the volumes with volume expiration dates in the next 31 days Display all the data sets on those tape volumes and display their creation job last used job last used date expiration date and the rest FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRIN ABRMAP T DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPUNC S
87. WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS NOTABRVOLMSG Issue the message documenting that a volume is not initialized for ABR processing if ABR data is required for selection or exclusion Default Disabled NOTREADYUCB Set a failing return code if an online UCB is marked as not ready Default Disabled OFFLINE All offline DASD volumes with at least one online path are to be processed by DATATYPE VTOC FASTPATH must also be enabled Also see SELECTOFFLINE in Section 54 30 Default Disabled OFFLINERRMSG Print error messages against offline devices Default Disabled ONELINESUM Summary processing generates only one line record per summary value if all the data fits on one line Default Disabled ONLINE All online DASD volumes are to be processed Default Disabled If disabled volumes specified by DISKxxxx DD Statements VOL VOLG and STORGRP operands and volumes selected from the catalog are processed OWNERCLUSTER Obtain creation date expiration date excpexit ownerid volvrba and security verification module for ICF components from the catalog by cluster name rather than component name Default Disabled PAGENUMBER Report headings are to contain a page number Default Enabled POEUSEPAGE Calculate free and used space for POE data sets using pages rather than tracks This option only takes effect if FAMSFREESP or DIRBLOCKS is enabled Default Disabled PRINTALIAS Format alias mess
88. Y 24 CHAR Attribute byte ICF VSAM only ERASE Erase when deleted INHIBIT Access for read only RECOVERY Control areas preformatted REUSEABLE Can be reopened as NEW SPEED Control areas not preformatted TEMPEXPORT Portable copy has been made TRACKOVER Track overflow UNIQUE ATTR2 Y Y 24 CHAR Attribute byte two ICF VSAM only CATALOGBUSY Catalog busy CATALOGLOCK Catalog is locked COMPNOTUSE Component is not usable INTERNALDSN Internal system data set REGSHROPT1 Share options 1 REGSHROPT2 Share options 2 REGSHROPTS Share options 3 REGSHROPT4 Share options 4 SYSSHROPTS Cross system share option 3 SYSSHROPTA Cross system share option 4 AXRKP EN v EN Alternate key RKP ICF VSAM only BKCYCLE DN v EM Y 3 NUM ABR cycle number of backup tape BKDATE Y Y Y DATE Backup date BKDAYS IY 5 NUM Days since backup BKDEVCLS EM Y 1 CHAR Backup tape device class BKDEVTYP Y BE V 7 CHAR Backup tape device type BKDSNS Y 3 NUM Number of active backup data sets BKEXDATE Y Backup expiration date BKEXDAYS 5 NUM Days until backup expiration Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 163 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT
89. are found in the table in Section 54 30 check the PUNCH column In addition to those field names the following special names may be used Field Len Description CCL3 3 Continuous counter with three 3 byte significance CCL4 4 Continuous counter with four 4 byte significance CCL5 5 Continuous counter with five 5 byte significance CCL6 6 Continuous counter with six 6 byte significance CNTFDR 1 Record counter with one 1 byte significance ranging from 0 9 A Z CNT2 2 Record counter with two 2 byte significance CNT3 3 Record counter with three 3 byte significance 99 4 4 Record counter with four 4 byte significance CNT5 5 Record counter with five 5 byte significance 99 6 6 Record counter with six 6 byte significance CPASUN 4 Unit number for FDRPAS with a four 4 byte hex value LPCNT2 2 Loop counter with two 2 byte significance LPCNT3 3 Loop counter with three 3 byte significance PRCCL3 3 Prior continuous count with three 3 byte significance PRCCL4 4 Prior continuous count with four 4 byte significance PRCCL5 5 Prior continuous count with five 5 byte significance PRCCL6 6 Prior continuous count with six 6 byte significance PLCNT2 2 Prior loop counter with two 2 byte significance PLCNT3 3 Prior loop counter with three 3 byte significance PRCFDR 1 Prior record counter with one 1 byt
90. can cause high overhead when accessing the BCDS CANDSPACE Include candidate space in calculations of space utilization Default Disabled CHAREXPDATES If enabled expiration dates of 1999 365 through 1999 999 are displayed as NEVER An expiration date of 1999 000 99000 is displayed CATCTL Default Disabled COMBINEDRANK When enabled causes the RANK service to check for multiple occurrences of the same data set or cluster and if present assign the same RANK value to all Default Disabled COMPDSORT When enabled permits direct sorting of files created with RPTYPE COMPDATA Default Disabled COMPSELECT If data set name selection does not select an ICF VSAM cluster based on the cluster name the component names are also checked if any match the cluster is selected Default Enabled CONTROLBREAK Default a control break on volume serial if there is no BREAK or SORT command or there is a SORT command with no BREAK operand and SORT YES or SORT NO is in effect If CONTROLBREAK is disabled then control breaks can only be set with the BREAK or SORT commands Default Enabled COUNTERVALID Counter fields are valid in a punch mask Default Enabled DAFREESPACE Calculate free space in Direct Access DA data sets Default Disabled DATELOCATE Catalog LOCATEs are issued to get creation expiration dates for ICF VSAM clusters Default Disabled DATESTAMP Report heading is to contain a date Default Enable
91. control break service This option allows the rank value to be retained when the data is retrieved from an extract file Default Disabled RPMSUFFIX Process the suffix if present before resetting the punch mask Default Disabled RPTDUPDSNCHK During report generation bypasses duplicate data set names generating only one report line for each name It is effective only if the data is sorted by data set name Default Disabled SELECTEDTAPES Specifies that only backup files that match the selection or exclusion criteria are to be carried in the report record Default Disabled SELECTOFFLINE Enables offline DASD devices to be selected by the UNIT operand of the XSELECT statement for DATATYPE VTOC FASTPATH must also be enabled Also see OFFLINE in Section 54 30 Default Disabled SELTERR Set an error code if no data sets are selected for DATATYPE VOLDATA if no volumes are selected Default Enabled unless overridden in the FDR Global Options Table SETREGIONSIZE Specifies that during startup FDREPORT should ensure that the region value for the address space in use should be at least as large as the value specified in REGIONSIZE If the region value is smaller it is saved replaced by the value in REGIONSIZE and restored to its original value during termination Default Disabled SETVTOCLIMITS If enabled VTOCs are only read up to their high water mark if disabled the entire VTOC is read this can be used if
92. first 20 bytes only SOURCE E Y Y N Nj 7 CHAR Source of the data record ARCHIVE Archive control file BCDS HSM backup control data set CATALOG System catalog CATARCH Auto recall records from catalog appended with Archive Control File ACF data CATVTOC Catalog records appended with VTOC and VVR data of selected volume s MCDS DFSMShsm migration control data set TVTOC FDR FDRABR or FDRDSF backup file s VTOC VTOC of volume VTOCVVR VTOC of volume appended with VVDS data SPLCLS Y IN IN N 27 CHAR Split ICF cluster name on two lines SPLDSN Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name on two lines SPLNAME Y ININ N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines SYSID 4 CHAR System identification from SMF TRACKCAP BM 5 NUM Maximum track capacity of device in bytes TRKCYL IN 3 NUM Number of tracks per cylinder TRKSVOL S 6 NUM Number of tracks on this volume UCBID Y IY 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex VOLGROUP Y CHAR Volume group Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Y Y 3 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME Y 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 XDSNAME E Y CHAR Extended data set name selection only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 148 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT
93. first non blank character on the next input line so you can start the continuation in any column If is specified FDREPORT starts with column 1 of the next input line Example TITLE LINE BACKUP REPORT The title text may contain FDREPORT fields so that the title on each may contain data that related to the values displayed on that page Any FDREPORT field name that is valid for SORT see in Section 54 30 may be included You surround the field names with the FIELDPREFIX and FIELDSUFFIX characters that are in effect at the time that the TITLE statement is read set by a previous DEFAULT or PUNCH statement they default to and gt FDREPORT substitutes the value for that field that is current at the time each new page is printed Example TITLE LINE REPORT FOR VOLUME VOL n Specifies the number of lines to be left blank between the title line and the data heading line from 1 to 3 Default 1 PAGE 54 59 54 28 54 28 XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT SYNTAX CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements is IXSELECT ARCDSN dsn ka CAPUSED nnn ARCFLAG1 CLSERROR XEXCLUDE a ani DELCOMP XEX ix EXTRESTR DIRFREE nnn FIVEVOLS _ INTRESTR 4DIRUSED nnn MULTIVOL FREE nnn RESTORED 2O
94. it to INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING at 973 890 7147 in Europe you may fax it to your local INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING office as shown on the front page of the manual You may also e mail your comments to INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING at support fdrinnovation com be sure to identify the manual name in the message Your name Company name Mailing address E mail address
95. lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt gt lt z z lt OPTCD E 2 CHAR Option code byte A DAM Actual addressing BC ICF VSAM catalog C SAM Chained scheduling using PCI DB DAM Dynamic buffering E DAM Extended search F DAM Feedback IS Independent overflow area IC ICF VSAM data set L IS Delete M IS Master index R IS Reorganization criteria RB DAM Relative block addressing RE DAM Read exclusive TO DAM Track overflow UF IS Full track index write W All Write validity check Y IS Cylinder overflow area OWNER AY 58 CHAR Owner ID RANK AY NUM Rank within sorted data assigned RECTYPE IN 3 NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER 4 CHAR FDREPORT product version record format RUNDATE D DATE Run date RUNTIME TIME Run time hh mm ss SDSN 20 CHAR Short data set name first 20 bytes only lt lt lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt z z lt lt lt SMSFLAGS E 4 CHAR SMS managed data set flag byte in DSCB MANAGED S SMS managed NOBCS N Not cataloged REBLOCK R Reblockable DADSMCRT D DADSM assigned bl
96. lt 60 SORT FIELD TDCRDATE PRINT DATATYPE CA1DSN SORTALLOC YES The generated report looks like DATA SETS CREATED IN THE PAST 60 DAYS DATA SET NAME EXPDAT CRDAY CRDATE CRTIME BKSIZE TESTG VTGS051 B113148A 2013 163 2013 148 SYS2 SYSB SMFDATA M1052813 T0010P01 2020 147 2013 148 TESTS QC4U SEQ REP CI010060 CIC 1998 060 2013 148 BKUP CCS PROD DCOM BKUP G0226V00 1999 000 2013 148 PAGE 54 141 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 49 FDREPORT CA 1 TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES REPORT OF TAPE Extract data from the CA 1 tape management system and report on the tape data sets that DATASETS created by the program AVRPULL CREATED BY A FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SPECIFIC SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT PROGRAM ABRMAP SYSOUT 1 DD DISP SHR DSN cal extract dataset SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFALTS ENABLE COMPDSORT SORTALLOC YES TRK WORKDD 5 WORKS PACE 1500 TITLE INE DATA SETS CREATED BY PROGRAM SAVRPULL REPORT FIELD TDVOLSER TDDSNAME TDEXDATE TDCRDATE TDCRTIME TDCRPGM XSELECT TDCRPGM SAVRPULL SORT FIELD TDEXDATE PRINT DATATYPE CALDSN The generated report looks like DATA SETS CREATED BY PROGRAM SAVRPULL IVOLSER DATA SET NAME EXPDAT CRDATE CRTIME CREATPGM SYSDRP NABOOT SAVRS OUTPUT E 5 00 S
97. lt l lt lt z lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt lt lt lt 2 lt CHAR Secondary allocation flags BLK Allocated in blocks CON Contiguous CONTIG CYL Allocated in cylinders FIV Five largest extents ALX MAX Largest extent MXIG RND Rounded to cylinders ROUND TRK Allocated in tracks SECALLOC NUM Secondary allocation quantity SECBYTES BYTE Secondary allocation Bytes kBytes MBytes SECVERMO CHAR Security verification module ICF VSAM Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SDSN CHAR Short data set name first 20 bytes only SECURFLG CHAR Security Flags RACF Discrete IBM RACF profile OWNC Ownership cluster SECXFLAG CHAR Secondary allocation extension flag ABL Average block length BYT Bytes KBY Kilobytes MBY Megabytes CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 210 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table E x ge FieldName 1 2 2 2 Description 2 8 x tx o lt SELALIAS Y Ev Bd 35 CHAR Selecting alias SGDGBASE Y IN IN JN 20 CHAR Short GDG base name first 20 bytes SHROPT Y 3 CHAR Share options ICF VSAM IA
98. or SORT statement Default RESET PAGE 54 17 54 11 54 12 54 12 CANCEL STATEMENT SYNTAX CANCEL STATEMENT CANCEL STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT CANCEL STATEMENT FDREPORT CANCEL STATEMENT The syntax of the CANCEL statement is CANCEL EXCLUDE HEADING SORT REPORT SUMMARY PUNCH TITLE The CANCEL statement negates the effects of all or some prior statement except DEFAULT This statement is handy if you have changed your mind about the selection criteria sort fields and the rest or if you wish to generate a totally different report in the same FDREPORT execution If no operands are specified CANCEL cancels the effect of all of the prior statements except DEFAULT EXCLUDE Cancel the current exclusion criteria table as created by the XEXCLUDE statements HEADING Cancel the current HEADING line s REPORT Cancel the current REPORT field table PUNCH Cancel the current PUNCH mask SELECT Cancel the current selection criteria table as created by the XSELECT statements SORT Cancel the current SORT field table SUMMARY Cancel the current SUMMARY options TITLE Cancel the current TITLE line PAGE 54 18 54 13 STATEMENT SYNTAX COPY STATEMENT COPY STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT COPY STATEMENT 54 13 FDREPORT COPY STATEMENT The syntax of the COPY sta
99. or esoteric name for example UNITNAME SYSDA This is limited to names that are valid for UNIT in JCL at your installation Multiple units may be specified by enclosing them in parentheses separated by commas PAGE 54 91 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT XDSNAME Selects or excludes data sets based on a mask tested against the data set name or VSAM cluster name XDSNAME and XDSNAME are supported This mask may contain Any valid alphanumeric or national character representing itself slash or percent represents a single valid character vertical bar represents a single valid alphabetic character plus represents a single valid numeric character question represents a single valid national character or in the US single asterisk represents zero or more valid characters within one index level double asterisk represents zero more valid characters contained one or more index levels including their periods period represents a period index level in the data set name except for the special cases below double asterisk period at the beginning of the string represents or more index levels at the beginning of the data set name period double asterisk at the end of the string represents one or more index levels at the end of the data set name period double asterisk
100. or the data sets may be managed by ABR SMS or not managed DATATYPE VTOC Field Name Table gt S Z S Field 1 2 5 zz 22 Description Oy zs 5 CHAPTER 54 54 214 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS SEARCH REPORT AND SERVICES DIALOG 54 80 54 80 FDRSRS SEARCH REPORT AND SERVICES DIALOG INTRODUCTION The FDRSRS ISPF dialog provides a fast and easy way of selecting reporting and performing services against data sets and volumes FDRSRS uses FDREPORT to do most of the data gathering and formatting but it makes the selection and display of the data easy to do Various commands and functions can be executed against the data displayed It can be used by all types of ISPF users from DASD managers to end users FDRSRS is divided into a Data Set Application and a Volume Application SRS is superior to the data set and volume functions of ISMF and ISPF 3 4 in speed flexibility and ease of use DATASETS Data Set Application selects data sets from a variety of sources reports the requested data set attributes VOLSER DSORG RECFM BLKSIZE and the rest over 150 selectable attributes and performs ABR and other services against the selected data sets The sources that may be searched are system catalogs VTOCs of online volumes the ABR Archive Control File the ABR Scratch Catalog or an extract file created by FDREPORT or FDRSRS The Data Set Selection Criteria Panel dis
101. process it RESET The user field name is no longer required and is to be deactivated See the Installation Control Library ICL member for an example of a user exit ACTIVATE DESCRIPTION STATEMENT Specifies the description of the field that is displayed when HELP DESCRIPTION is OPTIONAL specified The data may be from 1 to 44 bytes in length Since the data may contain OPERANDS characters that can be considered delimiters it is usually a quoted string This is an optional operand A default description is displayed if requested CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 15 54 10 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT ACTIVATE STATEMENT FORMAT Specifies the extended formatting services required Use of the FORMAT operand is valid only when DATATYPE is binary BIN There are two elements in the FORMAT restricted to J3DATE which defines the field as a 3 byte Julian date field J3DATE if the only value specified causes the field to be formatted as yy ddd The second element is used to describe the desired output format The possible values are MMDDYY MMDDYYYY YYYYDDD DDMMYY DDMMYYYY YYDDD This is an optional operand used only to provide access to common output date formatting routines HEADER Specifies the column headers for the generated reports and for use by the summary and control break routines There are three headers possible but they are entered in the followin
102. restore Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 205 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table gt 5 cir c g za m FieldName 2 2 2 Description 2 3 x o lt BLKSIZE D v BENE NUM Data set block size BLKSTRK Y 4 NUM Number of blocks per track BPTR Y Y N 10 HEX Format 1 DSCB pointer to Format 2 3 DSCB BYTES Y SY B BYTE Allocated space bytes kB MB BYTESFRE Y S Y B BYTE Unused space bytes KB MB BYTESTRK V IY 5 NUM Bytes per track calculated BYTESUSE S Y B BYTE Used space bytes KB MB CAPBYTES Y Y Y B BYTE Alloc capacity Bytes CASPLIT EEG NUM Control area splits ICF VSAM only CASPLITR Y 6 NUM Control area split ratio ICF VSAM only CATVRBA 8 HEX Relative byte address of VVR from catalog CICA Y JY 3 NUM Number of control intervals CISIZE Zw Y EM Y BAM 5 NUM Control interval size ICF VSAM CISPLIT Zw Y Y BAM 8 NUM Number of CI splits ICF VSAM CISPLITR 6 NUM Control interval split ratio ICF VSAM CLUSATTR Y Y N 24 CHAR Cluste
103. selected A complete list and description of these commands is contained in the SRS HELP tutorials PANEL A S 1 Scrolling LEFT PF10 22 reveals the CMD column Line commands such as D DD ScROLLED LEFT delete repeat M MM move A after and B before may be entered to change the display panel CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 225 54 82 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL These line commands can be used to customize which fields are displayed on the Selection panel and what order they are displayed in This is used when you are developing a data set selection list to be saved for future use Selection lists with a restricted set of commonly used fields might be saved in an installation wide library for end user use PAGE 54 226 PANEL A S 1 SCROLLED RIGHT CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL Scrolling RIGHT PF11 23 reveals the SUMMARY BREAK LEN and DESCRIPTION columns LEN is the number of bytes that the field value occupies in the data set list DESCRIPTION is a brief description of the field For some fields such as SOURCE it is necessary to press RIGHT several times to see the entire field DESCRIPTION A detailed description of all fields is contained in the HELP tutorials COMMAND gt SOURCE FIELDS DSNAME gt VOL gt SOURCE gt CATATO GN LL ARCDSN
104. shown at various points in the report when the value of some field changes PUNCHING FDREPORT can generate control statements and JCL or any arbitrary text using a user provided mask for the format of the data to be punched substituting the values of FDREPORT report fields into that mask For example FDREPORT can generate ABR control statements DATA EXTRACT FDREPORT can write the selected data to an extract file in a unique FDREPORT format The extract file can be used as input for further reports This allows you to gather the data once and then report on it in various formats or using varying selection criteria It is possible to use this extract file as input to other data analysis programs such as SAS if they can read the extract file format FDREPORT can also print data in a simple tabular format no headings or page breaks for input into other programs CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 3 54 1 FDREPORT STATEMENTS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INTRODUCTION The FDREPORT statements specify the format of the report the sort sequence summary requirements and which data sets or volumes are to be selected Note that a PRINT statement is always the last statement in any group of statements since it causes the report to actually be generated The statements are ACTIVATE Activate predefined user fields Section 54 10 FDREPORT ACTIVATE Statement BREAK C
105. sorted by size in descending sequence REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE RECENTLY CREATED TEST DATA SETS REPORT FIELD SIZE FREE DSN VOL SORT FIELD SIZE SEQUENCE D XSELECT XDSN TEST CRDAYS LE 14 DSORG NE EF CATALOG YES PRINT SORTALLOC YES DATATYPE CATVTOC The generated report looks like RECENTLY CREATED TEST DATA SETS ALLOC FR DATA SET NAME VOLSER 95 50001 12 5 5 5 12 PAGE 54 120 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT SMS EXAMPLES 54 43 54 43 FDREPORT SMS EXAMPLES FDREPORT has many uses in a system with System Managed Storage SMS active These are some examples of ways it can be used to aid in the management of an SMS system All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5443x REPORT BY Report on all online SMS managed data sets whose SMS management class is TSO1 MANAGEMENT The data set name volume and the SMS class names are to be reported The CLASS EXAMPLE FASTPATH option is enabled to improve FDREPORT performance REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT
106. spaces and supported in most fields If a relational operator is not specified equal is the default CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 224 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL 54 82 For a data set to be selected by SRS it must pass the tests for every Selection Value specified If multiple Selection Values are specified for the same field and no relational operators are specified or they are all or EQ the test on that field passes if it matches ANY of the values If other relational operators are used the field must match on ALL of the values The REPORT column indicates which report fields data set attributes are displayed for the selected data sets allowing you to totally customize the report An S or a number representing the order in which the fields are to be displayed may be specified to select a field to be reported If no REPORT fields are specified then the Data set List contains the DEFAULTS fields SPLDSN VOL DSORG BLKSIZE LRECL SIZE SIZEFREE The SORT column indicates which fields data set attributes should be sorted This column does not apply when the Source is the ABR SCRATCH Catalog in that case the Data set List is sorted by data set name Not all fields can be selected for sorting An 5 a number representing the order in which the fields are to be sorted or a number followed by an A for ascending or a D for descending
107. track CATALOG Y 3 CHAR Catalog status CAN Cataloged to candidate volume DRF DASD read failure ERR Cataloged to another volume NO Not cataloged ONL Only cataloged UNK Cataloged but unable to process with LOCATE YES Cataloged to this volume Note This can be expensive to collect if a large number of data sets are to be reported CLUSTER A Y 44 CHAR Cluster name ICF VSAM COMPTYPE IN IN 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data component AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component CRDATE Y Y Y DATE Creation date CRDAYS 5 NUM Days since created DATACLAS 8 CHAR SMS data class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DAYSEXP IY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 DEVCLASS Y 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE Y BE V BAM 7 CHAR Device type DSGROUP AJY 44 CHAR Data set group name DSIND Y ie V NUM 2 HEX Data set indicators printed in hex LASTV x 80 Last volume MULTS x 20 Block size multiple of 8 PASSA x 10 Read write password PASSW x 14 Write password x 40 Discrete profile UPDAT x 02 Data set updates CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 186 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE MCDS Field Name Table
108. you suspect that the high water mark in some VTOCSs is inaccurate Default Enabled SHROPTMODIFY Specified that the catalog driver FDR CATP is to use a reduced level of enqueue protection when reading catalog records using VSAM This permits greater speed while at the same time introducing an acceptable level of inaccuracy Default Enabled Disabling SHROPTMODIFY results in job elongation times PAGE 54 104 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS 54 30 SIMULSPACE Simulate the LSPACE SVC when processing online volumes This service is used when processing offline volumes to gather the data normally returned by SVC 78 LSPACE Default Disabled SORTPUNCHDEF Specifies that the alias table is to be sorted into catalog alias sequence prior to performing the PUNCHDEFINE function Default Enabled STARTCATONLY Process only the starting catalog with the catalog scan Default Disabled SUMOVERRIDE Provide summary services at the volume level for DATATYPEs EXTRACT and ARCHIVE when NEWSUMFORMAT is disabled The old summary processing used when NEWSUMFORMAT is disabled only summarizes by device type for DATATYPEs EXTRACT and ARCHIVE Enabling SUMOVERRIDE implies data is in volume sequence If sorting is required specify SORT YES Use the SORT command to augment sorting only for example use SORT FIELD VOL DEVTYPE with Archive data to cause proper control breaks If the SORT command is speci
109. 0 it uses the Multi Level Alias MLA level currently in effect in the Catalog Address Space CAS on your system If 1 through 4 is specified it acts as though that is the current MLA level active on your System this provides a way to test an Multi Level Alias MLA catalog structure before you activate it Default 0 ALTDATADDNAME ddn Specifies the DDname of the file to be used for the input of FDREPORT internal records when RPTYPE DATA or COMPDATA and DATATYPE EXTRACT are both specified Default SYSUT1 ARCLIMIT nnnn When DATATYPE ARCHIVE or CATARCH is specified only data sets that were archived within the last nnnn days are selected Default 0 which disables ARCLIMIT checking CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 35 54 21 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT BININTERVAL nn Specifies the wait time interval in hundredths of seconds to wait for an I O to an offline device to complete before considering it eligible for purge The value can be from 4 to 49 Default 7 hundredths BYTEFORMAT Specifies the units to be used in fields that represent a number of bytes are to be processed BYTES Actual bytes KILOBYTES Units of kilobytes 1000 bytes MEGABYTES Units of megabytes 1 000 000 bytes GIGABYTES Units of gigabytes 1 000 000 000 bytes TERABYTES Units of terabytes 1 000 000 000 000 bytes The fields affected include BYTES PRIBYTES SECBYTES BY
110. 0M so that the maximum region is available Specifies the report data set It is usually a SYSOUT data set but can be directed to tape or DASD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL of the value of the PAGEWIDTH operand see PAGEWIDTH in Section 54 21 unless you override it the default block size is BLKSIZE 0 calculated by OPEN When ABRMAP is not found within the JCL stream the reports are output to the SYSPRINT DD Statement The PAGEWIDTH operand is ignored if ABRMAP is not present If specified the summary reports are printed on this data set Usually a SYSOUT data set If summaries are to be printed and ABRSUM is not found in the JCL summaries are printed on ABRMAP DD Statement or on SYSPRINT DD Statement if ABRMAP is also absent Specifies the name of an ABR Archive Control File if the DATATYPE ARCHIVE option is used to process data from an Archive Control File This is not required if the Archive Control File whose name is in the ARCDSN option of the FDR Global Options Table is to be read FDREPORT dynamically allocates it under DD ARCHIVE You may also specify the ARCDSN operand of FDREPORT to dynamically allocate any Archive Control File Optional This must point to the DFSMShsm or DFHSM Backup Control Data Set BCDS If you provide the data set name of the HSM control file via the BCDSCLUSTER operand this DD statement is not necessary FDREPORT dynamically allocates the required file This DD statement cannot b
111. 21 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT The syntax of the PRINT statement continued OLDBACKUP ALL CUR nnL nn PAGEWIDTH2nnn PCHDATEFORMAT DDMMY Y DDMMY YY Y MMDDYY MMDDYYYY YYDDD YYDDMM YYMMDD YYYYDDD YYYYDDMM YYYYMMDD PCHDDNAME ddn PCHSEPCHAR c POFREESPACE DIR LFREAD LBP PRTLENGTH nnnnn RECORDSUMMARY CLUST SORTALLOC CYL NO SORTLIB SORTMSG SORTWORK TRK YES SORTCORE nnnnnnn SORTLIB dsn SORTMSG AC AP CC CP NO PC SORTMSGDDNAME ddn SORTPFX cccc SPFC nn SPFI enn SSPKLINECNT n COMPON NONE RESETMASKAFTER nnnnn RESFAILRTNCD 2nn RESWAITIME nn RETRY LOOPS nn RPTDDNAME ddn RPTSPFC nn RPTSPFI nn SUMBY TEFORMAT BYTES KILOBYTES MEGABYTES GIGABYTES TERABYTES SUMDDNAME ddn SUMDEVICE BASE UNIQUE SUMLEVEL INDEX NONE RPTYPE SKIP n ABRVTOC ARCHIVE COMPDATA DATA GENERATE HEX NONE OSVTOC SELPCH TABLE XREF SORT COMBINE NO YES PAGE 54 34 REPORT YES SYSUTSPACE nnnnn SYSUTSTORCLAS storclas SYSUTUNIT unit TITLE CENTER LEFT RIGHT UNITPREFIX n VOLPREFIX n GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 The syntax of the PRINT statement continued VOLSUMMARY CTLSERNO VTOCPAD nn DEVTYPE MFRCODE
112. 3 50123 53 501 A S3 selname Displays the named Volume Selection Criteria list A S3 selname volser Executes the named Volume Selection Criteria list against the volume serial or volser prefix specified A S4 Displays the most recently used saved Volume List A S4 listname Displays the named saved Volume List Since ISPF also allows you to stack ISPF commands on one line separated by a semicolon by default when the ISPF fastpath results in a data set or volume list being displayed you can also specify a command to be executed against all of the displayed data sets or volumes For example A S PDS USER1 REORG FG Assuming that PDS is a saved selection criteria that selects only PDSs this executes a reorganization PDS compression against every PDS belonging to USER1 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 234 ISPF AND TSO COMMANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS ISPF FASTPATHS AND COMMANDS 54 87 You can invoke SRS or an FDR function as a primary ISPF command from any panel in any ISPF application See Section 90 46 Installing the FDR Dialogs for details Using this method you can create primary ISPF commands for common tasks that can easily access from the ISPF primary command line From the data set or volume selection list fill in the desired values and enter the SAVE command enter the dialog to save the selection and entered values as an ISPF command
113. 3 DPPM3 3390 27 7014 ACTIVE PRIVATE 69693 24 230817 4946 DPPMA 3390 27 7015 ACTIVE PRIVATE 6 901590727 220321 4688 DPPM5 3390 27 7016 ACTIVE PRIVATE 6 185707 62 114803 5209 DPWH1 3390 27 704 ACTIVE PRIVATE 200541755 231089 7249 DPWH2 3390 27 70 ACTIVE PRIVATE 63 228218 27 263182 0462 DPPM6 3390 9 7053 ACTIVE PRIVATE 335 61480 41 88775 5583 DPWH3 3390 27 7054 ACTIVE PRIVATE ATE 1265 IDPWH4 3390 27 7056 ACTIVE PRIVATE Ti 2 64055955 5 224995 5 1005 11 VolumeS SELECTED FASTPATH VOLUME DISPLAY SOS SPS SS SSS SSS SSS SSS SESS VOLUME SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 7 COL 4 6 10 COMMAND gt save freespc SCROLL gt HALF ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help FIELD SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT VLVOLSER 5 VLUNIT VLDEVTYP 5 5 gt 20 5 VLSFDSCB 5 VLFRETRK 5 Operations staff wants to regularly check on the free space available on various volumes to anticipate and avoid allocation problems Previously an SRS volume report was customized and saved as FREESPC as shown here It displays the percentage of free space on the volume and in the VTOC as well as total free tracks on each volume It only selects volumes that have less than 20 free space CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 243 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 88 FDRSRS EXAMPLES Once this is saved the operators can request the repor
114. 34 EXPDT EXPDT PAGE 54 135 EXPDT 2013 365 2013 365 2013 365 EXPDT 2013 365 RMM COMMANDS EFTO1 REGION 0M TIME 30 7 BATCH CMDS CLASS M MSGCLASS X GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 48 FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES REPORT ON TAPE Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system and report on tape data sets FILES WITH created by jobs with names beginning with FDR and have a permanent retention status PERMANENT EXPDATE 1999365 The report groups the data sets by owner RETENTION FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M EXAMPLE SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA XSELECT TDEXDATE 1999365 TDCRJOB FDR SORT FIELD TDOWNER TDVOLSER BREAK SP REPORT FIELD TDVOLSER TDDSNAME TDCRJOB TDOWNER TDCRPGM TDCRDATE TDLUPGM TDLRDATE PRINT DATATYPE RMMDSN The generated report looks like DATA SET NAME CREATJOB EATPGM CRDATE LASTUPGM LRDATE SCL00A D05021 5 00 005021 5 00 005021 5 00 005021 SCLOOE D05021 5 00 005021 SCRO84 ICF10KD FDRTCPYH AUTHOR USR VRVA7D1 BKUP FDR22 R FDR USR D33903 BACKUP FDRTCPYK RTCOPY AUTHOR USR CPKV0578 FDRTCPYK RTCOPY E EDRICOPY USR P
115. 3M CISPLIT gt 20 XSELECT DSORG EF NOEXTENT gt 16 SORT FIELD CASPLIT CISPLIT SEQUENCE D D REPORT FIELD CLUSTER VOL PRIALLOC BYTES BYTESUSE CASPLIT CISPLIT NOEXTENT PRINT ENABLE ONLIN generated report looks like VSAM CLUSTERS IN NEED OF REORG VOLSER PRALO MBYT 5 CASPL PROD12 22 22 PERM HISTORY PROD99 125 120 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 115 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 40 FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES REPORT DATA Identify data sets likely to get Sx37 out of space ABENDs or the equivalent VSAM error SETS LIKELYTO All data sets with less than 10 free space are reported if they no secondary GET Sx37 allocation or if they have 13 or more extents 50 or more for VSAM EXAMPLE REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE DATA SETS THAT MAY RUN OUT OF SPACE XSELECT SECALLOC EQ 0 FREE LT 10 XSELECT DSORG NE EF NOEXTENT GE 13 FREE LT 10 XSELECT DSORG EQ EF NOEXTENT GE 50 FREE LT 10 REPORT FIELD DSN DSORG SECALLOC FREE NOEXTENT SIZE PRINT ENABLE ONLINE The generated report looks like
116. 4 158 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATARCH Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description MGMTCLAS XSELECT REPORT lt SUMMARY lt SMS management class Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 NAME lt lt 2 lt B Data set name VSAM cluster name NVSAMATR lt SMS managed non VSAM attributes in NVR OPTCD HEX Option code byte A DAM Actual addressing BC ICF VSAM catalog C SAM Chained scheduling using PCI DB DAM Dynamic buffering E DAM Extended search F DAM Feedback IS Independent overflow area IC ICF VSAM data set L IS Delete M IS Master index R IS Reorganization criteria RB DAM Relative block addressing RE DAM Read exclusive TO DAM Track overflow UF IS Full track index write W All Write validity check Y IS Cylinder overflow area OWNER CHAR Owner ID NOEPV NUM Number of extents for data set on this volume RANK NUM Rank within sorted data assigned RECFM m gt gt gt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt Z 0 lt 2 lt lt aj wt Record format A ASA control character B Blocked F Fixed M
117. 446 FATSCOPY FATAR E RMM MVOLFIL2 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 136 REPORT ALL TAPE FILES WITH VRS NAME OF ABEND REPORT ON TAPE FILES LAST USED BY DFSMSHSM CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES 54 48 Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system and report all data sets residing on non scratch volumes that have a VRS name of ABEND DVOLSER TDCRPGM TDCRDAT ER TDSTATUS FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA XSELECT TDMVNAME EQ ABEND TDSTATUS NE SORT FIELD TDCRDATE REPORT FIELD TDDSNAME T TDLUJOB TDLRDATE TDOWN PRINT DATATYPE RMMDSN The generated report looks like 05 05 05 PRD R ABEND DATASET RABR VIDPBK0 C3028500 R1 TAPEALLC MULTFILE A06534 R TSTPERM3 DATASET RISTK CPK TEST BACKUP R UPSTREAM TAPE64K TESTTAPE TTESTS FCRBLK04 VB FILE2 TTESTS FCRBLK04 VB FILE2 TTESTS FCRBLK04 VB FILE2 DFDSS BACKUP WHACKED DATASET DFDSS BACKUP THREEVOL R DUMPO03 R DUMPO03 VOLSER 001149 M21002 003078 CCR093 001086 CCR089 CCR067 CCRO74 CCRO77 003380 001052 003109 CCRO13 E10146 E10132 CREAT PGM IEBGENER FDRTSEL BATS COPY FATAR PATS COPY FATSC
118. 50 DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE ARCHIVE TAPE REPORT SORT FIELD BKVOL SUMMARY FIELD BKVOL PRINT DATATY PE ARCHIVE COPY BOTH SORTALLOCATE YES RPTYPE NONE The generated report looks like ARCHIVE TAPE REPORT FINAL TOTALS VALUE SUMMARY OF BKVOL TOTAL NUMBER OF VALUES BKVOL CCRISI 1 DV20FE DV20FF SAFEC5 3 SCR083 229 4 7 7 SCRO82 SCRO87 001022 001419 003342 001133 001422 001404 001433 SCRO89 If you want to run the report against a control that is not the installation default Archive Control File such as an application backup control file then add an ARCHIVE DD Statement pointing to the desired control file for example ARCHIVE DD DSN APPL BACKUP CNTLFILE DISP SHR I PAGE 54 119 54 42 54 42 IDENTIFY MULTI VOLUME DATA SETS EXAMPLE REPORT RECENT 5 DATA SETS EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT CATALOG EXAMPLES FDREPORT CATALOG EXAMPLES This section shows examples that read the system catalogs FDREPORT can be directed to gather more information about the cataloged data sets from the VTOCs of the volumes the catalog DATATYPE CATVTOC or from the Archive Control File DATATYPE CATARCH All examples in this section are found in the JCL library instal
119. 510400 BKUP FDRTCPYK RTCOPY E FDRDSF USR VSCR082 VSAM2A FDRTCPYK RTCOPY 5 AUTHOR CPKV0170 BKUP BEDERICPYK RTCOPY E AUTHOR SCR084 ICF10KD FDRTCPYK RTCOPY 2009 FDR REPORT ON LARGE Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system and report on data sets FILES CREATED BY larger than 100MB created by programs with names beginning with FAT and expire in SELECTED 2013 The report sorts the data sets by expiration date then by size showing the last used PROGRAMS WITHA date for the data set SPECIFIC FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M EXPIRATION SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT PERIOD EXAMPLE ABRMAP SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA XSELECT TDCRPGM FAT TDFILESZ gt 100M TDEXDATE gt 2013001 TDEXDATE lt 2013365 Lr SORT D TDEXDATE TDFILESZ D TDEXDATE TDFILESZ TDVOLSER TDCRDATI TDCRPGM TDLUPGM TDLRDATE TDDSNAME PRINT DATATYPE RMMDSN The generated report looks like EXPDAT FILE SIZE VOLSER CRDATE CREATPGM LASTUPGM LRDATE DATA SET NAME 223346 003431 gt MAGSTAR F1 223346 003431 MAGSTAR F10 223346 003431 MAGSTAR F11 922746 003482 S S RMM MVOLFIL2 2476 003045 5 RMM MVOLFIL2 917504 70431 5 FATSCOPY FATSCOPY E RMM MVOLFIL2 108003 70
120. 54 83 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DATA SET LIST PANEL By entering the command name in the COMMAND column next to the data set to be processed Most commands need nothing more than the data set name but some TSO commands and CLIST REXX execs may need the data set name passed in a special way If so specify the complete command with all operands substituting a slash where SRS is to substitute the data set name in apostrophes You can type over the dsname on the panel SRS remembers it For example LISTCAT ENTRY ALL When you enter the name of an ABR service such as COPY operands valid for the service may also be included in the command Action strings may also be included in the command as follows DISPLAY display a table for additional operands and execution FG execute the Service in the foreground under TSO RQ add request to the ABR remote queue immediately SUBMIT submit the generated JCL immediately EDIT edit the generated JCL For instance to copy a data set to another name in the foreground specify COPY NEWINDEX XYZ FG To perform the same function or service with the same operands on another data set further down in the Data Set List enter the equal sign repeat row command next to that data set Once a command is executed it is displayed in the row COMMAND field preceded by an indicator representing the return code
121. 55 365 The date is specified as a Julian date that may be the form yyyyddd or yydad For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day Default Obtain the date from the system via the TIME SVC PAGE 54 25 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 14 FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT STARTCATALOG Specifies the name of a user or alternate master catalog to search when DATATYPE of CATALOG CATARCH or CATVTOC is specified Default The master catalog SYSLIB ddn Specifies the DDname to be used when reading or rewriting the module if the CHANGE operand specifies either PERM or RESET Default SYSLIB CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 26 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTE STATEMENT 54 15 54 15 FDREPORT EXECUTE STATEMENT EXECUTE syntax of the EXECUTE statement is STATEMENT EXECUTE ECHO MAXEXECUTE 400 SYNTAX NOECHO nnnnn FDRLIB FDRLIB REPORT rptname ddn EXECUTE The EXECUTE statement reads preestablished FDREPORT report statements from a control STATEMENT statement library You can setup canned report specifications that any user can execute The control statements read by EXECUTE can also be combined with statements in the input stream For example you might have XSELECT statements to select the data sets to be reported followed an EXECUTE to read and execute the REPORT and PRINT statements defining the report The control statemen
122. 5535 DEVCLASS EY 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE Y BAN V BAM 7 CHAR Device type DSGROUP 44 CHAR Data set group name DSNALCNT 5 NUM Number of associated aliases DSNALIAS Y Y Y 44 CHAR Data set name alias DSNAME Y 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name DSORG EM v 3 CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined EXPDATE Y VY DATE Expiration date EXPDAYS YY V 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 FILESEQ NY 5 NUM File sequence number from catalog GDGBASE Y Y 44 CHAR Generation Data Group base name GDGENTRY Y 3 NUM Generation Data Group active entry count GDGFLAGS Y BM Y 0 CHAR Generation Data Group flag byte GDGGENER 1 NUM Generation Data Group generation number GDGLADAT Y Y D DATE Generation Data Group last altered date GDGBASE only GDGLADAY 5 NUM Generation Data Group days since last altered GDGBASE only GDGLIMIT NUM Generation Data Group active ent
123. 5548 TITLE INE VOLUME SUMMARY BY DEVICE REPORT VLDEVTYP VLCYLVOL VLFRECYL VLLRGCYL PRINT DATATY PE VOLDATA VOLSUMMARY DEVTYPE ENABLE ONLINE FASTPATH Generates a report showing total data cylinders total free cylinders and largest free area for each type VOLUME SUMMARY BY DEVICE TYPE DEVTYPE CYL VOLUME FREE CYL LFCYL 131865 91901 2654 1584384 1085842 32759 CHAPTER 54 54 125 54 45 54 45 GENERATE ABR STATEMENTS EXAMPLE GENERATE ABR RESTORE SELECT STATEMENTS EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PUNCH EXAMPLES FDREPORT PUNCH EXAMPLES This section shows examples of generating JCL and control cards using FDREPORT data fields RPTYPE SELPCH All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5445x Use FDREPORT as a front end filter for ABR selecting data sets to be scratched by Superscratch All data sets whose last index level begins with LIST or TEMP scratched if they were created more than 1 day ago FDREPORT generates ABR control statements in the default format SELECT DSN dsname VOL volser and writes them to the SYSPUNCH temporary data set that is read by the following ABR step REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M
124. ABYTES Allocated in megabytes RECORDS Allocated in records TRACKS Allocated in tracks SPLCLS Y IN IN IN 27 CHAR Split ICF cluster name on two lines SPLDSN Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name on two lines SPLGDGB Y ININ N 27 CHAR Split GDG base name SPLNAME Y N N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines SSID Y BEY 4 CHAR Control unit subsystem identifier Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STORCLAS CHAR SMS storage class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STORGRP EM v s CHAR SMS storage group name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STRIPECT 3 NUM Extended format stripe count SUBCFLAG Y Y Y N17 CHAR SMS sub cell flag byte in VVR FUZZYBK1 Data set eligible for backup while open for update FUZZYBK Data set backup while open for update is blocked LOGRECVR Data set was restored with a backup copy taken when the data set was open for update SUBCVERS 3 NUM SMS sub cell version number VVR CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 171 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table gt D crc g
125. ADATE V JY ID Archive date ADAYS V IY 5 NUM Days since archived AIXNAME E Y 44 CHAR Alternate index cluster name ICF VSAM only ARCFLAG1 EM Y BENE V 5 CHAR Archive Flags byte 1 E CLSERROR X Component marked for delete because there is no corresponding cluster DELCOMP Z Component marked for delete because cluster is to be deleted EXTRESTR E External restore from archive FIVEVOLS F Archive backup spans more than five volumes INTRESTR 1 Internal restore from archive MULTIVOL M Portion of multi volume data set archived from one volume RESTORED R Entry restored from archive or restore from archive was attempted SULABEL S Data set is restored with an SUL ARCFLAG2 Y EM V BAM 5 CHAR Archive Flags byte 2 ABRTAPE T Backup is an ABR tape not archive tape CLUSTER C Cluster entry DELETE D External delete from archive DISKBKUP B Backup data set created on DASD device Backup data set not cataloged RECALL A Data set archived with auto recall ARCTTR 6 HEX Archive record auto recall TTR ATIME 8 TIME Archive time hh mm ss APPL backup only ATTR1 24 CHAR Attribute byte one ICF VSAM only ERASE Erase when deleted INHIBIT Access for read only RECOVERY Control areas preformatted REUSEABLE Can be reopened as NEW SPEED Control areas not preformatted TEMPEXPORT Portable copy has been made TRACKOVER Track overflow UNIQUE BK
126. AND LRDAYS gt 365 AND CRDATE LRDATE AND SIZE 0 THEN SELECT REPORT FIELD DSN VOL CRDATE LRDATE CRDAYS LRDAYS SIZE SORT FIELD INDEX CLUSTER DSN BREAK SUB SUMMARY FIELD DSN SIZE PRINT SORTALLOCATE YES ENABLE ONLINE You may want to omit some standard data set entries that exist on all volumes or are part of the system Prior to the addition of the IF command the only method to do this was with a series of XEXCLUDE statements XEXCLUDE DSN VTOC XEXCLUDE XDSN SYS1 VTOCIX XEXCLUDE XDSN SYS1 VVDS XEXCLUDE XDSN SYS XEXCLUDE DSG ABR XEXCLUDE SIZE 0 XEXCLUDE XDSN CATINDEX XEXCLUDE OPTCD BC Exclude VTOC s Exclude VTOC Indexes Exclude VVDS s Exclude Temporary data sets Exclude ABR Model DSCB s Exclude Model DSCB s Exclude Catalog Indexes Exclude ICF Catalogs The IF statement can also be used to perform this exclusion using the EXCLUDE action on the CHAPTER 54 F statement DSN VTOC THEN EXCLUDE DSN SYS1 VTOCIX THEN EXCLUDE DSN SYS1 VVDS THEN EXCLUDE DSN SYS THEN EXCLUDE DSN ABR MODEL THEN EXCLUDE SIZE 0 THEN EXCLUDE DSN CATINDEX THEN EXCLUDE OPTCD BC THEN EXCLUDE PaGE 54 31
127. ANELS 54 219 FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL 54 224 FDRSRS DATA SET LIST PANEL 54 229 FDRSRS DATA SET LIST ABR 54 231 FDRSRS VOLUME SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL 54 232 FDRSRS VOLUME LIST PANEL 54 233 FDRSRS ISPF FASTPATHS AND COMMANDS 54 234 FDRSRS EXAMPEES Luis opto eu quts nU f bls da e reU a 22 54 237 iii THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 54 54 1 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INTRODUCTION 54 1 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INTRODUCTION FDREPORTSO is a generalized report writer that can generate custom reports on DASD and TAPE related data You can generate simple reports with simple control statements or complex reports using the great power of FDREPORT You can generate reports on a few data sets large numbers of data sets whole DASD volumes or your entire installation You can report on live data or data archived or backed up by ABR You can select data through the system catalogs or directly from DASD volumes or IBM DFSMSrmm and CA 1 or other sources You can generate a data file for further reporting or pass the data to other programs for further analysis You can even punch JCL or control statements for other programs using the report d
128. AVRPULL SYSDRP APBOOT AVRS OUTPUT E 5 E SAVRPULL SYSDRP NABOOT SAVRS OUTPUT E gt 00 SAVRPULL SYSDRP APBOOT SAVRS OUTPUT 5 5 00 SAVRPULL CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 142 54 60 FIELD TABLES CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES The following tables list the field names that can be used in REPORT SORT and SUMMARY statements as well as PUNCH masks and TITLE statements The tables show the following information for each field Field On REPORT SORT SUMMARY statement the field name the FIELD operand In a PUNCH mask or TITLE statement specify it where you want its value substituted surrounded by the field prefix suffix characters for example lt DSN gt On an XSELECT or XEXCLUDE statement the field name may be followed by any of the operations supported for example gt 10 XSELECT A value in this column indicates that the field be specified on the XSELECT or XEXCLUDE statements as fieldname operand value The current value of the field is compared to the value specified using the comparison specified by the operand and the data set or volume may be selected if the comparison is true E the equal or EQ and the not equal or NE comparisons are valid A all comparison operands supported by the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements are valid N display only option cannot
129. CL SORTLIB Dynamically allocate the SORTLIB data set using the value in the operand SORTLIB for the data set name Users of the SYNCSORT product should see the note under the SORTLIB operand SORTMSG Dynamically allocate the SORT message output to SYSOUT using the value in the operand SORTMSGDDNAME for the DDname SORTWORK Dynamically allocate the number of SORTWKnn data sets specified in the operand WORKDDNAMES using the value in the operand WORKUNIT as the unit name TRK If SORTWKxx files are allocated the allocation is in tracks YES Dynamically allocate all of the above More than one option can be specified in parentheses separated by commas for example SORTALLOC YES CYL Default NO TRK SORTCORE nnnnnnn Specifies the amount of storage the program SORT is to use if external sorting is required The number may be from 10000 to 8000000 inclusive Default Taken from the FDR Global Options Table and is usually 100000 PAGE 54 46 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 SORTLIB dsn Specifies the data set name to be allocated to the DDname SORTLIB Default SYS1 SORTLIB Note Your SORT product may not require SORTLIB so SYS1 SORTLIB may not exist on your system If SORTALLOC YES is specified FDREPORT attempts to allocate it and may fail To circumvent this either create an empty PDS called SYS1 SORTLIB or override the SORTLIB operand to specif
130. CLUSTER operand this DD statement is not necessary FDREPORT dynamically allocates the required file This DD statement cannot be used if the OCDS is a multi cluster file use the operand instead Specifies a data set to be used to access an extract file of the DFSMSrmm tape management system when DATATYPE of RMMDSN or RMMVOL is specified The DD statement name be changed by the RMMXDDNAME operand of the DEFAULT command Optional If you include the SORT or generate a report with data from multiple DASD volumes you may need to specify DD statements for example SORTLIB SORTWKnn required by your system SORT product However any or all of these SORT DD statements may be omitted if you have requested dynamic allocation of the SORT data sets via the SORTALLOC operand of PRINT Specifies the control statement data set Usually a DD or input data set Required if either CHANGE PERM or CHANGE RESET options are specified on a DEFAULT statement in order to permanently change FDREPORT default processing options COPY statement is used to copy the FDREPORT option values set in a previous version of FDREPORT to the new version Must point to the load library containing FDREPORT and you must have UPDATE authority to that library Specifies the primary output message data set it is required It is usually a SYSOUT data set DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on DASD or t
131. CTLSER ceccc VLFREEXT nnnnnn VLCYLVOL nnnnnn VLFRETRK nnnnnn s VLDCEACT CCC VLFREVCI nnnnnn a VLFREVIR nnnnnn DFW VLIDLBYT nnnnnnnnnnnnnnn TKC nnnnnnnnnnnnk nnnnnnnnnM CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 65 54 28 CHAPTER 54 VLIDLTRKennnnnn VLINDSTA ACTIVE NONE YES VLLRGCY L nnnnnn VLLRGTRK nnnnnn VLMFRCOD ccc VLMINACY nnn VLMOUSTA RESERVED RESIDENT VLOPENDC n n VLRANKennnnnnn nnnnk nM VESPRETNSC VLSMSGST ENABLED DISABLEA DISABLEN NONE QUIESCEA QUIESCEN VLSMSHTR2nnn VLSMSLTR nnn VLSMSSTG storgrp VLSMSTAT INITIAL MANAGED NONE VLSMSVST ENABLED DISABLEA DISABLEN NONE QUIESCEA QUIESCEN VLSSTD ecec VUSNSID eece VLTM ZFTK nnn VLTM ZTOT nnn VLTMZUTK nnn VLTMABYT2n n VLTMALOC n n VLTMALOT2n n PAGE 54 66 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements continued VLTMFBYT n n VLTMFRAG nnnn VLTMLFCY2n VLTMLFTKen VLTMNFCY n VLTMNFTK n VLTMNFXT2n SVETMTBYTSR 2 VLTMTCMG n VLTMTTMG n n VLTRKVOL nnnnnn VLUCBFL4 cccc VLUCBID xxxxxxxx VLUNIT xxxx VLUNITNA c VLUSEATR PRIVATE PUBLIC STORAGE VLUSERS nnnn VLVOLID cccc VLVOLSER vvvvvv VLVTIXTR nnnnnn VLVTOCTR nnnnnn VLVVDSTR nnnnnn VLVVDSXT nnnnn VLXTFLAG EAV VOLCF LAG CANDWSPACE
132. D XEXCLUDE STATEMENT ENCRDATE yyyyddd Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must have been backup date within the date supplied The date is specified as a Julian date year plus day number that may be in the form yyyydda or yyddd For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day ENCRFLGS Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must have record indicators that match one or more of the values specified Valid values are DELETE Record marked for deletion FDRCAMS File was encrypted by FDRCAMS GENERATEDKEY Key was generated by FDRCRYPT MASTERKEYAPPLIED A master key was used during the encryption PUBLICKEYAPPLIED A public key was used during the encryption TAPEFILE The backup file resides on a tape device UPSTREAM The backup file was created by UPSTREAM NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ENCYFLSQ nnnnn Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must a backup file sequence number that matches the value provided This field only applies to tape data sets the tile sequence number of DASD data sets is always shown as zero The number may be from 0 to 65535 inclusive ENCRKEY X x x Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must an encryption key that matches the value provided The key is 32 bytes long and must be entered as pairs of valid hexadecimal characters from 2 character to 64 characters in length
133. DATE Y Y DATE Backup date BKDAYS IY 5 NUM Days since backup BKDEVCLS Y 4 CHAR Backup tape device class BKDEVTYP Y 7 CHAR Backup tape device type BKDSNS Y 3 NUM Number of active backup data sets BKEXDATE DATE Backup expiration date BKEXDAYS 5 NUM Days until backup expiration Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 BKFILENO 4 NUM Backup tape file number CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 156 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATARCH Field Name Table gt 5 8 amp 5 es Field Name 2 2 2 Description 5 5 BKSUFFIX EN v CHAR Backup tape dsname suffix Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BKTAPCNT Y Y 2 NUM Backup tape volume count BKVOL v 34 CHAR Backup tape volumes required to restore Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BYTES Y S Y B BYTE Allocated space bytes kB MB BYTESFRE Y S Y B BYTE Unused space bytes KB MB BYTESTRK V 5 NUM Bytes per track calculated BYTESUSE AlY Y S B BYTE Used space bytes KB MB BLKSIZE
134. DD DSN PROD BACKUP VTSOO001 0 DISP SHR TAPE2 DD DSN PROD BACKUP VTSO002 0 DISP SHR UNIT AFF TAPE1 DD DSN PROD BACKUP VTSO003 0 DISP SHR UNIT AFF TAPE1 SYSIN DD TITLE INE PO DATA SETS ON BACKUP lt TVTOCDSN gt XSELECT DSORG PO SORT FIELD TVTOCDSN SIZE BREAK YES NO REPORT FIELD SPLDSN VOL SIZE MEMBERS PRINT DATATY PE TVTOC ENABLE TAPEREAD SORTALLOC YES E 10 ENCE A D The generated report looks like DATA SETS ON BACKUP PROD BACKUP VTSO001 G0123V00 VOLSER ALLOC MEMBER USER1 JCL CNTL 50001 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 129 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 46 FDREPORT TAPE EXAMPLES PRINT ARCHIVE Archive Control File contains only limited information about the original DASD data INFORMATION sets recorded in it This job stream selects a data set from the control file and submits EXAMPLE second job that reads the archive backup that contains it and reports on selected fields REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSPUNCH DD SYSOUT A INTRDR lt SUBMIT JES SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT DSN datasetname lt specify data set name here PUNCH FDRLIB MASK ECHO PRINT DATATY PE ARCHIVE RPTYPE SELPCH COPY 1 MASK DD DATA DLM
135. DE Y Y IN 13 CHAR System code field in DSCB HEX Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SYSID Mv BM Y CHAR System identification from SMF TIMESTMP Y Y ININ 16 CHAR Time stamp IAM ICF VSAM TRACKCAP Y Mv BM 5 NUM Maximum track capacity of device in bytes TRKBAL 5 NUM Data set track balance number of free bytes on last active track TRKCYL IN 3 NUM Number of tracks per cylinder TRKSCA Y EM y EM 3 NUM Number of tracks per Control Area CA ICF VSAM TRKSVOL Y S 6 NUM Number of tracks on this volume TVTOCDSN y 44 CHAR Input backup data set name UCBID 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex UPDATES 10 NUM Number of records updated IAM ICF VSAM USEDEXT Y Y JY Y 4 NUM Number of used extents this volume USERDATA Y Y Y 10 CHAR User data size extended VOLGROUP AJY CHAR Volume group Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLID Y 1 CHAR DASD volume identification Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Y V 3 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VSFREBYT A N 10 NUM Bytes of free space ICF VSAM VVRSTATS Y Y N 9 CHAR Indicates VVDS errors for this data set up to 2
136. E Date last written TDLWDAYS 5 NUM Days since last written TDMVJOB EM Y BAM Y 8 CHAR Matching VRS job name mask Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDMVLSID Y EY BM 16 CHAR Multi volume set id value TDMVNAME EM Y RB 44 CHAR Matching VRS name TDOEDATE Y DATE Original expiration date TDOEDAYS Mv BE 5 NUM Days since original expiration TDOWNER EM Y BM 8 CHAR Owner ID Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDPHYSIZ Y Y 11 NUM Physical size after compression in bytes TDPVDATE Y BM Y DATE Primary VRS start date CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 191 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE RMMDSN Field Name Table E x ib ig Y FieldName j Z 2 2 Description 2 8 x c o TDPVRSUB EM v EE Y EE CHAR Primary VRS sub chain name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDRANK Y NY 6 NUM Rank within sorted data TDRECFM EM Y BE Y 5 CHAR Record format A ASA control character B Blocked F Fixed M Machine control character S Standard spanned U Undefined V Variable None of the above TDRTDATE Y Retention date TDRTDAYS Y Y Y Y 5 NUM Days to retain TDRTVALU
137. E Last reference date LRDAYS y Y y Y 5 NUM Days since last referenced LRECL IY 5 NUM Data set logical reference length LRTIME Y N IN 8 TIME Last reference time hh mm ss IAM ICF VSAM MGMTCLAS 8 CHAR SMS management class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 NTMIGRAT Y 8 CHAR Number of times data set has been migrated MCDS backed up BCDS NAME Y Y 44 CHAR Data set name or VSAM cluster name CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 187 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE MCDS Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description OPTCD m XSELECT lt REPORT lt SUMMARY lt Option code byte A DAM Actual addressing BC ICF VSAM catalog C SAM Chained scheduling using PCI DB DAM Dynamic buffering E DAM Extended search F DAM Feedback IS Independent overflow area IC ICF VSAM data set L IS Delete M IS Master index R IS Reorganization criteria RB DAM Relative block addressing RE DAM Read exclusive TO DAM Track overflow UF IS Full track index write W All Write validity check Y IS Cylinder overflow area RANK NUM Rank within sorted data assigned RECFM CHAR Record format A ASA control ch
138. E EM Y BE Y DATE Function that set the expiration date TDEXDATE Y Y Y DATE Expiration date TDEXDAYS Mv EM Y 5 NUM Days until expire TDFILESZ Aly ly ly t NUM File size in bytes TDLABLNO 5 NUM Label number TDLCDATE Y DATE Last change date TDLCDAYS 5 NUM Days since last change TDLCSYS Y BE Y BAM 8 CHAR Last change system Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLCTIME AIYIYIY Y TIME Last change time hh mm ss TDLCUSER Y NM CHAR Last change user id Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLRDATE Y DATE Date last read TDLRDAYS 5 NUM Days since last read TDLRECL Y Y 5 NUM Logical record length TDLUDDNM EM Y BA Y 8 CHAR Last used DD statement name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLUJOB EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR Last used job name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLUPGM EM Y BAM Y 8 CHAR Last used program name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLUSTEP EM Y E CHAR Last used step name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLUUNIT 3 CHAR Last used 3 byte device number TDLWDATE Y DAT
139. E V BM 5 CHAR Secondary allocation flags BLK Allocated in blocks CON Contiguous CONTIG CYL Allocated in cylinders FIV Five largest extents ALX MAX Largest extent MXIG RND Rounded to cylinders ROUND TRK Allocated in tracks SECALLOC Y Y 8 NUM Secondary allocation quantity SECBYTES BYTE Secondary allocation Bytes kBytes MBytes SECURFLG Y Y 4 CHAR Security Flags RACF Discrete IBM RACF profile OWNC Ownership cluster SECURITY E Y N Y 4 CHAR Results of RACROUTE invocation DSCB Data set protected by a specific profile NODS No decision returned by SAF NONE No protection PROFILE Data set protected by a generic profile SECVERMO Y 8 CHAR Security verification module ICF VSAM Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SECXFLAG Y Y 3 CHAR Secondary allocation extension flag ABL Average block length BYT Bytes KBY Kilobytes MBY Megabytes SELALIAS Y Y Y Y 35 CHAR Selecting alias SGDGBASE 20 CHAR Short GDG base name first 20 bytes SHROPT Y 3 CHAR Share options ICF VSAM IAM CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 170 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table E x as FieldName 1 2 2 2 Description 8 gt c o SIZE y 5 5 NUM Allocated tracks
140. EBRA 2002 150 2002 320 Select all online IAM data sets and print statistics about them IAM is product from INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING that provides a high performance data compressed transparent alternative for many VSAM clusters Contact INNOVATION Technical Support for more information REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE IAM STATISTICS XSELECT DSORG IAM REPORT FIELD DSN VOL SIZE IAMUSI PRINT ENABLE ONLINE ENABLE IAM The generated report looks like Lr IAM STATISTICS DATA SET NAME VOLSER ALLOC RECORDS POLICY MASTER PROD23 2500 42155 Select all enhanced or extended format IAM data sets and all IAM Alternate Indexes AlXs on production volumes and print information about them REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE ENHANCED EXTENDED IAM DATA SETS XSELECT DSORG IAM IAMINDIC ENHANCED Select IAM Enhanced XSELECT DSORG IAM SMSFLAGS STRIPE Select IAM Extended Format XSELECT DSORG IAM AIXATTR AIX Select IAM Alternate Indexes REPORT FIELD DSN VOL SIZE HIALORBA HIU
141. EC change TVLVSOVS NUM Last vol seq number of volume set TVLVTIME TIME Last VOLREC change time hhmmss TVLWDATE DATE Date last written TVLWDAYS NUM Days since last written TVMEDDEN mi gt gt gt gt gt gt SS lt lt lt lt x x lt lt I lt z lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt x lt lt ola of v al oll alo CHAR Media density COMPACT UNKNOWN 1600 3480 6250 TVMEDFIN CHAR Media information name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVMEDNAM CHAR Current media name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVMEDRFM CHAR Media recording format EEFMT2 Enterprise Encrypted Format 2 EEFMT3 Enterprise Encrypted Format 3 EEFMT4 Enterprise Encrypted Format 4 EFMT1 Enterprise Format 1 EFMT2 Enterprise Format 2 EFMT3 Enterprise Format 3 EFMTA Enterprise Format 4 18TRK 18 track format 36TRK 36 track format 128TRK 128 track format 256TRK 256 track format 384TRK 384 track format NOCART CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 196 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATAT
142. ECK During PUNCH processing bypasses duplicate data set names generating only one PUNCH output for each name for multi volume data sets and ICF VSAM clusters ensures that only one output is generated per data set It is effective only if the data is sorted by data set name Default Enabled EAVDISK The 3390 EAV DASD is to be supported Various field formats are expanded to support 3390 EAV DASD These include the extend descriptors and counts of byte tracks DSCBs and data set organization The new field formats are automatically used if EAVDISK is enabled causing the format of generated reports to change Default Disabled but may be automatically enabled if AUTOEAVDISK is enabled ELEVENBYTES Format byte related fields as eleven bytes using n nk where is the qualifier that describes the field formatting See BYTEFORMAT in Section 54 21 for the values of Default Disabled EXTENDEDSIZE ESTAE Format size related values as eight bytes Default Disabled Prevent termination error messages with an ESTAE recovery routine Default Enabled EXTRACTLOCATE When processing an extract file DATATPE EXTRACT that includes the CATALOG field a LOCATE is done to determine the current catalog status of each data set If disabled the catalog status at the time of the extract is reported Default Disabled FAMSFREESP Issue a call to FAMS to facilitate the calculation of free space within
143. ELD Required operand Specifies the name of the field to be activated The valid field names are USERFLD 1 Predefined user field 1 USERFLD2 Predefined user field 2 USERFLD3 Predefined user field 3 USERFLD4 Predefined user field 4 USERFLD5 Predefined user field 5 USERFLD6 Predefined user field 6 USERFLD7 Predefined user field 7 USERFLDS Predefined user field 8 USERFLDSO Predefined user field 9 VLUSERF1 Predefined user volume record field 1 VLUSERF2 Predefined user volume record field 2 VLUSERF3 Predefined user volume record field 3 VLUSERF4 Predefined user volume record field 4 VLUSERF5 Predefined user volume record field 5 VLUSERF6 Predefined user volume record field 6 VLUSERF7 Predefined user volume record field 7 VLUSERFS Predefined user volume record field 8 VLUSERF9 Predefined user volume record field 9 SOURCE Required operand Specifies where the contents of the field being activated is to be obtained Two elements comprise the SOURCE operand and both may be specified The first element determines how the field contents are derived EXIT The field is derived from a user exit When EXIT is specified for SOURCE it must be followed by the name of the exit to be invoked The exit name is from 1 to 8 characters in length When using EXIT SOURCE is coded as SOURCE EXIT exitname NONE The field is already in the user portion of the data record and activation is required to
144. EPORT SET Statement SORT Requests sorting on selected data fields Section 54 25 FDREPORT SORT Statement SUMMARY Selects data fields to be summarized with optional control break criteria Section 54 26 FDREPORT SUMMARY Statement TITLE User defined title line Section 54 27 FDREPORT TITLE Statement XEXCLUDE Criteria for excluding certain data from the report Section 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT and XEXCLUDE Statement XSELECT Selection criteria to be included in the report Section 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT and XEXCLUDE Statement PAGE 54 4 CHAPTER 54 NOTE GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INTRODUCTION 54 1 PRINT is the statement that causes a report to actually be generated The statements that precede PRINT plus operands on PRINT itself define the report to be generated Placing statements in the wrong order such as XSELECT statements after PRINT usually result in an incorrect report You may have multiple PRINT statements in a given FDREPORT input to generate multiple reports note that statements remain in effect for subsequent prints unless overridden or canceled by a CANCEL statement FDREPORT contains features that are not documented in this manual due to space limitations These include special purpose customization options special modes of execution field names and detailed information or special instructions about various selection and reporting criteria For complete information ab
145. EPORT performance option to access disk volumes with minimum overhead Fastpath gt ENABLE enable disable 3390 27 device support Largedisk gt ENABLE enable disable Press PF3 END or PF7 19 PF8 20 UP DOWN to display other options panels CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 221 54 81 FDR FUNCTION COMMANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DIALOG OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS PANELS FDRSRS FDR FUNCTION COMMAND PANEL A S 0 FF amp A S 0 FS SSS SSeS SS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS BIDINSINS IDR lt ex 1 gf 19 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Select one of the following row selection codes or press PF3 END to exit 5 Select R Repeat I Insert D Delete Sel Command Command Command Code Name Description Origin ARCDEL DELETE DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE DEFAULT ARCHIVE ARCHIVE DATA SET DEFAULT ARCMOD MODIFY DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE DEFAULT ARCRECAT RECATALOG ARCHIVED DATA SET FOR AUTO RECALL DEFAULT ARCRESET RESET DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE DEFAULT BACKAPPL DATA SET APPLICATION BACKUP DEFAULT BACKUP ADD BACKUP REQUEST TO REMOTE QUEUE DEFAULT CORY COPY DATA SETS DEFAULT FDRREORG FDRREORG DATA SET REORGANIZATION DEFAULT OVE MOVE DATA SETS DEFAULT REMOVEA DELETE ARCHIVE RESTORE REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE DEFAULT REMOVEB DELETE BACKUP RESTORE REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE DEFAULT REORG COMPRESS PDS DATA
146. EPORTING EXAMPLES 54 49 Extract data from the CA 1 tape management system and produce a report of the volumes that are in scratch status FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT CA1LXTR DD DISP SHR DSN cal extract dataset SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE VOLUMES IN SCRATCH STATUS XSELECT TVSTATUS SCRATCH REPORT FIELD TVVOLSER TVSTATUS TVLRDATE TVLRUNIT TVCLRECT SORT FIELD TVVOLSER Ej DATATYPE CA1VOL ENABLE CHAREXPDATES SORTALLOC YE The generated report looks like VOLUMES IN SCRATCH STATUS VOLSTAT LRDATE LUNI CA 1 RECORD TECHNIQUE SCRATCH 2009 210 S59 05H 364 SCRATCH 2009 163 3590 H 384 SCRATCH 2009 052 3590 8 3864 SCRATCH 2009 146 3590 8 384 Extract data from the CA 1 tape management system and report on the tape data sets that were created in the past 60 days FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP D SYSOUT 1 D DISP SHR DSN cal extract dataset D SYSOUT SYSIN D D D D SYSUDUMP D D I I TITLE INE DATA SETS CREATED IN THE PAST 60 DAYS REPORT FIELD TDVOLSER TDDSNAME TDEXDATE TDCRDAYS TDCRDATE TDCRTIME TDBLKSIZ XSELECT TDCRDAYS
147. ETS ON VOLS THAT EXPIRE WITHIN A MONTH B109364A B110006A B110027A B110027A B110034A CREATJOB LASTUJOB VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE VARCHIVE PAGE 54 139 LRDATE 09 12 2012 09 12 2012 09 12 2012 09 12 2012 09 12 2012 EXPDAT VOLSTAT 09 19 7012 09 19 2012 09 19 2012 09 19 2012 09 19 2012 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 49 FDREPORT CA 1 TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES 54 49 FDREPORT CA 1 TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES Please review Section 54 32 FDREPORT Tape Management Reporting for details on the FDREPORT field names that are available when you are reporting on data in Tape Management System database All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5449x CREATE AN Create an extract file from the CA 1 Tape Management Catalog TMC to be used later EXTRACT FILE when running tape reports The name of the TMC is specified on the DEFAULT FROM CA 1 TMC Statement The SORTALLOC operand is specified in a prior DEFAULT statement as it is EXAMPLE required when extracting from the CA 1 TMC The name of the extract file created by FDREPORT is automatically generated NOTE An alternate method of specifying the name of the TMC is by specifying the TMC DD card in the JCL See DD Statement in Section 54 3 for more information FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SY
148. F VSAM only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 162 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table Field Name Description SORT z SUMMARY PUNCH Length Attribute m XSELECT REPORT AMDATTR z N A CHAR AMDATTR attributes IAM ICF VSAM only ESDS ES Entry sequenced cluster IMBED IM Sequence set placed with data component KEYRANGE KE Key range defined KSDS KS Key sequenced cluster ORDERED OR Volumes to be used in the order they are specified in the VOLUMES parameter REPLICATE RE Each index record to be written on a track as many times as it fits RRDS RR Relative record data set SPANNED SP Data record can cross control interval boundary WRITECHECK WR Perform write check during WRITE processing AMDATTR3 Y Y 24 CHAR AMDATTRS attributes ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM BIND Cluster component allocated to MSS device is stated at open and retained on device until closed CYLFAULT CY Cluster component allocated to MSS device is not staged at open but data is to be staged as needed LINEAR LI Linear cluster LOADED LO Data set is loaded NONUNIQUE NO Data set has non unique keys SHRBCS SH Shared basic catalog VARIABLE VR Variable RRDS WAITON WA Destaging is to complete before control returned to programs that closes data set ATTR1 Y
149. F command table and as TSO command This enables the FDR function commands to be invoked as ISPF commands or as TSO commands in any panel in any application including ISPF 3 4 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 223 54 82 54 82 SRS DATA SET GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL The selection reporting and sorting criteria for data set selection and the source to be searched are specified in the Data Set Selection Criteria panel On this panel you specify the source for information about the data sets to be selected give the tests that are used to select those data sets indicate how the data is to be sorted and select the information fields that are included in the display of the selected data sets SELECTION FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION PANEL A S 1 DATASET SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 221 COL 4 6 10 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt HALF ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help FIELD SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT SOURCE FIELDS DSNAME gt VOL SOURCE gt CATALOG Catalog Volume Archive Appl Scratch Extract CATALOGN gt ARGUS gt EXTDSN gt FDRABR SRS EXTRACT VTOC FIELDS DEFAULTS gt e UNIT gt DEVTYPE gt DEVCLASS gt UCBSTATS gt The panel shown above is t
150. FDREPORT V5 4 L80 User Documentation 5 ge INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Revised October 7 2013 3 37 pm for FDREPORT Version 5 4 Level 80 Released on October 7 2013 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 8 go INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING 54 TABLE CONTENTS GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INTRODUCTION EEG Cota 54 1 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING HEALTH CHECK 54 6 FDREPORT JCL REQUIREMENTS 54 10 FDREPORT ACTIVATE STATEMENT 54 14 FDREPORT BREAK STATEMENT 54 17 FDREPORT CANCEL STATEMENT 54 18 FDREPORT COPY STATEMENT 54 19 FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT 54 20 FDREPORT EXECUTE STATEMENT 54 27 FDREPORT EXTRACT STATEMENT 54 28 FDREPORT HEADING STATEMENT 54 29 FDREPORT HELP 5 54 30 FDREPORT IF 5 54 31 FDREPORT OPTIMIZE STATEMENT 54 32 FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 33 FDREPORT PUNCH STATEMENT 54 51 FDREPORT REPORT STATEMENT
151. FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE _ This is the operand list for all data sets both VSAM and non VSAM BCDS extracts data BCDS FIELD set information from the DFSMShsm Backup Control Data Set BCDS a VSAM cluster NAME TABLE DATATYPE BCDS Field Name Table e Z o ae eC mise l5 S 3 Field 2 2 12 Description 5 x c o FREE Y 3 NUM Tracks in use within data set as a percentage USED EM Vv NUM Tracks in use within data set as a percentage ADATE DATE Archive date ADAYS v 5 NUM Days since archived ATIME Y 8 TIME Archive time hhmmss APPL backup only BYTES uv BEES BYTE Allocated space bytes kB MB BYTESFRE uv EM S BYTE Unused space bytes KB MB BYTESTRK IY 5 NUM Bytes per track calculated BYTESUSE S Y B BYTE Used space bytes KB MB BLKSIZE 5 NUM Data set block size BLKSTRK Y 4 NUM Number of blocks per track CLUSTER 44 CHAR Cluster name ICF VSAM COMPTYPE Y Y N 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data component AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component DATACLAS EM Y BE V 8 CHAR SMS data class Note This field supports selection via a mask
152. FDREPORT options specified are to be enabled for this run Multiple options can be specified by enclosing the list in parentheses separated by commas Available options are described in Section 54 30 FDREPORT Execution Options EXTRACTDSNAME dsn Specifies the data set name of an existing data set to be used for FDREPORT extract data input if DATATYPE EXTRACT or output RPTYPE DATA or COMPDATA This data set is dynamically allocated as SYSUT2 DD Statement or whatever is specified by DATADDNAME CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 39 54 21 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT EXTRACTMEMBER mem Used in conjunction with EXTRACTDSNAME If the data set pointed to by EXTRACTDSNAME is a PDS this specifies a member name in that PDS to be used for input or output FORMAT ICF Specifies that the report is to be prepared using other than the default format selected by the program CRT Defaults to PAGEWIDTH 78 to generate a report formatted for viewing on a terminal Can also be specified as TSO or T DEVICE Defaults to CRT if the output device type is a terminal and PRT is the output device type is a print device PRINT Defaults to PAGEWIDTH 120 to generate a report formatted for printing Can also be specified as PRT The line length can be overridden by the PAGEWIDTH operand Default CRT if executed under TSO PRT otherwise Specifies how ICF VSAM data sets are
153. Field Name 2 12 Description 2 8 x o lt SYSCODE 143 CHAR System code field DSCB HEX Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SYSID 4 CHAR System identification from SMF TBLKCNT Y IY 8 NUM Total block count TIMESTMP Y Y N IN 16 CHAR Time stamp IAM ICF VSAM TRACKCAP Y Mv BM 5 NUM Maximum track capacity of device in bytes TRKBAL 5 NUM Data set track balance number of free bytes on last active track TRKCYL NUM Number of tracks per cylinder TRKSCA Y EM y BM 3 NUM Number of tracks per Control Area CA ICF VSAM TVTOCDSN Y 44 CHAR Input backup data set name UCBID IY 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex UCBSTATS EM v EN Y CHAR UCB status indicators OFFLINE ONLINE UNIT EE Y EM Y CHAR Unit address of DASD volume UPDATES Y 10 NUM Number of records updated IAM ICF VSAM USEDEXT Y Y 4 NUM Number of used extents this volume USERDATA Y Y Y 10 CHAR User data size extended VOLCFLAG Y Y Y N 8 CHAR Volume cell flags ICF VSAM CANDWSPACE C Candidate with space EXTENTSYNC E Extents do not match VTOC GUARSPACE G SMS guaranteed space OVERFLOWVOL O Overflow volume PRIMEVOLUME P Prime volume RELCIADDR R Relative addressing VOLGROUP CHAR Volume group Note This f
154. HAR Home location type AUTO A MANUAL M STORE S TVLABEL Y BM Y BM 3 CHAR Volume label AL ISO ANSI label AUL Both ISO ANSI and user header or trailer labels BLP Bypass label processing NL No label SL IBM standard label SUL Standard user label UL User label TVLBLCUR EM Y BE Y 3 CHAR ANSI current label version blank 1 3 4 TVLBLREQ EM Y BE Y BA 3 CHAR ANSI Required label version blank 3 4 TVLCUSER Y NAM CHAR Last change user id Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVLOAN EM Y BAM Y 8 CHAR Loan location Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVLOCAT EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR Current location name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 195 54 60 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE RMMVOL Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description TVLOCTYP m XSELECT lt REPORT lt SUMMARY lt Current location type AUTO A MANUAL M STORE 5 TVLRDATE DATE Date last read TVLRDAYS NUM Days since last read TVLRUNIT CHAR Last used 3 byte device number TVLVDATE DATE Last VOLREC change date TVLVDAYS NUM Days since last VOLR
155. INI DATEFORMAT YYDDD Lr EE SORTALLOCATE YES The generated report looks like BKUP DATA SET NAME VOLSER BKDATE BKSUFFIX FILE VOLUME S PAYROLL FILE1 001 02 304 1028400 4 1048 1050 PAYROLL FILE2 PROD23 222 02 308 C1027902 19 1056 summary looks like FINAL TOTALS VALUE SUMMARY OF BKVOL TOTAL NUMBER OF VALUES BKVOL BV1044 1 BV1048 3 BV1050 PAGE 54 111 54 40 EXECUTE PREDEFINED REPORT EXAMPLE REPORT ON POORLY BLOCKED DATA SETS EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES Execute a report that has been set up in advance The name of this report is VTOCREP1 which is a member the data set USER REPORT This member contains a TITLE REPORT and PRINT statements The FDREPORT step includes an XSELECT statement to identify the data sets to be reported in this example all data sets starting with USER and a numeric digit are selected Predefined reports are useful for end users who have little knowledge of FDREPORT Report formats and controls can be predefined by others and executed by end users The FDRLIB members can also contain XSELECT statements so that they can be entirely self contained REPORT EXEC
156. Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 000 CASPLIT CASP nnnnnnnn Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a number of control area splits that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 99999999 inclusive CASPLITR nnnnnn Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or data components selected or excluded have a control area split ration that is within the value specified The control area split ration is defined as the number of control area splits per 100 control areas of the prime volume data component in an ICF VSAM KSDS The value may be from 0 to 999999 inclusive CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 77 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT CATALOG CA Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a catalog status indicator that corresponds to the indicator supplied Valid indicators are CAN Cataloged to candidate volume DRF DASD read failed Normally the entry would be marked ONL only cataloged but DASD errors or VTOC open failure prevented the VTOC from being read Can only occur when DATATYPE CATVTOC is specified ERR Cataloged to another volume NO Not cataloged ONL Only cataloged YES Cataloged to this volume UNK Cataloged but unable to process with LOCATE for example unmounted CVOL CATGROUP CATG dsnspec Specifies string s from 1 to 44 characters in length All ICF V
157. KED DATA SETS BLKS VOLSER BLKSZ DEVTYPE TRK BYTTK SYS1 PARMLIB SYSRES XYZ JCL CNTL TSO123 01 VALUE SUMMARY OF BLKSIZE TOTAL NUMBER OF VALUES BLASTER 80 I 160 y 17 25000 37 PAGE 54 112 SELECT BY FILTER EXAMPLE REPORT ON IAM FILES EXAMPLE REPORT ON SPECIAL IAM FILES EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES 54 40 Select any online data set that contains a 3 character first level qualifier that starts with the letter and contains the character string YM anywhere within any qualifier other than the first Only data sets between 100 and 200 tracks in size are included The report is sorted by data set name within volume and is in standard ABR VTOC format see Section 53 7 FDRABRP VTOC Report REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT XDSN T YM SIZE GE 100 SIZE LE 200 PRINT ENABLE ONLINE RPTYPE ABRVTOC SORT YES SORTALLOC YES The generated report looks like ABR VTOC LIST OF VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER 5 01 DEVICE 3380 VOLUME LS VOL LAST REF ABR EXTENT DESCRIPTORS CCC HH CCC HH SERIAL SEQ JUD 200 5 01 00 001 5 01 02 001 0296 00 1250 00 0303 00 0308 14 1252 14 0303 14 TST NYMASTER TU1 ONLYM Z
158. LASTV 807 Last volume MULTS x 20 Block size multiple of 8 PASSA x 10 Read write password PASSW x 14 Write password x40 Discrete profile UPDAT x 02 Data set updates DSNAME Y Y 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name DSORG Y Sv CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined EXPDATE Y VY DATE Expiration date CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 146 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE ARCHIVE Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description EXPDAYS gt XSELECT lt REPORT lt lt SUMMARY lt Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 INDEX CHAR Index volume from data set name LRDATE DATE Last reference date LRDAYS NUM Days since last referenced LRECL NUM Data set logical reference length LSTAR HEX Data set last block pointer specify as LS
159. LTIPLE VVRS 02 ON VOLUME 5 089 DSN TST VSAM TEST1 DATA CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 116 CHAPTER 54 NOTE GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES 54 40 You can also select data sets with VVDS errors and report on the type of error using the VVRSTATS field name REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT VOL TST PROD SMS VVRSTATS NE NONE REPORT FIELD DSN VOL VVRSTATS PRINT Produces a report similar to DATA SET NAME VOLSER VVDSERRST MASTER FILE DATA PROD12 NVVR PAYROLL DB INDEX SMS123 NVVR INVENTORY DATA 5 002 DPLR NVVR no VVDS entry may be reported along with other errors if there are matching VVDS entries but because of the errors none of them appears to be the correct VVR PAGE 54 117 54 41 54 41 EXPIRING DATA SETS EXAMPLE SELECTIVE ARCHIVE REPORT EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT ARCHIVE EXAMPLES FDREPORT ARCHIVE EXAMPLES This section shows examples that read an Archive Control File DATATYPE ARCHIVE All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5441x A sample of the generated report is shown after each example because of space limitations it may be condensed In examp
160. M SIZE Da s 5 NUM Allocated tracks Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEFREE S Y 5 NUM Tracks not in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEUSED S Y 5 NUM Tracks in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SMSFLAGS Y JIN 4 CHAR SMS managed data set flag byte in DSCB MANAGED S SMS managed NOBCS N Not cataloged REBLOCK R Reblockable DADSMCRT D DADSM assigned blksize PDSE 1 Partitioned data set extended PDSEX X Hierarchical File System HFS ATTREXTN E Extended Attribute EA STRIPE Z Extended Format EF SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only SOURCE 7 CHAR Source of the data record ARCHIVE Archive control file BCDS HSM backup control data set CATALOG System catalog CATARCH Auto recall records from catalog appended with Archive Control File ACF data CATVTOC Catalog records appended with VTOC and VVR data of selected volume s MCDS DFSMShsm migration control data set TVTOC FDR FDRABR or FDRDSF backup file s VTOC VTOC of volume VTOCVVR VTOC of volume appended with VVDS data SPACEFLG Y 3 CHAR Space allocation flags ICF VSAM CYLINDERS Allo
161. NAME gt which generates statements acceptable to ABR PAGE 54 52 STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PUNCH STATEMENT 54 22 COUNTERVALID Specifies whether the special counter field names for example CNT2 and CNT3 are valid and are resolved within this punch mask NO The special counter field names are not valid and are not resolved YES The special counter field names are valid and are resolved Default YES ECHO NOECHO Specifies whether ECHO or not NOECHO the punch mask is to be printed on SYSPRINT Default NOECHO the mask is not printed FDRLIB ddn Specifies the DDname to be used when reading punch masks Default FDRLIB MASKNAME mem Specifies the member of the data set pointed to by the DDname specified in the operand FDRLIB is to be used as a mask for the RPTYPE SELPCH output The FDRLIB data set must be partitioned PO Either FDRLIB or MASKNAME must be specified MAXSTATEMENTS nnnn Specifies the number of control statements that can be present in single punch mask The number may be a value from 10 to 4000 inclusive Default 400 SYMBOLS Specifies one or more user defined field names that can be specified in the punch mask The corresponding value of each field name must be specified by a VALUES operand This can be used to insert variable information for example security or accounting par
162. NDEX gt gt 1 New Volser s gt Operands for SELECT DSN statement section 50 gt NOTIFY BAB CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 241 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 88 FDRSRS EXAMPLES VOLUME REPORTS Storage Analysis wants to monitor usage and free space on production and database volumes From the SRS main menu option 3 select volumes with the default selection criteria is chosen BDRSRSE SPrimarySMenu SSS OPTION gt 3 SCROLL gt HALF More GP 0 OPTIONS Set Dialog Options and Defaults Data Set Selection ame gt DEFAULT member name or blanks 2 DISSES HE Data Set List display saved ame gt member name or blanks 3 SELVOL Volume Selection ame gt DEFAULT member name or blanks 4 VOLLIST Volume List display saved ame gt member name or blanks OR Select one of the following services ARCDEL _ ARCHIVE ARCHIVE DATA SET ARCMOD MODTEYTDATATSETAENTRY ATINA TAETARCH TVE METLE ARCRECAT RECATALOG ARCHIVED DATA SET FOR AUTO RECALL ARCRESET RESET DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE BACKAPPL DATA SET APPLICATION BACKUP On the selection panel volume serial prefixes are entered Since no reporting criteria are specified the default report is displayed
163. NT FDREPORT SUMMARY STATEMENT The syntax of the SUMMARY statement is SUMMARY ss FIELD field field RESET NORESET The SUMMARY statement provides summary reports based on the values of various fields reported by FDREPORT Summary reports are printed on the ABRSUM DD Statement if present or are interspersed with the generated report on ABRMAP or SYSPRINT DD Statement if ABRSUM is absent There are three kinds of summarization done depending on the characteristics of the field being summarized Fields that always have a unique value such as DSN simply print a count of the number of unique occurrences encountered Certain numeric fields such as SIZEFREE are totaled Other character and numeric fields such as BLKSIZE report the number of unique values encountered and the count of times that value was found Summaries are printed at control breaks see in Section 54 25 of the SORT statement and at the end of the report The final summary contains totals for the entire report control break summaries contain values since the last control break Examples of summaries are shown in the FDREPORT examples FIELD Specifies one or more fields to be summarized The table in Section 54 30 documents the available FIELD names Check the SUMMARY column to see which are supported for summarization and the type of summary that is done RESET NORESET NORESET Indicates that these fields should be added t
164. OFFLINE REPORT FIELD SPLDSN VOL UNIT DEVTYPE SIZEINFO PRINT ENABLE OFFLINE FASTPATH Report on data sets in the VTOC of offline DASD in a range of device addresses The FASTPATH and SELECTOFFLIN options must be enabled REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE OFFLINE DASD XSELECT UNIT GE 04F0 UNIT LE 054F UCBSTATS OFFLINE XSELECT UNIT GE 17CO UNIT LE 17CF UCBSTATS OFFLINE REPORT FIELD SPLDSN VOL UNIT DEVTYPE SIZEINFO PRINT ENABLE SELECTOFFLIN FASTPATH PAGE 54 114 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES 54 40 REPORT SAME Report on data sets on a set of DASD volumes once for all data sets sorted by name DATA Two Ways within volume and once for only ICF VSAM sorted by cluster name for all volumes EXAMPLE _ together reporting different fields in each report To reduce overhead by reading the VTOCs only once RPTYPE DATA is used to generate a file of FDREPORT internal records on SYSUT2 then that data is read twice to produce the two reports REPOR
165. OPY FATSCOPY FATSCOPY HAT SCOPY EATSGOBRY EATSCOPY EATSGOPY FATSCOPY FATSCOPY CRDATE LASTUJOB USRANAL9 MVAULTC TST5057A USRCOPY1 USRANLY1 USRIMPRT USRIMPRT 5 5057 USRCOPY1 USRIMPRT USRZ4920 USR237A USRPROB2 USRPROB2 LRDATE SCRATCH 82 OWNER VOLSTAT Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system and report on non scratch data sets that were created by DFSMShsm FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA XSELECT TDCRPGM ARC TDSTATUS NE SCRATCH SORT FIELD TDLRDATE REPORT FIELD TDDSNAME TDVOLSER TDCRPGM TDLRDAT PRINT DATATYPE RMMDSN The generated report looks like 5 01 0001 PERFTEST D C01V0001 6 1 5 0 01 0001 TAPE DATASET SUNDAY VBMRK01 D00060 TAPE DATASET 5 6 01 0003 BMRKO TEST6 D C01V0003 5 6 01 0003 TEST6 0 C01V0003 TAPE DATASET TAPE DATASET TAPE DATASET SUNDAY VBMRK01 D00055 T7300321 T013410 VOLSER 003106 003106 003106 003106 003154 003159 003145 003033 003230 003230 003230 003230 003162 003367 003225 PAGE 54 137 PPP LRDATE RCWCTL RC
166. ORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES This section shows examples that read the VTOCs of selected volumes directly DATATYPE VTOC which is the default All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5440x A sample of the generated report is shown after each example because of space limitations it may be condensed In examples where sorting is required SORTALLOC YES has been specified to dynamically allocate required SORT files in your installation you may have to provide SORT JCL Report on all data sets starting with the hi level index ABC on any online volume The default report see Section 54 23 FDREPORT REPORT Statement is printed No sorting is done a separate page is generated for data sets selected from each DASD volume Messages about volumes for which no data sets are selected are suppressed The report is printed on SYSPRINT REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE ABC DATA SETS ON VOLUME lt VOL gt XSELECT XDSN ABC PRINT ENABLE ONLINE DISABLE INFOMSG The generated report looks like DATASETS ON VOLUME 123 D S ORG RECFM BLKSZ LRECL ALLOC FREE IABC FINDMAC LIST ABC123 PS ABC JCL CNTL ABC123 PO Report on all data sets residing on online volumes starting with TSO whose last
167. OUP CHAR Volume group Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Zu v BEN 2 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME Y 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 XDSNAME Y CHAR Extended data set name selection only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 161 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for with CATVTOC FIELD DATATYPE CATVTOC They provide the ability to select all data sets both VSAM and NAME TABLE non VSAM directory entries and members from any form of partitioned data set generation data groups The volumes and or the data sets may be managed by ABR SMS or not managed DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table 2 gt FieldName 9 alal Description uo gt D o 9 i c lal D v EE 3 NUM Free percentage in Control Area CA CAPUSED Mv NUM Used percentage of allocation capacity NUM Free percentage in Control Interval DIRFREE 3 NUM Free percentage of PDS directory blocks DIRUSED BM Y NUM Used percentage of PDS directory blocks FREE Y 3 NUM Tracks in use withi
168. PDATE Y DATE Expiration date EXPDAYS V IY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 GDGENTRY Y 3 NUM Generation Data Group active entry count GDGFLAGS EM Y BM Y BAM 9 CHAR Generation Data Group flag byte GDGGENER BM Y NUM Generation Data Group generation number GDGLIMIT Y 3 NUM Generation Data Group active entry limit GDGRELGN Mv NUM Generation Data Group relative generation GDGVERSN 2 NUM Generation Data Group version number CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 201 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE SCRATCH Field Name Table Field Name Description XSELECT SORT PUNCH Length Attribute INDEX CHAR Index volume from data set name INDEXNUM NUM of index level in the data set or cluster name that is extracted into field INDEX LRTIME TIME Last reference time hh mm ss IAM ICF VSAM lt lt lt lt REPORT lt z SUMMARY lt lt lt z lt Co Ww MGMTCLAS E CHAR SMS management class Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 NAME 44 CHAR Data set name NVSAMATR E 6 CHAR SMS managed non VSAM attributes in NVR OLDBKUP 2 NUM ABR old backup of ABR backup lt
169. PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABBRMAP DD SYSOUT FDRLIB DD DSN USER REPORT DISP SHR SYSIN DD XSELECT DSN USER EXECUTE If member TOCREP 1 in data set USER REPORT contains TITLE LINE VTOC REPORT 1 REPORT FIELD SPLDSN VOL SIZEINFO PRINT DATATY PE CATVTOC then those data sets are selected from the catalog VTOC information extracted and the report looks like VTOC REPORT 1 USER2 JCL CNTL 50123 USERI ISPF ISPPROF LIBR12 Report on all data sets that are using less than 7096 of the maximum track capacity for the device they reside Generally this is data sets with small blocksizes or blocksizes over a half track which wastes the rest of the track The tests on blocksize and size in tracks are to eliminate data sets for which no meaningful capacity calculation can be done REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE POORLY BLOCK XSELECT CAPUSED LT 70 SIZ REPORT FIELD DSN VOL BLK BLKSTRK BYT SUMMARY FIELD DSN BLKSIZE RINT ENABLE ONLINE DISABLE INFOMSG DATA SETS GT 0 BLKSIZE GT 0 IZE DEVTYPE RK TRACKCAP CAPUSI An EH EH 03 d ae The generated report looks like POORLY BLOC
170. PLITR nnnnnn CATALOG CAN CRDAYS nnnnn CRJOBNAM cccccccc CRSTEPNM cececece CRTIME hhmmss JCIFEBSccechhhhrr DRF CTLSERNO CcCCC m DATACLAS dataclas ONL DELETES nnnnnnnnnn YES DEVCLASS cccc DEV TX PESCCCCCCC DIRBFREE nnnnn DIRBLOCK nnnnn DIRBUSED nnnnn DSGROUP dsn DSIND LASTY UNK CATGROUP catn CATNAME catn CATTTR nnnnnn CATVOL vvvvvv CATVOLCT nnn CATVOLTL nnn RACF MULTS8 _ PASSA CICA nnn PASSW CISIZE nnnnn UPDAT CISPLITennnnnnnn DSNALCNT nnnnn CISPLITR nnnnnn DSNALIAS dsn CLUSATTR ATL DSNAME dsn ATTRERT DSNEIFLG GIGABYTE EXTEND RELCI FORMAT ZFS PAGESPACE SWAPSPACE DSNFLAGS RLS TIMESTAMP VERIFYREQ CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 61 54 28 CHAPTER 54 DSORG AM DA EF DSSN vvvvvv ENCRBDAY nnnnn ENCRBDSN dsn ENCRBVOL vvvvvv ENCRDATE y yddd yyyyddd ENCRFLGS DELETE FDRCAMS GENERATEDKEY MASTERKEYAPPLIED PUBLICKEYAPPLIED TAPEFILE UPSTREAM ENCRFLSQ nnnnn ENCRKEY2c C ENCRTIME AAhmms s ENCRTYPE AES128 AES192 AES256 ENCRVOL vvvvvv EXCPEXIT cccccccc EXCPS ennnnnnnnnn EXPDATE yyddd yyyyddd EXPDAYS nnnnn EXTENTS cccccchhhh EXTYPE CYLBN INDEX PRIME OFLOW SUL FILESEQ nnnnn PAGE 54 62 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements continued
171. POE and HFS data sets Default Disabled PAGE 54 98 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS 54 30 FASTPATH Uses a low overhead technique for reading DASD volumes FASTPATH does not dynamically allocate DASD volumes nor does it OPEN each one When processing a number of DASD volumes this significantly reduces the time required to read the VTOC and VVDS on each volume FASTPATH must be enabled in order to report on offline DASD volumes The FASTPATH technique for gaining control of DASD volumes has been refined and now is always used for DATATYPE VTOC and DATATYPE VOLDATA instead of z OS dynamic allocation ENABLE FASTPATH or DISABLE FASTPATH has no effect on DATATYPE VTOC and DATATYPE VOLDATA For DATATYPE CATVTOC the default has been changed to ENABLE FASTPATH If you disable FASTPATH when running with DATATYPE CATVTOC it is honored FATDISK Required for proper reporting when processing 3390 9 DASD or any DASD with more than 65 535 tracks but less than 150 256 tracks 10 017 cylinders This option changes the size of some of the fields to accommodate the larger DASD Default Disabled but may be automatically enabled by the AUTOFATDISK option described above See LARGEDISK in Section 54 30 for support of DASD larger than a 3390 9 FINALTOTALS Summaries contain a final total display if more than one control break is taken Default Enabled FIVEBYTEBKFS Request that the field BKFILENO is
172. Primice Help COMMAND DATA SET NAME VOLSER DEVTYPE DSO ALLOC BKGN BKC BKDATE restore BAB JCL CNTL Fa TSOWK2 3390 2 PO 150 3 5 03 13 2002 3 4 03 12 2002 restore BAB AC DATA 10012108 NOE COMME 1 764 0 03 06 2002 763 18 03 05 2002 The restore command displays a panel where options for the restore such as new name or new volser can be specified for each of the selected data sets Note that the correct volume gen and cycle to restore the backup selected are already filled in If more data sets were selected than can fit on the screen the list is scrollable Enter a command on the command list to submit the restore as a batch job or edit the JCL before submission execute the restore immediately under TSO or add it to the ABR remote queue for later processing 005050805 BackUp Biete c 1 xe 2 et 2 COMMAND gt edit SCROLL HALF Edit JCL Submit JCL FG execute in the foreground RQ add to remote Operands for RESTORE TYPE ABR statement section 50 gt RESTORE TYPE ABR DT DSNAME Filter gt BAB JCL CNTL Gen gt 0003 Volume Serial gt TSOWKO Cycle gt 05 New DSNAME gt OLDB gt or NEWINDEX gt Copy gt 1 New Volser s gt Operands for SELECT DSN statement section 50 gt NOTIFY BAB DSNAME Filter gt BAB AC DATA Gen gt 0764 Volume Serial gt IDPLB3 Cycle gt 00 New DSNAME gt OLDB gt or NEWI
173. R FDRABR FDRDSF backup file s VTOC VTOC of volume VTOCVVR VTOC of volume appended with VVDS data SPACEFLG EM Y BE Y 3 CHAR Space allocation flags ICF VSAM CYLINDERS Allocated in cylinders KILOBYTES Allocated in kilobytes MEGABYTES Allocated in megabytes RECORDS Allocated in records TRACKS Allocated in tracks STORCLAS y CHAR SMS storage class Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STORGRP Y CHAR SMS storage group name Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SYSID Y 4 CHAR System identification from SMF TRACKCAP YY 5 NUM Maximum track capacity of device in bytes CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 160 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CATARCH Field Name Table k gt x M FieldName 2 2 Description Qiu 9235 2 TRKCYL IN 3 NUM Number of tracks per cylinder TRKVOL Y UCBID 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex VOLCFLAG Y Y 8 CHAR Volume cell flags ICF VSAM CANDWSPACE C Candidate with space EXTENTSYNC E Extents do not match VTOC GUARSPACE G SMS guaranteed space OVERFLOWVOL O Overflow volume PRIMEVOLUME P Prime volume RELCIADDR R Relative addressing VOLGR
174. RCE MCDS For DATATYPE BCDS the BCDS data set record is described by the IBM MCB macro and the mapping is BEDS FOREPORT Field Description Field Name Field Name MCK DSN Data set name MCBFRVOL VOL Volume Serial Number MCBDBU ADATE Date Backed Up MCBTBU ATIME Time Backed Up ADAYS Days since backup calculated MCBDLRPD LRDATE Last Reference Date LRDAYS Days since last reference calculated MCBDSORG DSORG Data set Organization MCBRECFM RECFM Record Format MCBBLKSZ BLKSIZE Block Size MCBKEYLN KEYLEN Key Length MCBDSIND DSIND Data set Indicators MCBSIZE SIZE Allocated Tracks MCBSIZEB BYTESUSE Bytes Used BYTES Bytes Allocated calculated MCBNBC NTMIGRAT Number of times data set was backed up MCBVSN HSMIGVOL First Backup Volume MCCFRUCB UCBID UCB 4 byte Device Type hex MCCSCNAM STORCLAS SMS storage class MCCMCNAM MGMTCLAS SMS management class MCCMDNAM DATACLAS SMS data class MCCSMSFG SMSFLAGS SMS managed data set Flag Byte MCBBDSN TVTOCDSN Name of Backup Copy SOURCE BCDS PAGE 54 108 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING 54 32 54 32 FDREPORT TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING Data is not all DASD related Much exists on tape and those tapes can reside on racks within an installation s data center in powerful Virtual Tape System VTS or in external vaults for use as backups or for disast
175. RED Entry restored from archive or restore from archive was attempted SULABEL Data set is restored with a Standard User Label SUL NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ARCFLAG2 Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have the second archive flag byte set to the indicator s supplied The valid indicators are ABRTAPE Backup is an ABR tape not an archive tape CLUSTER Cluster entry DELETE External delete from archive DISKBKUP Backup data set created on DASD device as opposed to tape device NOTCAT Backup data set is not cataloged RECALL Data set archived with the auto recall option NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ARCTTR Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must contain the relative Archive Control File block number with the auto recall indicator set that matches the value provided This value is extracted from the data set record within the Archive Control File It is also placed in the catalog entry created when RECALL YES is specified on the DUMP TYPE ARC control statement and serves as a quick path into the Archive Control File for the restore server nnnnnn The value specified is a decimal number X xxxxxx The value specified is a hexadecimal number ATIME hhmmss Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an archive time stamp that matches the value range or values s
176. RT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description AMDATTR XSELECT REPORT 2 SUMMARY AMDATTR attributes IAM ICF VSAM only ESDS ES Entry sequenced cluster IMBED IM Sequence set placed with data component KEYRANGE KE Key range defined KSDS KS Key sequenced cluster ORDERED OR Volumes to be used in the order they are specified in the VOLUMES parameter REPLICATE RE Each index record to be written on a track as many times as it fits RRDS RR Relative record data set SPANNED SP Data record can cross control interval boundary WRITECHECK WR Perform write check during WRITE processing AMDATTR3 24 CHAR AMDATTR3 attributes ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM BIND Cluster component allocated to MSS device is stated at open and retained on device until closed CYLFAULT CY Cluster component allocated to MSS device is not staged at open but data is to be staged as needed LINEAR LI Linear cluster LOADED LO Data set is loaded NONUNIQUE NO Data set has non unique keys SHRBCS SH Shared basic catalog VARIABLE VR Variable RRDS WAITON WA Destaging is to complete before control returned to programs that closes data set ATTR2 24 CHAR Attribute byte two ICF VSAM only CATALOGBUSY Catalog busy CATALOGLOCK Catalog is locked COMPNOTUSE Comp
177. RVTOC ARCHIVE COMPDATA DATA GENERATE HEX NONE OSVTOC SELPCH TABLE XREF RUNDATE yyyyddd 5 SORT COMBINE NO YES SORTALLOC NO EYE SORTLIB SORTMSG SORTWORK TRK YES SORTCORE nnnnnnn SORTLIB dsn SORTPEX ecce SPFC nn 54 14 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT The syntax of the DEFAULT statement continued SPFI nn SSPKLINECNT n STARTCATALOG catn SYSUTSTORCLAS storclas SYSUTUNIT unit TITLE CENTER LEFT SORTMSG AC RIGHT cc UNITPREFIX n 1 VOLPREFIX n PC VOLSUMMARY CTLSERNO _ DEVTYPE SORTMSGDDNAME ddn MFRCODE SUMBYTEFORMAT BYTES NOBREAK KILOBYTES NONE MEGABYTES SSID GIGABYTES STORGRP TERABYTES UNITPREFIX SUMDDNAME ddn SUMDEVICE BASE Pla lls UNIQUE VTOCREAD CY L SUMLEVEL INDEX TR NONE WORKDDNAMES n WORKSPACE nnnnn SYSLIB ddn WORKSTORCLAS storclas SYSUTSPACE nnnnn DEFAULT DEFAULT statement changes FDREPORT s default values for various options used STATEMENT when generating a report Most of the operands on the DEFAULT statement are also operands of the PRINT statement and can be specified there The DEFAULT statement can be used when more than one report more than one PRINT statement is to be generated in one FDREPORT run the DEFAULT statement avoids having to specify options used in more than one report more than on
178. S Specifies the data set s selected or excluded have a number of bytes allocated that is within the value specified The number of bytes allocated is equivalent to the high allocated RBA for ICF VSAM components and is a calculated value for non VSAM data sets based on the block size If the block size is zero the number of bytes allocated are zero The value may be from 0 to 4294967294 inclusive nnnnnnnnnn Specifies the exact value to be compared nnnnnnnK Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 nnnnM Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 000 BYTESFRE BYTESF Specifies the data set s selected or excluded have a number of bytes free within the allocated space that is within the value specified The number of bytes free within the allocated space is equivalent to the high used RBA for ICF VSAM components and is a calculated value for non VSAM data sets based on the block size If the block size is zero the number of bytes free within the allocated space are zero The value may be from 0 to 4294967294 inclusive nnnnnnnnnn Specifies the exact value to be compared nnnnnnnK Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 nnnnM Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 000 BYTESTRK 5 Specifies the data set s selected excluded number of bytes utilized per track that is within the value specified The number of bytes utilized per track is equivalent t
179. S DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE ENCRYPT ENCRYPT FIELD representing the data sets residing the FDRCRYPT keyfile The name of the keyfile NAME TABLE is usually stored in the FDR Global Options Table Complete access to the keyfile requires the completion of a successful RACROUTE command using REQUEST AUTH ENTITY keyfile ATTR ALTER VOLSER volser Only with successful completion of the RACROUTE request is permission given to fully display the encryption key DATATYPE ENCRYPT Field Name Table gt g Field Name O AS Description Wid 8 e x a a a lt ENCRBDAY AY Y 5 NUM Number of days since encrypted ENCRGDSN Y Y 44 CHAR Original backup data set name ENCRBVOL Y 6 CHAR Original first backup volume Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 ENCRDATE Backup date ENCRFLGS Y Y 5 CHAR Encryption flag byte DELETE Record marked for deletion FDRCAMS File was encrypted by FDRCAMS GENERATEDKEY Key was generated by FDRCRYPT MASTERKEYAPPLIED A master key was used during the encryption PUBLICKEYAPPLIED A public key was used during the encryption TAPEFILE The backup file resides on a tape device UPSTREAM The backup file was created by FDR UPSTREAM ENCRGLSQ NY 5 NUM Original backup file sequence number ENCRKEY E Y IN N N 92 HEX Encr
180. SAM clusters that show as being cataloged into an ICF catalog that matches the selection or exclusion criteria compare length is the length of the data specified are selected or excluded There is a special form of the CATGROUP operand Leading periods after CATGROUP indicate that the group name starts after one ore more index levels Each period indicates that one index level is to be bypassed CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 78 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 CATNAME CATN 9 10 11 12 dsnspec Specifies the catalog name selection or exclusion Only standard catalog names are supported Standard catalog names contain only alphabetic character A to Z number numeric character 0 to 9 or national characters and and periods The syntax for the CATNAME operand is as follows Valid characters alphabetic numeric national represent themselves Slash is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid character of any value vertical bar is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid alphabetic character plus is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid numeric character question mark is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid national character single asterisk represents zero or more valid characters within an index leve
181. SB EMC CNTL GRAT ARCHIVED JSB ENCRYPT KEYFILE GRAT ARCHIVED JSB EXHPDM CNTL GRAT ARCHIVED JSB FATSCOPY AUDITDSN IDPLBO PS FB 8800 JSB FDR ASM GRAT ARCHIVED JSB FDR CNTL IDENMBSSPOREES 8000 JSB FDR CNTL2 MIGRAT ARCHIVED JSB FDR DOC ICD PORRER 9040 JSB FDR JCL MIGRAT ARCHIVED copy JSB FDR LOAD 32760 JSB FDRABR ARCHIVE MIGRAT ARCHIVED JSB FDRMOVE DS8100 SYTS36 PO VB 27998 Since the Data set List column headers may be different from the selection field names to occupy fewer columns Column description may be obtained by positioning the cursor at the column and pressing the HELP key or by entering the VIEW primary command Archived data sets are marked as ARCHIVED and data sets not found on their cataloged volumes are marked as VOLUME DATA Unwanted data set entries in the Data set List may be excluded from the display by entering the X or XX line commands in the COMMAND field The Data set List can be saved for re display at any time with option 2 on the SRS primary menu and can be REFRESHed by regathering the report fields at any time Various services can be invoked by the user for one or more of the data sets displayed services such as info M member list ABR functions such as RECALL REORG COPY ISPF services such as EDIT BROWSE TSO commands such as DELETE LISTDS LISTCAT RENAME CLISTs and REXX execs CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 229
182. SERBA PRINT ENABLE ONLINE IAM PAGE 54 113 54 40 IDENTIFY FULL PARTITIONED DATA SETS EXAMPLE REPORT ON ALL OFFLINE DASD EXAMPLE REPORT ON SELECTED OFFLINE DASD EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES Locate all partitioned PO data sets on TSO volumes and report those that have less than five percent free space in the data set or the directory REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE ALMOST FULL TSO PDS DATA SETS XSELECT DSORG PO VOL TSO SFREE lt 5 XSELECT DSORG PO VOL TSO DIRFREE lt 5 REPORT FIELD SPLDSN VOL SIZEINFO DIRBINFO PRINT The generated report looks like ALMOST FULL TSO PDS DATA SETS VOLSER ALLOC USER1 JCL CNTL TSO123 USER1 ISPF PROF TSO123 Report on data sets in the VTOC of all offline DASD The FASTPATH and OFFLINE options must be enabled UCBSTATS OFFLINE reports on only offline DASD otherwise both offline and online DASD are included REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE OFFLINE DASD XSELECT UCBSTATS
183. SETS DEFAULT RESETARC DELETE ARCHIVE REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE DEFAULT RESETBKP DELETE BACKUP REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE DEFAULT RESTAPPL RESTORE DATA SETS FROM APPLICATION BACKUP DEFAULT RESTARC RESTORE DATA SETS FROM ARCHIVE DEFAULT RESTBKP RESTORE DATA SETS FROM BACKUP DEFAULT SIMREORG SIMULATE FDRREORG DATA SET REORGANIZATION DEFAULT This table defines the FDR and ABR commands that can be entered on the report output panels of SRS On any line enter S to view or edit a command to insert a new command R to copy and edit an existing command or D to delete one All except D take you to another panel shown below where you can view or modify the command Each FDR command consists of a main statement a data set statement that is repeated for each selected data set the program name to invoke and how to invoke it The FDR Function commands are fully customizable The user may change existing commands and define new commands with different keyword values in the main or data set statements Keyword values may be automatically extracted from the Data set List The FDR Function commands may be saved in a private table library or in a common table library shared between users PAGE 54 222 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DIALOG OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS PANELS 54 81 FDR FUNCTION COMMAND Options ape BDIRSIRS WDNR COMMAND
184. SPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFAULT SORTALLOC YES A1TMC CA1 TMC EXTRACT PRODUCT CA1 STORCLAS TEMPDATA DISP RETAIN REPORT ON TAPE Extract data from the CA 1 tape management system and report on the tapes that are VOLUMES THAT _ expiring in the next 30 days EXPIRE IN THE FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M NEXT 30 Days SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT EXAMPLE ABRMAP SYSOUT 1 DD DISP SHR DSN cal extract dataset SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE LINE VOLUMES EXPIRING IN NEXT 30 DAYS SELECT TVEXDAYS lt 31 TVEXDAYS gt 0 REPORT FIELD TVVOLSER TVVOLSEQ TVEXDATE TVCRDATE TVF1DSN SORT FIELD TVEXDATE TVVOLSER PRINT DATATYPE CA1VOL ENABLE CHAREXPDATES SORTALLOC YES The generated report looks like VOLUMES EXPIRING IN NEXT 30 DAYS EXPDAT CRDATE FIRST FILE DATASET SAVRS BACKUP SYSLOG G2485V00 ARWONAT PUSM502C G0004V00 SYSPNA CAI CA7 LOG MONTHLY GO0052V00 ARWPAPT PMS0001 APR2006 DR ARWPAPT PMS0001 APR2006 DR CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 140 LisT OF TAPES VOLUMES IN SCRATCH STATUS EXAMPLE REPORT ON TAPE DATA SETS THAT WERE CREATED IN THE 5 60 Days EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT CA 1 TAPE MANAGEMENT R
185. SYSPRINT ABRMAP must be present for PAGEWIDTH to be honored PCHDATEFORMAT Specifies the format that dates are displayed in punched output generated by RPTYPE SELPCH Valid values are DDMMYY Gregorian format day first DDMMYYYY Gregorian format day first with 4 digit year dd mm yyyy MMDDYY Gregorian format month first mm dd yy MMDDYYYY Gregorian format month first with 4 digit year mm dd yyyy YYDDD Julian format yy ddd YYYYDDD Julian format with 4 digit year yyyy dda PCHDDNAME Specifies the DDname to be used when punching for RPTYPE SELPCH Default SYSPUNCH unless the operand PCHDDNAME was specified on the DEFAULT statement CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 42 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 PCHSEPCHAR c Specifies the character to be used to delimit the elements of dates formatted for punch display RPTYPE SELPCH Default POFREESPACE Specifies what is used to determine the amount of free space in a partitioned data set PDS DSORG PO There are three options DIR Cause the directory blocks to be read and if there are no members set the number of bytes tracks used to zero 0 IFREAD If the directory blocks are to be read for some other reason that is field name and if there are no members set the number of bytes tracks used to zero 0 LBP Use the LSTAR to determ
186. T ENABLE ONLINE DATATYPE VOLDATA The generated file looks like 50123 1 3390 50085 25173 236 MVSRES 1C7 3380 39825 37900 1274 The program that reads the file must of course be aware of the meaning and position of each column VOLUME SUMMARY VOLSUMMARY operand allows you to create reports that summarize data from many REPORT EXAMPLE volumes instead of reporting on individual volumes You can summarize based on SMS storage group volume serial or unit address prefix device type or all volumes The values from the various volumes are totaled averaged or maxed depending on the meaning of the field Fields that are unique to a volume such as volser are simply blanked REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE VOLUME SUMMARY BY STORAGE GROUP REPORT FIELD VLSMSSTG VLCYLVOL VLFRECYL VLDSCB1 PRINT DATATYPE VOLDATA VOLSUMMARY STORGRP ENABLE ONLINE FASTPATH Generates report showing the total data cylinders total free cylinders and total data sets in each group the blank group includes all non SMS managed volumes VOLUME SUMMARY BY STORAGE GROUP STORGRP CYL VOLUME FREE CYL FMT1 DSCBS 1090368 779068 99057 95883 25599 THIS HI 23373 10091 60705 22730 70119 70076
187. T EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSUT2 DD UNIT SYSALLDA SPACE CYL 20 5 RLSE SYSIN DD DEFAULT SORTALLOC YES SELECT ALL DATA WITHOUT REPORT XSELECT VOL PROD PRINT RPTYPE DATA GENERATE REPORT 1 TITLE INE LISTING OF PRODUCTION VOLUMES REPORT FIELD DSN DSORG DATES SIZE EXTENTS PRINT DATATYPE EXTRACT SORT YES GENERATE REPORT 2 CANCEL SELECT TITLE INE LISTING OF PRODUCTION VSAM XSELECT DSORG EF REPORT FIELD CLUSTER DSN VOL DATES SI ZEINFO SORT FIELD CLUSTER PRINT DATATYPE EXTRACT REPORT POORLY Report on all ICF VSAM clusters over three Megabytes in size with more than five CA ORGANIZED VSAM splits or more than 20 Cl splits and all clusters with over 16 extents since all these might CLUSTERS be candidates for reorganization Clusters with the highest CA splits are listed first EXAMPLE NOTE FDRREORG a separately priced component may be used to automate the reorganization of such clusters as well as IAM files and PDSs See Chapter 30 FDRREORG for more information REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFAULT SORTALLOC YES BYTEFORMAT MEGABYTES TITLE INE VSAM CLUSTERS IN NEED OF REORG XSELECT DSORG EF BYTES gt 3M CASPLIT gt 5 XSELECT DSORG EF BYTES gt
188. TARzX tttttrrr NOEPV 2 gt gt m NUM Number of extents for data set on this volume OLDBKUP NUM ABR old backup of ABR backup OPTCD lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt wm Z lt lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt lt lt lt MO n wl ajl oaj ogo HEX Option code byte A DAM Actual addressing BC ICF VSAM catalog C SAM Chained scheduling using PCI DB DAM Dynamic buffering E DAM Extended search F DAM Feedback IS Independent overflow area IC ICF VSAM data set L IS Delete M IS Master index R IS Reorganization criteria RB DAM Relative block addressing RE DAM Read exclusive TO DAM Track overflow UF IS Full track index write W All Write validity check Y IS Cylinder overflow area RANK NUM Rank within sorted data assigned RECFM CHAR Record format A ASA control character B Blocked F Fixed M Machine control character S Standard spanned T Track overflow U Undefined V Variable None of the above RECTYPE NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER CHAR FDREPORT pr
189. TESUSE BYTESFRE see Section 54 30 for details Kilo and megabytes are in units of 1024 and 1048576 if ENABLE HEXBYTES is in effect For printing REPORT statement this operand affects both the units in which the field is printed and the width of the field in the report 10 columns for BYTES 7 for KILOBYTES 4 for MEGABYTES Default KILOBYTES CANDSPACE Specifies how candidate space is to be calculated when requested via an ENABLE CANDSPACE request The possible values are GUARANTEED Only the already allocated guaranteed space on a volume is included POTENTIAL The maximum possible space assuming all extents are allocated is included Default GUARANTEED CATALOGSEARCH Specifies the search order when issuing locates for data sets or clusters with related catalogs Related catalogs are usually extracted from a VVR or NVR They also may be extracted from the master catalog when the data is derived from either DATATYPE CATARCH or CATVTOC The possible values are RELATED Use the related catalog when issuing the locate STANDARD Use the standard search order when issuing the locate Default RELATED CHKONLRESERVE Specifies whether FDREPORT is to check for long term reserves against online DASD UCBs prior to attempting to process them A long term reserve is one that lasts over seconds The nn value for the wait time can be set using the keyword RESWAITIME RESWAITIME defaults to 2 second
190. UE is in effect SYSRES When executing with DATATYPE CATALOG represents data sets cataloged with indirect volume serials Some valid tape devices are 3480 3480 3490 3590 1 NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal DIRBFREE DIRBF nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must a number of free unused directory blocks that is within the number specified The number may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive PAGE 54 84 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 DIRBLOCK DIRB nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must a number of directory blocks that is within the number specified The number may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive DIRBUSED DIRBU nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a number of used director blocks that is within the number specified The number may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive DSGROUP DSG dsnspec Specifies string s of 1 to 44 characters in length All data sets having a name that matches the selection or exclusion criteria that is compare length is the length of data specified are selected or excluded There is a special form of the DSGROUP operand Leading periods after DSGROUP indicate that the group name start
191. UES va ue va ue NOECHO 8 _ STARTINGPASUNIT uuuu ENDINGPASUNI T uuuu MASKNAME mem PASUNITINCREMENT nn PUNCH The PUNCH statement specifies the location of a mask used to define the punch output STATEMENT generated by FDREPORT for the RPTYPE SELPCH report and is ignored if RPTYPE SELPCH is not specified The punch mask input must be a data set that has the attributes RECFM FB LRECL 80 It may be either sequential DSORG PS or partitioned DSORG PO The PUNCH statement uses the presence or absence of the MASKNAME operand to differentiate between sequential or partitioned data sets If MASKNAME is specified the data set is assumed to be partitioned and MASKNAME provides the member name If MASKNAME is omitted the data set is assumed to be sequential the FDRLIB operand must be provided to specify the input DD statement name The punch mask may also be an input stream DD data set For each record processed by FDREPORT it scans the punch mask copying each mask record to the punch output SYSPUNCH DD Statement but if any FDREPORT field names or special names are found in the mask the current value of the name is substituted These field names and special names must be surrounded by the delimiters specified by the FIELDPREFIX and FIELDSUFFIX operands the defaults for these are lt and gt so the field names are usually specified like lt LRECL gt The field names that may appear in the PUNCH mask
192. UNKNBCSCELLS Specifies what FDREPORT is to do with Basic Catalog Structure BCS records that contain cell types that are not known to the program If UNKNBCSCELLS is enabled the unknown cell types are accepted but not processed allowing the processing of the BCS record to continue If UNKNBCSCELLS is disabled the unknown cell type and the BCS record are bypassed Default Enabled UNKNBCSPRINT Specifies if FDREPORT is to display Basic Catalog Structure BCS records that contain cell types that are not known to the program If UNKNBCSPRINT is enabled message FDR702 is displayed documenting the unknown cell type It is followed by the first forty 40 bytes of the BCS record Next the name of the catalog containing the record is displayed followed by an action message detailing if the record was accepted or bypassed Default Enabled USELOCATE Use CAMLST LOCATE instead of the CAMLST simulator Default Disabled USEMIH Use the system Missing Interrupt Handler to time I Os to offline devices The does not consider an I O eligible for purge until five seconds have elapsed Default Use an internal timing service that uses the BININTERVAL value VSAMRLS Open the DFSMShsm clusters using VSAM s Record Level Sharing RLS Default Disabled VVRDISPLAY The VVDS records VVRs for all VSAM clusters and NVRs for non VSAM SMS managed data sets are displayed for all selected data sets Default Disabled XREFERROR Print b
193. VDEVCLS Y Y 7 CHAR Device class TVEXDATE Y DATE Expiration date TVEXDAYS A Y Y Y Y 5 NUM Days until expiration TVF1DSN 44 CHAR First file data set TVLABEL yY 3 CHAR Volume label AL ISO ANSI label AUL Both ISO ANSI and user header or trailer labels BLP Bypass label processing NL No label SL IBM standard label SUL Standard user label UL User label TVLCSYS 8 CHAR Last change system TVLCUSER v EN Y CHAR Last change user id Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVLRDATE Y DATE Date last read TVLRDAYS y 1 5 NUM Days since last read TVLRUNIT A v EM Y CHAR Last used 3 byte device number TVNXTVOL Y JY Y 6 CHAR Next volume Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVPRDERR Y Y 9 NUM Permanent read errors TVPRVVOL v EE Y 5 CHAR Previous volume Note This field supports selection via a mask See in Section 54 28 TVPWTERR Y Y Y 9 NUM Permanent write errors TVRANK 3 NUM Internal FDREPORT rank number CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 180 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CA1VOL Field Name Table Ea gt x
194. VE VL FTRKS nnn BCDS VLZFVVDS nnn CATALOG CATARCH VL UDSCB nnn CATVTOC VL ZUINDX nnn MCDS TVTOC VLZUTRKS nnn VTOC VLZUVVDS nnn VTOCVVR VLABRCYC nn SPACEFLG CY LINDERS _ KILOBYTES VLABRGEN nnnn MEGABYTES VLABRHTR nnn RECORDS TRACKS CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 64 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements continued VLABRLTR nnn VLDCEFLG CSW _ DPX VLABROPT PKC N PRI s PVM T SEC SHR Y SSV 0 VLDCEFL8 CYMG F8F9 sVLDEVIYP ccecece VLDSCB nnnnnnnnnnnn VLALOBYT nnnnnnnnnnnnnnn VLALOCYL nnnnnn VLALOSTA ALLOC ONLINE VLDSCBU nnnnnnnnnnnn SYSRES UNLOAD VLALOTRK nnnnnn VLALTRKS nnnnnn VLAVGBYT nnnnnnnnnnnnnnn VLAVGTRK nnnnnn VLBYTVOLennnnnnnnnnnnnnn VLCCA xx VLCMZFTK nnn VLCM ZTOT nnn VLCMZUTK nnn VLDSCBO nnnnnnnnnnnn VLDSCB1 nnnnnnnnnnnn VLDSCB3 nnnnnnnnnnnn VLDSCB8 nnnnnnnnnnnn VLDSCB9 nnnnnnnnnnnn VLDSOAM nnnnnn VLDSODA nnnnnn VLDSOEF nnnnnn VLDSOHFS nnnnnn VLDSOIAM nnnnnn VLDSOISennnnnn VLCMABYT n n VLCMALOC n n VLDSOPO nnnnnn lt 8 VLDSOPOE nnnnnn VLCMFBYT n VLDSOPSE nnnnnn VLCMNFTK n n VLCMNFXT n 1n VLCMTBYT n 1n VLCMTCMG n n nnnnnnnnnM VLCMTTMG n n VLFRECYL nnnnnn VE
195. VE RESTORE REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE REMOVEB DELETE BACKUP RESTORE REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE REORG COMPRESS PDS DATA SETS RESETARC DELETE ARCHIVE REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE RESETBKP DELETE BACKUP REQUEST FROM REMOTE QUEUE RESTAPPL RESTORE DATA SETS FROM APPLICATION BACKUP RESTARC RESTORE DATA SETS FROM ARCHIVE RESTBKP RESTORE DATA SETS FROM BACKUP SIMREORG SIMULATE FDRREORG DATA SET REORGANIZATION The SRS primary menu is used to select the SRS function desired Option 0 allows each user to set options and defaults that affect his her use of SRS Options 1 and 2 select the data set application options 3 and 4 select the volume application The odd numbered options actually select data sets or volumes you can optionally retrieve a saved selection criteria The even numbered options retrieve a data set or volume list previously selected and saved CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 217 54 80 CHAPTER 54 NOTE GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS SEARCH REPORT AND SERVICES DIALOG The various name fields refer to members in SRS libraries of saved selection criteria and lists The names of these libraries can be specified via option 0 2 or overridden by specifying blanks for the member name The libraries can include private user SRS libraries and or shared or installation wide libraries The Selection Name field specifies the member name of a previously saved Selection Criteria or one of th
196. VER nnn SULABEL ARCFLAG2 ABRTAPE 4USED nnn CLUSTER ABRCYCLE nn DELETE DISKBKUP ABRGEN nnnn NOTCAT ABRHITRS2ennn RECALL ABRIND A ARCTTR nnnnnn ATIME hhmmss R ATTRI ERASE X INHIBIT RECOVERY ABRLOTRS nnn REUSEABLE ACTIVE NO SPEED YES TEMPEXPORT TRACKOVER ACTTTR nnnnnn UNIQUE ATTR2 CATALOGBUSY CATALOGLOCK ADAY S nnnnn COMPNOTUSE AIXATTR AIX INTERNALDSN UPGRADE REGSHROPTI REGSHROPT2 AIXNAME dsn REGSHROPT3 REGSHROPT4 SYSSHROPT3 KEY RANGE SYSSHROPT4 KSDS AXRKP nnnn ORDERED _ REPLICATE BKCYCLE nnn RRDS BKDATE yydda SPANNED yyyyddd BKDAYS nnnnn AMDATTR3 BIND 2 CYLFAULT BKDEVCLS cccc LINEAR BKDEVTYP ccccccc LOADED _ NONUNIQUE BKDSNS nnn SHRBCS BKEXDATE y yddd VARIABLE yyyyddd WAITON BKEXDAYS nnnnn PAGE 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements continued BKFILENO nnnnn CLUSTER dsn BKGEN nnnn CLUSTGROUP dsn BKSUFFIX cccccccc CMPCANDV nnn BKTAPCNT nnn CMPVOLCT nnn BKTIME Ahmmss CMPVOLTL nnn BKVOL v v COMPTYPE DATA BLKSIZE nnnnn eran BLKSTRK nnnn AIXINDEX BUFSIZE nnnnnn COMPUSER nnnnnnnnnn BYTES nnnnnnnnnn CRDATE y yddd yyyyddd BYTESUSE nnnnnnnnnn CANDVOLC nnn CAPBYTES nnnnnnnnnn CASPLIT nnnnnnnn CAS
197. VLRDATE TVHOMLOC ER TVCRDATE SEQUENCE A A BREAK SEJ NO FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE LINE VO EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM XSELECT TVOWNER USER QA REPORT FIELD TVVO SORT FIELD TVOWN PRINT DATATYPE RMMVOL The generated report looks like FDR400 FDRABR CUSTOM REPORTS FDREPORT VOLUMES OWNER CRDATE LRDATE HOMELOC 003168 QAUSRO1 003210 QAUSRO1 004 QAUSRO1 1999 307 2011 088 SHELF 2001 361 2011 227 SHELF 2002 227 2012 135 SHELF FDR400 FDRABR CUSTOM REPORTS FDREPORT OWNER LRDATE HOMELOC 2002 227 2012 146 SHELF 2008 311 DDUPFATS 2008 311 2012 030 NDUPFDR FDRABR CUSTOM REPORTS FDREPORT VOLUMES OWNER LRDATE HOMELOC 001028 USER03 10157 USERO3 1994 269 2011 164 SHELF 2008 311 2011 304 NDUPFDR VOLUMES OWNED BY 05 02 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING PAGE 0001 SORTED BY CREATION DATE VER 5 4 80 DATE 2013 006 OWNED BY QAUSRO1 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING PAGE 0003 SORTED BY CREATION DATE VER 5 4 80 DATE 2013 006 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING PAGE 0004 SORTED BY CREATION DATE VER 5 4 80 DATE 2013 006 OWNED BY USERO3 Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system selecting the tapes owned by TESTO that were last used 2011 The creation date last used date and the home location are displaye
198. W D FIE ARCDSN Y 44 CHAR Archive Control File name CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 185 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE MCDS MCDS FIELD MCDS extracts data set information from the DFSMShsm Migration Control Data Set NAME TABLE MCDS a VSAM cluster A LOCATE SVC SVC 26 is issued to determine if data sets extracted from the MCDS are still cataloged for auto recall under DFSMShsm DATATYPE MCDS Field Name Table gt 5552554 Field Name 5 e alal 2 Description 2 2 18 gt lt c o FREE Y 3 NUM Tracks in use within data set as a percentage USED Dv NUM Tracks in use within a data set as a percentage ADATE Zw Y EM V BED DATE Archive date ADAYS A YIY VI IY 5 NUM Days since archived ATIME Y 8 TIME Archive time 55 5 S Y B BYTE Allocated space bytes MB BYTESFRE S Y B BYTE Unused space bytes KB MB BYTESTRK V IY 5 NUM Bytes per track calculated BYTESUSE EM S Y IB BYTE Used space bytes MB BLKSIZE IY 5 NUM Data set block size BLKSTRK Y 4 NUM Number of blocks per
199. WCTL RCWCTL RCWCTL RCCTL RCCTL RCCTL RCCTL RCWCTL RCWCTL RCWCTL RCWCTL RCCTL RCCTL RCCTL 2 OWNER HSMABR HSMABR HSMABR HSMABR RAM RAM RAM RAM SYSTASK SYSTASK SYSTASK SYSTASK OMVSKERN OMVSKERN OMVSKERN GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 48 FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES PRODUCE AN Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system and print an inventory of all DFSMSRMM TAPE the tapes sorted by tape volser INVENTORY FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA TITLE INE DFSMSrmm TAPE INVENTORY SORT FIELD TVVOLSER REPORT FIELD TVVOLSER TVF1DSN TVCRJOB TVVOLSEQ TVCRDATE TVEXDATE TVRTDATE TVSTATUS PRINT DATATYPE RMMVOL The generated report looks like DFSMSrmm TAPE INVENTORY FIRST FILE DATASET CREATJOB VSQ CRDATE EXPDAT RTDATE VOLSTAT VRMG005 FDRTSOIN VT34881 SS040STK 509 FDRIMSBK VT3 4938 550405 VT34894 SS040STK BAC VPR0019 SS040SIM PROD XPTR ARC70 ATL R06350 XPTO10D BACKUP VRMG036 B110328A 550405 BACKUP VT34938 B112168B FDRAGUBK BACKUP VARC536 C1029800 FDRARCBK SCRATCH MASTER SCRATCH MASTER MASTER MASTER MASTER MASTER MASTER SCRATCH
200. WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT SMS EXAMPLES Report on all data sets in two specific SMS storage groups For PDS PO and PDSE POE data sets member counts are displayed REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE SMS STORAGE GROUPS PROD AND TEST XSELECT STORGRP PROD TEST SORT FIELD STORGRP DSN REPORT FIELD SPLDSN STORGRP VOL DSORG LRDATE SIZE MEMBERS PRINT SORTALLOC YES The generated report looks like SMS STORAGE GROUPS PROD AND TEST b s STORGRP VOLSER ORG LRDATE ALLOC MEMBER PAYROLL MASTER PROD PRODO2 PS 2002 305 PROD CARD CNTL PROD PROD12 POE 2002 301 Report on data sets that are ineligible for SMS conversion so that they can be manually handled Ineligible data sets are ISAM non ICF VSAM unmovable and uncataloged data sets CATALOG NO selects uncataloged data sets while CATALOG ERR selects those cataloged to another volume In the report the catalog status is printed as well as the volume where the data set is cataloged if any REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE DATA SETS INELIGIBLE FOR SMS XSELECT DSORG U IS AM DSORG NE EF VOLG TSO XSELECT CATALOG NO VOLG TSO XSELECT CATALOG ERR VOLG TSO REPORT
201. Y Y Y 8 TIME Creation time hh mm ss TDCRUNIT Y 4 CHAR Creation unit address TDC1CDSB Y 9 Current DSNB address TDC1DB1F Y EM Y BE CHAR DSNB flag CAT file is on z OS catalog CBA data set closed at ABEND DUU DSNB updated by user DXO default expiration date at open DXU default expiration date used WCA file was cataloged XCC expired by catalog control XTI expired by CA 1 interface CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 173 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CA1DSN Field Name Table Field Name SORT PUNCH Length Attribute Description TDC1DENS m XSELECT REPORT lt SUMMARY lt Density value 1600B 1600 BPI 200B 200 BPI 3480C 3480 cart tape 3480C3 3480 cart 38000 3590C 3590 cart tape 3592C 3592 cart tape 3592W 3592 WORM tape 556B 556 BPI 6250B 6250 BPI 800B 800 BPI TDC1DIND Y Y Y 4 CHAR DSNB indicator DSNB DSNB is active VOLD volume definition record TDC1FLG1 CHAR Volume flag 1 ABN volume closed by ABEND CLN tape is to be cleaned CLO volume closed by CA 1 DEL volume deleted from library INT internal field changed by user RDS default expiration date used SCR listed on scratch list UPD TMC record updated by user TDC1FLG2 Y Y Y 3 CHAR Volume flag 2 CAT data set was cataloged ECC cycle
202. YPE RMMVOL Field Name Table E x lz m FieldName j 2 2 2 Description x c o TVMEDTYP EM Y CHAR Media type CST Cartridge System Tape EAETC Enterprise Advanced Economy Tape Cartridge JK Enterprise Advanced Tape Cartridge JC EAWTC Enterprise Advanced WORM Tape Cartridge JY ECCST Enhanced Capacity Cartridge System Tape EETC Enterprise Economy Tape Cartridge JJ EEWTC Enterprise Economy WORM Tape Cartridge JR EHPCT Extended High Performance Cartridge Tape K ETC Enterprise Tape Cartridge JA EWTC Enterprise WORM Tape Cartridge JW EXTC Enterprise Extended Tape Cartridge JB EXWTC Enterprise Extended WORM Tape Cartridge JX HPCT High Performance Cartridge Tape MEDIAS UNDEFINED Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVMVDATE Y D DATE Movement tracking date TVMVDAYS 5 NUM Days since last moved TVMVLSID Y 16 CHAR Multi volume set id value TVMVPRTY Y 4 Required movement priority TVNXTVOL A Y Y 6 CHAR Next volume Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVOBIN A Y Y 6 NUM Old bin number TVOBNMED EM v BMG CHAR Old bin number media name TVOEDATE Y DATE Original expiration date TVOEDAYS 5 NUM Days since original expiration TVOLOC
203. YSIN DEFAULT EXTRACT XSELECT PUNCH PRINT CANC TITL L RJ H DD UNIT VIO SPAC SORTALLOC WORKDDNAM SYSUTSPAC SORTWORK CYL Bl Ed IFSE DATI E MA PRODUCT R TVEXDAYS gt 0 FDRLIB MA DATATY PE RMMVOL RPTYPE SELPCH DISABLE D T MMDDYYYY MM TVEXDAYS lt 31 SK ECHO CYL 10 10 DSN amp amp SYSPUNCH S 5 WORKSPACE 750 WORKSTORCLAS TEMPDATA 500 SYSUTSTORCLAS TEMPDATA ROR BYPASS IFKEYWORDERROR BYPASS I ENABLE ALLFILTER ONELINESUM DISABLE S ELTERR STORCALS TEMPDATA DISP DELETE EXEC REPORT SORT SUMMARY PRINT MASK DUPCHECK ENDUPCHE FDRLIB SYSPUNCH 1 FIE INE DATA SETS ON VOLS THAT EXPIRE WIT ECHO MAXEXECUTE 327 66 TDVOLSER TDVOLSEQ TDLABLNO 7 UPDSNCH TE CK HIN A MONTH DDSNAME E TDSTATUS TDCRJOB TDLUJOB TDLRDATE TDEXDAT FIELD TDVOLSER TDVOLSEQ TDLABLNO TDDSNAME FIELD TDVOLSER DATATYPE RMMDSN DD CK XSELECT TDVOLSER lt TVVOLSER gt I The generated report looks like DATA SET NAME VIDPBKO VSYSLB2 UST MONT SINGS VSYSLB5 DATA S
204. YSIN DD TITLE INE HSM MIGRATED DATA SETS DEFAULT MCDSCLUSTER HSM MCDS XSELECT XDSN USER1 REPORT FIELD DSN VOL DSORG SIZE SIZEFREE ADATE ATIME ADAYS HSMIGVOL PRINT DATATYPE MCDS The generated report looks like HSM MIGRATED DATA SETS D S VOLSER ORG ALLOC FREE ADATE ATIME ADAYS FMIVOL USER1 TEST ESDS SMS802 EF 0 2008 056 11 54 49 1055 1800 Report data from the HSM BCDS Only certain data sets are selected and certain fields that are valid for the BCDS are included in the report The BCDS name is specified in JCL REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT BCDSDD DD DISP SHR DSN HSM BCDS SYSIN DD TITLE INE HSM BACKUPS DATA SETS XSELECT XDSN USER1 REPORT FIELD DSN VOL DSORG SIZE ADATE ATIME ADAYS PRINT DATATYPE BCDS The generated report looks like HSM BACKUPS OF DATA SETS D S DATA SET NAME VOLSER ORG ALLOC ADATE ATIME ADAYS USER1 AC DATA SMS802 PS PAGE 54 131 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 48 FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES 54 48 FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES Please review Section 54 32 FDREPORT Tape Management Reporting for details on the FDREPORT field names that are a
205. ZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING HEALTH CHECK 54 2 Data sets passed their expiry dates Data sets not referenced in 60 days Data sets referenced in 60 days display over allocation Data sets with inefficient block sizes largest first Data sets with inefficient block sizes worst first Small data sets with inefficient block sizes Total space available space allocated and space unused Volumes with more than 45 free space VTOCs with more than 45 free space VVDSs with more than 45 free space VTOC indexes with more than 45 free space Online DASD All Online DASD Volume summary DEVTYPE Online DASD Volume summary NOBREAK total Online DASD Volume summary STORGRP List all volsers show online offline status List all offline volumes FDRQUERY archive simulation all volumes in 15 day increments FDRQUERY backup simulation all volumes 5 Reports for VSAM tuning analyst Multi volume VSAM files Multi volume VSAM files summarized by cluster Multi extent clusters Badly split clusters VSAM clusters with possible excess CA or free space Clusters with three or more index levels Over allocated VSAM clusters Clusters that use obsolete options Space occupied by largest VSAM files size sort Space occupied by busiest VSAM files EXCPs sort Clusters with high Inserts Space occupied by largest KSDS files size sort Space occupied by busiest KSDS files EXCPs
206. ackup information warning messages only if no other backup tape messages are to be printed Default Disabled PAGE 54 106 54 31 DFSMSHsM REPORTING CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DFSMSHSM REPORTING 54 31 FDREPORT DFSMSHSM REPORTING FDREPORT customers who are also using IBM s DFSMShsm DASD management system or its older version DFHSM can use FDREPORT to read the database files created by HSM and report on their contents The HSM data sets supported by FDREPORT are MCDS information on migrated data sets BCDS information on backups of current data sets This allows you to use all the power and flexibility of FDREPORT to generate reports about the data that HSM is managing With the exception of HSMCDCSZ HSMIGVOL and NTMIGRAT there are no new field names defined when reporting from HSM data Instead data fields from the HSM records and calculated values are mapped into standard FDREPORT field names For DATATYPE MCDS the MCDS data set record is described by the IBM MCD macro and the mapping is MEDS FOREPORT Field Description Field Name Field Name MCK DSN Data set name MCDFRVSN VOL Volume Serial Number MCDUCBTY UCBID UCB 4 byte device type hex DEVTYPE DASD device type for example 3390 MCDFLGS DSSN MGRATx x migration level MCDDLC CRDATE
207. age class Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SYSID 4 CHAR System identification from SMF TRKCYL IN 3 NUM Number of tracks per cylinder TRKSVOL Y YS 6 NUM Number of tracks on this volume TVTOCDSN y Y 44 CHAR Input backup dsn UCBID 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex VOLGROUP CHAR Volume group Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Y E 3 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME Y 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 XDSNAME E Y CHAR Extended data set name selection only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 151 54 60 DATATYPE CATALOG FIELD NAME TABLE GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES This is the operand list for all data sets both VSAM and non VSAM CATALOG extracts data set information from the Catalog DATATYPE CATALOG Field Name Table Field Name PUNCH Length SORT Attribute Description ACTIVE m XSELECT REPORT o SUMMARY oo CHAR ENQUEUE status NO YES AIXNAME lt R CHAR Alternate index cluster name ICF VSAM only ALILEVEL NUM Alias level ALISTATS CHAR Alias stats NO alias is not currently active YES alias is currently a
208. ages when alias entries are found during the catalog scan These messages are printed if PRINTSTATUS is also enabled Default Disabled PRINTALL Format messages for each catalog entry processed by the catalog scan These messages are printed if PRINTSTATUS is also enabled Default Disabled PRINTCATSTAT Format all FDR435 messages dealing with problems extracting information from ICF catalogs These messages are printed if PRINTSTATUS is also enabled Default FDR435 messages with reason codes of 2 5 and 8 are not formatted PAGE 54 102 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS 54 30 PRINTSELECT Format messages for each catalog entry selected by the catalog scan These messages are printed if PRINTSTATUS is also enabled Default Disabled PRINTSTATUS Print the messages formatted by the catalog scan service Default Enabled PRINTZERODATE If enabled date fields that are zero are displayed otherwise zero dates display as blanks Default Disabled PUNCHDEFINE Punch IDCAMS DEFINE ALIAS control statements for all active alias entries currently in the catalog to the DDname described by the PCHDDNAME operand Default Disabled PUNCHDIAGNOS Punch the IDCAMS DELETE statements that are created from VVDS errors encountered during normal processing or the result of running with DIAGNOSEVVDS enabled Note that the DDname specified by the DIAGPCHDDNAME operand is used to output th
209. allocated UNDER TSO corresponding to the DD statements above If the library containing ABR is in the linklist then wherever you can enter a TSO command you can simply type FDREPORT If not then you can type CALL fdrlib FDREPORT In either case FDREPORT prompts for statement input Enter END to terminate FDREPORT The SYSIN and SYSPRINT file names should be allocated to your terminal before invoking FDREPORT If you have the ABR ISPF panels installed option A 1 REPORTS gives you the ability to generate predetermined reports with FDREPORT using the EXECUTE statement to select the report format from a library with a XSELECT statement generated from the panel However ISPF option A S the SRS dialog described in Section 54 80 FDRSRS Search Report and Services Dialog internally uses FDREPORT to generate much of its data giving you the ability to interactively do the same selection and reporting as done by FDREPORT CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 13 54 10 54 10 ACTIVATE STATEMENT SYNTAX ACTIVATE STATEMENT ACTIVATE STATEMENT REQUIRED OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT ACTIVATE STATEMENT FDREPORT ACTIVATE STATEMENT The syntax of the ACTIVATE statement is ACTIVATE DATALENGTH2nn FIELD fieldname DATATYPE cccc SOURCE type exitname DESCRIPTION field desc OUTPUTLENGTH nn FORMAT formatl format2 REDEFINE HEADER hdr2 hdr3
210. ame from Format9 DSCB Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAR Creating job step name from Format9 DSCB Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CRSTEPNM E lt lt lt lt 8 TIME Creation time hh mm ss CTFLD Y Y 10 HEX Count field of data set DSCB ccccchhhhrr CTLMODEL Y EM Y CHAR Controller model CTLSERNO EN Y BE Y 5 CHAR Controller serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CTLTYPE 6 CHAR Controller type DATACLAS EM Y 8 CHAR SMS data class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DAYSEXP IY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 165 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table E x m FieldName Z 2 2 Description 2 x c o DELETES Y Y 10 NUM Number of records deleted IAM ICF VSAM DEVCLASS E Y N VY 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE v BE V 7 CHAR Device type DIRBFREE A Y Y Y Y 5 NUM Number of unused PDS d
211. ame on two lines SPLNAME Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines STORCLAS Y Sv CHAR SMS storage class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SYSID 4 CHAR System identification from SMF TRKCYL IN 3 NUM Number of tracks per cylinder TRKSVOL Y YS 6 NUM Number of tracks on this volume TVTOCDSN A Y Y V Y 44 CHAR Input backup data set name UCBID YINIV IY 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex VOLGROUP CHAR Volume group Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Y 3 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See in Section 54 28 XDSNAME E Y CHAR Extended data set name selection only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 189 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE RMMDSN RMMDSN FIELD They provide the ability to select all data sets managed by DFSMSrmm Input for this data NAME TABLE _ type is an extended extract file created by the DFSMSrmm utility EDGHSKP using PARM RPTEXT DATEFORM J FDREPORT s EXTRACT command with PROD RMM uses the same utility to create the extract file
212. ameters in a punch mask VALUES Used with the SYMBOLS operand to specify the values of the user defined fields to be substituted in the punch mask There must be as many values specified as there are field names in the SYMBOLS operand STARTINGPASUNIT ENDINGPASUNIT PASUNITINCREMENT Used when the PUNCH statement is used to generate control statements for FDRPAS FDRPAS is a separately licensed and separately documented product for the non disruptive movement of online volumes to new devices The operands specify the starting ending and incremental values for CPASUN the field name used for FDRPAS target devices STARTINGPASUNITzuuuu Specifies a 4 digit hexadecimal starting value for CPASUN the first offline FDRPAS target device ENDINGPASUNIT wuuu Specifies a 4 digit hexadecimal ending value for CPASUN the last offline FDRPAS target device PASUNITINCREMENT nn Specifies a 1 or 2 digit decimal value used to increment CPASUN It defaults to 1 See Section 54 45 FDREPORT Punch Examples for examples of the use of these operands NOTE PAGE 54 53 54 23 54 23 REPORT STATEMENT SYNTAX REPORT STATEMENT DEFAULT REPORT REPORT STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT REPORT STATEMENT FDREPORT REPORT STATEMENT The syntax of the REPORT statement is REPORT FIELD field field RESET NORESET The REPORT statement specifies the FIELDs that are i
213. an 70 are assumed to be in the 21st century for example 13123 2013 123 CRDAYS CRDAY nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a number of days since cretion that is within the number of days supplied The number may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive PAGE 54 82 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 CRJOBNAM CRJOB Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a creation job name as extracted from the Format_9 DSCB that matches the character string specified This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 8 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CRSTEPNM CRSTEP Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a creation step name as extracted from the Format_9 DSCB that matches the character string specified This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 8 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CRTIME hhmmss Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a creation time that matches the value or range of values supplie
214. anaged data set flag byte in DSCB MANAGED S SMS managed NOBCS N Not cataloged REBLOCK R Reblockable DADSMCRT D DADSM assigned blksize PDSE 1 Partitioned data set extended PDSEX X Hierarchical File System HFS ATTREXTN E Extended Attribute EA STRIPE Z Extended Format EF SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only SOURCE 7 CHAR Source of the data record ARCHIVE Archive control file BCDS HSM backup control data set CATALOG System catalog CATARCH Auto recall records from catalog appended with Archive Control File ACF data CATVTOC Catalog records appended with VTOC and VVR data of selected volume s MCDS DFSMShsm migration control data set TVTOC FDR FDRABR or FDRDSF backup file s VTOC VTOC of volume VTOCVVR VTOC of volume appended with VVDS data CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 150 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE BCDS Field Name Table gt 5 cric g 5 ae FieldName 1 2 2 2 Description 9 09521513 SPLCLS Y ININ 27 CHAR Split ICF cluster name on two lines SPLDSN Y N N IN 27 CHAR Split data set name on two lines SPLNAME Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines STORCLAS v CHAR SMS stor
215. andard spanned T Track overflow U Undefined V Variable None of the above RECORDS CHAPTER 54 Y 10 NUM Number of records IAM ICF VSAM PAGE 54 169 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table gt 5 crc g Field Name 2 12 E Description 8 gt lt c o RECOVDTA Y Y N 8 SMS recovery data in VVR RECTYPE Y V N 3 NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER 4 CHAR FDREPORT product version record format RELALCNT DN v EE Y 5 NUM Relative number of associated aliases RESOROWN E Y Y Y N 16 CHAR SMS resource ownership in VVR RETRIEVE Y Y Y 10 NUM Number of records retrieved IAM ICF VSAM RKP 4 NUM Data set relative key position RSVD1 2 Reserved field offset 61 x 3D RSVD2 Y EM Y BM Reserved field offset 78 X 4E RUNDATE YY yY Y D DATE Run date RUNTIME Y EM Y BM TIME Run time hh mm ss SCLUSTER Y IN IN JN 20 CHAR Short cluster name first 20 bytes only SDSN Y IN IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name first 20 bytes only SECAFLAG Y B
216. ape Specifies the output data set when RPTYPE SELPCH is specified for the storage of generated statements FDREPORT forces DCB characteristics of RECFM FB and LRECL 80 any valid block size may be specified but it defaults to 80 SYSPUNCH may be a DASD data set sequential or a member of a PDS but it may also be assigned to the JES internal reader SYSOUT class INTRDR to submit a complete job stream for execution You may also make SYSPUNCH a normal SYSOUT data set if you wish to view the generated statements PAGE 54 11 54 3 SYSUDUMP DD STATEMENT SYSUT1 DD STATEMENT SYSUT2 DD STATEMENT DD STATEMENTS TMC DD STATEMENT CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT JCL REQUIREMENTS Recommended in all FDREPORT jobs in order to more easily diagnose error conditions that make FDREPORT ABEND Usually a SYSOUT data set If you have a debugging aid product on your system that would prevent the desired dump please add the appropriate one of these statements to the JCL so that a fully formatted dump is produced ABNLIGNR DD DUMMY Turn off Abend Aid CAOESTOP DD DUMMY Turn off CA OPT II amp CA SYMDUMP DMBENAN DD DUMMY Turn off DumpMaster ESPYIBM DD DUMMY Turn off Eye Spy IDIOFF DD DUMMY Turn off IBM Fault Analyzer Required when the RPTYPE DATA or COMPDATA and DATATYPE EXTRACT operands are both specified on the same PRINT statement Although SYSUT2 would normally b
217. aracter B Blocked F Fixed M Machine control character S Standard spanned T Track overflow U Undefined V Variable None of the above RECTYPE NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128 Active fields record RECVER CHAR FDREPORT product version record format RUNDATE DATE Run date RUNTIME TIME Run time hh mm ss SCLUSTER 20 CHAR Short cluster name first 20 bytes only SDSN 20 CHAR Short data set name first 20 bytes only SECAFLAG SECALLOC lt lt lt lt x lt lt z z lt lt lt S Z zx ox lt lt z z lt lt NUM Secondary allocation flags BLK Allocated in blocks CON Contiguous CONTIG CYL Allocated in cylinders FIV Five largest extents ALX MAX Largest extent MXIG RND Rounded to cylinders ROUND TRK Allocated in tracks Secondary allocation quantity SIZE 5 NUM Allocated tracks Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 188 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE MCDS Field Name Table E x
218. area splits ICF VSAM only CASPLITR 6 NUM Control area split ratio ICF VSAM only CATALOG Y BE V 3 CHAR Catalog status CAN Cataloged to candidate volume DRF DASD read failure ERR Cataloged to another volume NO Not cataloged ONL Only cataloged UNK Cataloged but unable to process with LOCATE YES Cataloged to this volume Note This can be expensive to collect if a large number of data sets are to be reported CATGROUP A 44 CHAR Catalog group name CATNAME Y 44 CHAR Name of the catalog CATTTR A Y X Y 6 HEX DSCBTTR from catalog CATVOL EM Y 6 CHAR Volume where the data set is cataloged Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CATVOLCT V 3 NUM Number of unique non candidate volumes where the data set is cataloged CATVOLTL V Y 3 NUM Total number of unique volumes where the data set is cataloged CATVRBA Y 8 HEX Relative byte address of VVR from catalog CCA A Y Y IN Y 2 Channel connect address CICA Y JY Y 3 NUM Number of control intervals CISIZE Pay EN v NUM Control interval Cl size ICF VSAM CISPLIT EN v Gas NUM Number of CI splits VSAM CISPLITR 6 NUM Control interval split ratio ICF VSAM CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 164 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table
219. ask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVC1LUTI TIME Last used time TVC1NDSB NUM Number of DSNBs TVC1OACD CHAR Out area code TVC1OADT DATE Out of area date TVC10ADY NUM Days out of area TVC1OPNC al alo o NUM Total open count TVC1RECT m gt gt gt m gt gt lt lt lt lt x ox lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt x ox lt z el el lt 21 CHAR Record technique CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 179 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CA1VOL Field Name Table gt 5 crc g Field Name 2 12 Description 2 8 gt lt c o TVC1ROBT 9 CHAR Robotic type BOS Bosch COM Comparex GRA Grau HDS HDS IBM IBM STO Stortek SUT Sutmyn VBO VBosch VCO VComparex VEM VEMC VGR VGrau VHD VHDS VIB VIBM VST VStortek VSU VSutmyn VTA VTape TVC1TUDT Y Y DATE Last TMR update date TVC1TUDY 5 NUM Days since last update TVC1TUTI Y Y 8 TIME Last update time hh mm ss TVC1UCWC gt NUM Total use count TVC1VLSN 8 Vault slot number TVDBNMED Y 8 CHAR Destination bin media name T
220. ast used date TDC1LUDY NUM Number of days since last used TDC1NDSB NUM Next DSNB address TDC1PDSB NUM Previous DSNB address TDC1RECT m gt lt gt gt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt lt lt lt lt lt lt Co a a aj CHAR Recording technique CA 1 RED12G REDWOOD 12 5G capacity RED25G REDWOOD 256 capacity RED50G REDWOOD 506 capacity TITANCAR Titanium STK cartridge TITANSPC Titanium STK sport cart T1CART T10000B STK cartridge T1SPCART T1000B STK sport cart 18TCART 18 trk cartridge tape 3590H38T 3590 H 384 trk 3590H38X 3590 H 384 trk extended length 3590128T 128 trk 3590 cartridge 3590128X 3590 128 trk extended length 3590256T 256 trk 3590 cartridge 3590256X 3590 256 trk extended length 3592CART 3592 cartridge 3592CT2 3592 format 2 cartridge 3592CT3 3592 format 3 cartridge 3592EC2 3592 economy format 2 3592EN2 3592 format 2 encrypted 3592EN3 3592 format 3 encrypted 3592EX2 3592 extended length format 2 3592LE2 3592 long format 2 encrypted 3592LE3 3592 long format 3 encrypted 3592LO3 3592 long format 3 3592ME2 3592 mini format 2 encrypted 3592ME3 3592 mini format 3 encrypted 3592MINI 3592 mini economy cart 3592 3592 mini format 3 3592SCAL 3592 with scaled capacity 36TCART 36 trk cartridge tape 36TCARTD 36 trk cartridge tape double 9TRKREL 9 trk reel
221. ata FDREPORT is designed to report on large amounts of data from various sources without sacrificing performance FDREPORT requires less elapsed time and system resources CPU time and EXCPs for a given function than any other competitive product PAGE 54 1 54 1 INPUT SOURCES CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INTRODUCTION FDREPORT gathers input from a variety of sources TAPE MANAGEMENT CATALOGS SUPPORT Displayed Reports Printed Reporta Job Streams 2105 catalogs A data set name filter can be specified to quickly search catalogs for the required data sets VTOC of DASD volumes Information from the DSCBs of the data sets is extracted VVDS of DASD volumes For VSAM clusters and SMS managed data sets Directories of PDS and PDSE libraries ABR backup information For data sets processed by ABR incremental backups Archive Application Control File ACF For archived data sets and those processed by application backups DFHSM or DFSMShsm MCDS and BCDS data Data recorded by previous FDREPORT executions Backup data sets created by ABR FDR FDRDSF or SAR for information on DASD data sets in those backups DFSMSrmm data and CA 1 data From the hundreds of different fields available each relating to an attribute of a data set or a volume you can select a subset to be reported and can optionally specify the positioning of those fi
222. ata set logical reference length lt lt lt lt lt REPORT lt lt lt lt lt SUMMARY m gt gt gt gt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt o a al o wl MGMTCLAS CHAR SMS management class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 NAME 44 CHAR Data set name or VSAM cluster name NTMIGRAT 8 CHAR Number of times data set has been migrated MCDS or backed up BCDS RANK 6 NUM Rank within sorted data assigned lt lt lt lt lt lt Z Z Zz z z lt RECFM 5 CHAR Record format A ASA control character B Blocked F Fixed M Machine control character S Standard spanned T Track overflow U Undefined V Variable None of the above RUNDATE DATE Run date RUNTIME Uv EE Y TIME Run time hhmmss SIZE S Y 5 NUM Allocated tracks Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEFREE S Y 5 NUM Tracks not in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEUSED IEEE S 5 NUM Tracks in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SMSFLAGS E Y Y 4 CHAR SMS m
223. atement are written to the extract file this makes the extract file much smaller Note that an extract file created by DATATYPE COMPDATA cannot be part of a concatenated DD statement when used as input DATA No report is printed but FDREPORT internal records for every data set or volume selected are written to the extract data file on DD statement name SYSUT2 This data be read as input to FDREPORT in this or another step DATATYPE EXTRACT allowing multiple reports to be generated without the overhead of reconstructing the data With RPTYPE DATA FDREPORT includes in the extract file all relevant data fields from its primary source specified by DATATYPE for example if you specify DATATYPE VTOC or all fields generated from the and VVDS are available If you need additional fields from another source include a REPORT statement requesting at least one such field for example REPORT FIELD CATALOG DIRBLOCKS that gathers ALL catalog and directory fields in addition to the VTOC and VVDS fields GENERATE Generates a customized report based on FDREPORT options default HEX Prints records from the Archive Control File if DATATYPE ARCHIVE or records generated by FDREPORT for all other data types in a dump hex and character format NONE Suppresses the detail report allowing only summaries to be printed SUM YES SUM INDEX or the SUMMARY statement should also be specified OSVTOC A report c
224. ates in the future Files with creation dates in the future Data sets only in the catalog not on volume HCHECK8 Project or DASD management reports Summary of data set types Catalog usage report Summary of ISAM files Summary of IAM files Space occupied by an application DASD by DASD Space occupied by CNTL or JCL files Space occupied by LIST and OUTLIST files DASD by DASD Space occupied by SYS1 amp SYS2 data sets on each DASD Space occupied by all data sets summarized by index Space occupied by all data sets summarized by 3rd level index DASD utilization by esoteric unit name SYSDA DASD utilization by esoteric unit name DASD utilization by SMS storage group name DASD utilization by volser group DASD utilization by device type Online DASD All Online DASD Volume summary DEVTYPE Online DASD Volume summary NOBREAK total Online DASD Volume summary STORGRP Online volumes larger than 10 000 cylinders Offline DASD All PAGE 54 8 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING HEALTH CHECK 54 2 Offline DASD Volume summary DEVTYPE Offline DASD Volume summary NOBREAK total Offline DASD Volume summary STORGRP Offline volumes larger than 10 000 cylinders Reports for ABR users ABR threshold status non SMS managed volumes Volumes with pending instant backup Volumes with no
225. ation of the Selection Criteria a user comments area is provided and each row contains a command column where commands may be issued to delete unwanted rows repeat rows or move rows before or after other rows This allows users to save commonly used selection and reporting criteria for reuse Storage Managers may also setup criteria for use by other users A Data Set or Volume List the output of SRS may be also saved on DASD for later use When list is saved its associated Selection Criteria is also saved A saved list may be refreshed in the future using its original Selection Criteria Additionally the Selection Criteria associated to a data set or volume list may be modified and processed in the future The Data Set or Volume List is saved as a member in the List set of libraries TRY IT The following sections provide an overview of SRS with simple examples The power of SRS can be appreciated only by experimenting with it Context sensitive help is available at every point within SRS The panels you see may differ slightly from those printed here NOTE Module FDRSRSA must be placed in the TSO authorized program name table before FDRSRS is invoked Please refer to Section 90 40 Authorize the FDR Programs for instructions on updating this table CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 215 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 80 FDRSRS SEARCH REPORT AND SERVICES DIALOG SAMPLE SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL
226. be used for selection or exclusion REPORT This column indicates whether the field can be specified on the REPORT statement SORT This column indicates whether the field can be specified on the SORT statement Fields valid for SORT can also be specified in a TITLE statement SUMMARY A value in this column indicates that the field is eligible for the SUMMARY statement C count the number of unique occurrences of the value are simply counted V value each unique value of the field is displayed with the number of occurrences of that value S sum a total of all values of the field is displayed PUNCH Indicates whether the field can be specified in the punch mask Length The number of print positions the field occupies on the report B Byte formatted field The format and width of byte fields varies depending on the value of the BYTEFORMAT operand D Date formatted field The format and width of date fields varies depending on the value of the DATEFORMAT operand Attribute How the field is displayed BYTE Byte formatted field The format and width of byte fields varies depending on the value of the BYTEFORMAT operand CHAR Character field DATE Date formatted field The format and width of date fields varies depending on the value of the DATEFORMAT operand HEX Hexadecimal field NUM Numeric field TIME Time formatted field Description A brief description of the field F
227. ber of bytes such as BYTES and PRIBYTES you may specify values in bytes a simple number such as BYTESFRE 5000 kilobytes a number followed by K such as 5 250 or megabytes a number followed by such as BYTESUSE 450M See HEXBYTES Section 54 30 for the interpretation of kilobytes and megabytes For fields that represent flags or similar attributes such as ARCFLAG1 ATTR1 DSIND and SMSFLAGS the values that you use on XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statement may be different from the values that are displayed in a report The field values are often abbreviated by 1 or 2 characters in a report to save space but on these statements you may need to put the longer description For example ARCFLACG2 displays a value of if the data set is cataloged for auto recall but you would say XSELECT ARCFLAG2 RECALL to select on that flag The tables in Section 54 30 show the report values and the selection values for such fields nnn Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a percent of free control areas that is within the percentage specified The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive PAGE 54 68 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 CAPUSED CAPU nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a percent of the used allocation capacity within the percentage specified The used allocation capacity i
228. c MEMBMOD nn PATHNAME dsn MEMBMODR nnnnn PRIALLOC nnnnnnnn MEMBRMOD ccc PRIBYTES nnnnnnnnnn MEMBSSI cccccccc RANKennnnnn MEMBSTOR nnnnnnnnnn RECFM A X XXXXXXXX B HEMBTTRetttttrrr X xxxxxx s MEMBVER nn T MEMNAMES cccccccc MFRCODE ccc MGMTCLAS mgmtclas RECORDS nnnnnnnnnn NOBDB nnn RECOVDTA cccccccc NOEPV nnn RELALCNT nnnnn NOEXTENT nnn CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 63 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT The syntax of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements continued RESOROWN cceccececcceccccc SSID ccce RETRIEVE nnnnnnnnnn STORCLAS storclas RKP nnnn STORGRP storgrp RUNDATE yyddd STRIPECT2nnn SUBCFLAG FUZZYBKI RUNTIME hhmms 5 FUZZYBK2 SECAFLAG BLK oe CON SUBCVERS nnn a s oCODE ecceecececcce MAX C Ceceececcccce RND X XXXXXXXXXXXX TRK 5 5 SECALLOC nnnnnnnn TRKBAL nnnnn SECBYTES nnnnnnnnnn TRKSCA nnn SECURITY DSCB TIVTOCDSN dsn NODS NONE UCBID9XXXXXXXx PROFILE UCBSTATS ccccccc SECVERMO cccccccc UNITexxxx SIZE nnnnn UNITNAME cccccccc SIZEFREE nnnnn UPDATES nnnnnnnnnn SIZEUSED2nnnnn USEDEXT nnnn SMSFLAGS ATTREXTN USERDATA nnnnnnnnnn DADSMCRT _ MANAGED VALUE cccccccccccce NOBCS X 300000000 XX PDSE PDSEX VL FDSCB nnn REBLOCK STRIPE VL 4FINDX nnn SOURCE ARCHI
229. catalog ATTREXT Extended attribute EA EXTEND Extended format EF FORMAT Formatted pagespace PAGESPACE Pagespace SWAPSPACE Swapspace TIMESSTAMP Timestamps exist VERIFYREQ Verify is required catalog only CLUSTER 44 CHAR Cluster ICF VSAM CLUSTGROUP A 44 CHAR Cluster group name ICF VSAM COMPTYPE Y Y N N 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data component AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component CRDATE Y DATE Creation date CRDAYS MY 5 NUM Days since created DATACLAS 8 CHAR SMS data class Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DAYSEXP V IY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 DEVCLASS Y 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE Y BE V BAM 7 CHAR Device type DSGROUP AJY 44 CHAR Data set group name DSNAME A Y 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name DSORG Y 3 CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined EX
230. cated in cylinders KILOBYTES Allocated in kilobytes MEGABYTES Allocated in megabytes RECORDS Allocated in records TRACKS Allocated in tracks SPLCLS Y ININ N 27 CHAR Split ICF cluster name on two lines SPLDSN Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name on two lines SPLGDGB Y N N IN 27 CHAR Split GDG base name SPLNAME Y N N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines STORCLAS CHAR SMS storage class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STORGRP Y BMG CHAR SMS storage group name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STRIPECT NUM Extended format stripe count SUBCFLAG y Y 17 CHAR SMS sub cell flag byte in VVR FUZZYBK1 Data set eligible for backup while open for update FUZZYBK Data set backup while open for update is blocked LOGRECVR Data set was restored with a backup copy taken when the data set was open for update CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 211 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table gt 8 Field Name 2 12 E Description 2 x o lt SUBCVERS A Y Y N 3 NUM SMS sub cell version number in VVR SYSCO
231. ccessfully process any extract file created by any prior release You can concatenate several extract files as one input if they were created with RPTYPE DATA extract files created with RPTYPE COMPDATA cannot be concatenated If required and not present in the JCL FDREPORT allocates an extract data set If the EXTRACTDSN operand is specified the existing data set named is allocated you may optionally include the EXTRACTMEMBER operand to select a member of a PDS for input or output If EXTRACTDSN is not included a temporary data set is allocated which is retained for the duration of the step so that it can be used as output and later as input when DATATYPE EXTRACT is specified on another PRINT statement The SYSUT2 DD statement name be changed by the DATADDNAME operand Required only if DATATYPE TVTOC is specified These DD statements must point to FDR format backups on tape DASD all backups created by FDR FDRDSF FDRABR and SAR can be used All of the TAPExxxx DD statements in the step are read when DATATYPE TVTOC is used Optional This must point to the CA 1 Tape Management Catalog TMC If you provide the data set name of the TMC via the CA1TMC operand this DD statement is not necessary FDREPORT dynamically allocates the required file PAGE 54 12 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT JCL REQUIREMENTS 54 3 FDREPORT FDREPORT may also be executed under TSO Any required files must be pre
232. ce Only the operands that are unique to the DEFAULT statement are described below the other operands are described in Section 54 21 FDREPORT PRINT Statement The DEFAULT statement may also be used to permanently update default values of most of the operands of DEFAULT in the ABR program library so that all subsequent executions of FDREPORT use the new values without having to specify them The underlined defaults shown above and in the PRINT statement are the distributed defaults your installation may have changed them The defaults are permanently changed when the CHANGE PERM or CHANGE RESET operand is specified this requires that a SYSLIB DD Statement be included in the FDREPORT JCL pointing to the ABR program library The current defaults may be displayed by the ENABLE DISPLAY operand this display also shows which values are eligible for permanent change by CHANGE PERM which can only be changed the FDR Global Options Table and cannot be changed DEFAULT ABRINDEX STATEMENT Specifies a character string from 1 to 8 bytes in length that ABR is to OPERANDS use as the first level qualifier for the ABR model DSCBs and for all backup and archive data sets created by FDRABR Default The default is the ABRINDEX value in the FDR Global Options Table and is usually FDRABR CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 22 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT 54 14 ARCDSNAME dsn Specifies
233. ce one line and reset punch mask If more than one field was specified each value coded is associated with the relative position of the field specified For example if FIELD A B C is specified with BREAK YES NO SSP change in field A does summary processing field B does not and field C causes subtotals with a blank line Default NO for all fields LENGTH Specifies the length s to be used in conjunction with an offset operand If the corresponding LENGTH value for an OFFSET is not given the command is marked in error If a LENGTH value is given without a corresponding OFFSET the command is marked in error OFFSET nnn Specifies the offset within a DSCB to be used as a sort control The OFFSET must be in the range of 0 to 104 extent descriptor fields are not supported If the corresponding LENGTH value for an OFFSET is not given the command is marked in error NOTE Use of this operand conflicts with the operand FIELD RESET NORESET NORESET Indicates that these fields should be added to the list of fields currently in effect from preceding SORT or BREAK statements RESET Indicates that the list of fields on this SORT statement completely replaces the values on any preceding SORT or BREAK statement Default RESET CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 57 54 26 54 26 SUMMARY STATEMENT SYNTAX SUMMARY STATEMENT SUMMARY STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT SUMMARY STATEME
234. cessed and NOT just added to the list NORESET Indicates that the catalog s specified are to be added to the current list of catalogs that are not to be processed and NOT replace the list PAGE 54 32 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 54 21 FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT PRINT The syntax of the PRINT statement is ia PRINT AGE nnn DATEFORMAT DDMMYY YNTAX DDMMYY YY AGEACCUM nn MMDDYY AGEINC nnn MMDDYYYY _ YYDDD ALIASLEVEL n YYDDMM ALTDATADDNAME ddn YYMMDD YYYYDDD ARCLIMITennnnn YYYYDDMM BININTERVAL nn YYYYMMDD BY TEFORMAT BY TES DIAGPCHDDNAME ddn KILOBYTES MEGABYTES DISABLE options CANDSPACE GUARANTEED ese POTENTIAL ENABLE options CATALOGSEARCH RELATED EXTRACTDSNAME dsn SEANDAR EXTRACTMEMBER mem CHKONLRESERVE BYPASS FORMAT CRT RETRY UATT DEVICE PRINT COPY BOTH TSO 2 ICF IGNORE 5 YES DATADDNAME ddn IFKEYWORDERROR BYPASS PROCESS CATALOG p CATARCH IFNOVERSION cccc CATVTOCI IFSELECTERROR BYPASS CALEN PROCESS CA1VOL pe DEFDASD INDEXNUM nn 2 LBPZERO INVALID EXTRACT MCDS c RACFGRPS LINECNT nnn RACFUSER T RMMDSN MAXBKUPARRAY nn RMMVOL MAXCOPY n SCRATCH _ STORGRP MAXGDG nnn SYSPLEX MAXONLINE nnnn TVTOC 7 UNITNAME MAXSEPARATE2n n VOLDATA MIHINTERVAL n VTOC MINSEPARATE nn CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 33 54
235. cludes backup information The number may be from 10 to 32000 Default 100 This field is not eligible for permanent change MCDSCLUSTER dsn Specifies the cluster name of the DFSMShsm MCDS data set The MCDS cluster is allocated if DATATYPE MCDS is used If the MCDS is defined to DFSMShsm as a multi cluster file specify all the cluster names in parenthesis up to 4 for example MCDSCLUSTER clusterl cluster2 cluster3 cluster4 If these parameters are not specified FDREPORT expects that the JCL contains MCDSDD DD statement for DATATYPE MCDS MCDSDDNAME Specifies the DDname to be used when reading the DFHSM or DFSMShsm MCDS data set if DATATYPE MCDS is used Default MCDSDD PCHDEFCATALOG Specifies the name of a user catalog to use when creating DEFINE ALIAS control statements with the PUNCHDEFINE function Default All aliases for all catalogs are included in the PUNCHDEFINE RMMXDDNAME Specifies the ddname used when retrieving DFSMSrmm extracted data created by the EXTRACT command using PRODUCT RMM Default RMMXTR RMMXPREFIX pfx Specifies the 1 to 8 character prefix to be used when naming the newly created extract field using the EXTRACT command with PRODUCT RMM Default Use the prefix of the user creating the file RUNDATE Specifies the date to be used to simulate an IPL at other than today s date The date may range from the current date to 21
236. control EDD frequency control ETM expired by CA 1 E99 catalog controlled OUT data set opened for output REC data set recreated TEM temporary data set TDC1FLG3 3 Volume flag 3 BAD bad tape do not mount for scratch COP file created by COPYCAT DEF default EXPDT used at open DYN CA DYNAM T owned tape EDM external data managed ERS data set erase required EVM tape released by external vault manager MTF additional files exist on tape TDC1FLG4 Y yY Y 3 CHAR Volume flag 4 ACV actual volser in use DEG tape has been degaussed ESM tape expired by SMS NRS non resident tape OSC file on z OS catalog SIU tape is in use SNO no stacking allowed VSR vault specific request TDC1FLG5 TDC1FLG6 Y Y Y 3 CHAR Y Volume flag 5 AGT agent tape STF files where dynamically VTX virtual volume exported WID WORM WWID present WTP 3592 WORM tape Volume flag 6 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 174 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE CA1DSN Field Name Table Field Name SORT Description PUNCH Length Attribute TDC1F2V1 gt XSELECT REPORT lt lt SUMMARY lt CHAR First volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDC1LUDT DATE L
237. ction shows examples that produce volume level reports DATATYPE VOLDATA All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5444x Report on the percentage of the volume allocated plus percentage used for the VTOC VTOCIX and VVDS for all PROD volumes REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE PRODUCTION VOLUME USAGE XSELECT VOL PROD SORT FIELD VLVOLSER I REPORT FIELD VLVOLSER VLUNIT VLDEVTYP VLSUTRKS VLSUDSCB VLSUINDX VLSUVVDS PRINT SORTALLOC YES DATATYPE VOLDATA The generated report looks like PRODUCTION VOLUME USAGE UAD DEVTYPE DU 143 3380 a7 42 148 3380 76 17 Report the mount usage and SMS status of every online volume The FASTPATH option improves FDREPORT performance when reporting on many volumes REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD REPORT FIELD VLVOLSER VLUNIT VLDEVTYP VLUSEATR VLMOUSTA VLSMSTAT VLSMSVST PRINT ENABLE ONLINE FASTPATH DATATYPE VOLDATA The generated report looks like UADR DEVTYPE USEATTR MOUNT SMS STA VOLUM STATUS 0252 3380 STORAGE RESIDENT NONE BIDS PRIVATE RESIDENT MANAGED ENABLED Identify vol
238. ctive ATTR1 CHAR Attribute byte one ICF VSAM only ERASE Erase when deleted INHIBIT Access for read only RECOVERY Control areas preformatted REUSEABLE Can be reopened as NEW SPEED Control areas not preformatted TEMPEXPORT Portable copy has been made TRACKOVER Track overflow UNIQUE CANDVOLC NUM Number of unique candidate volumes where the data set is cataloged CATALOG CHAR Catalog status CAN Cataloged to candidate volume DRF DASD read failure ERR Cataloged to another volume NO Not cataloged ONL Only cataloged UNK Cataloged but unable to process with LOCATE YES Cataloged to this volume Note This can be expensive to collect if a large number of data sets are to be reported CATNAME CHAR Name of the catalog CATTTR lt lt DSCBTTR from catalog CATVOL lt cz lt o CHAR Volume where the data set is cataloged Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CATVOLCT NUM Number of unique non candidate volumes where the data set is cataloged CATVOLTL NUM Total number of unique volumes where the data set is cataloged CATVRBA HEX Relative byte address of VVR from catalog CLUSATTR CLUSTER lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt lt lt 24 Cluster attributes ICF VSAM
239. d Currently data sets that were defined under z OS 1 11 prior releases of ICF VSAM and IAM have a creation time CTFLD Specifies the DSCB for the data set s selected or excluded must reside on a track within the VTOC that matches the value specified ccccchhhhrr Specify the value in decimal specifying all of the necessary initial zeros ccccc hhhh rr Specify the value in decimal where the cylinder number is 1 to 5 digits the head number is 1 to 4 digits and the record number is 1 or 2 digits where the cylinder number head number and record number are separated by periods X ccccchhhhrr Specify the value in hexadecimal CTLSERNO Specifies the data set s or cluster s selected or excluded must be connected to the DASD control unit with the serial number that matches the value specified This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 5 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand DATACLAS DATAC dataclas Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must an SMS data class that matches the character string specified This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 8 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CHAPTER 54
240. d except disabled under TSO DEBUG Debugging features of FDREPORT are to be enabled Default Disabled PAGE 54 96 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS 54 30 DECIMALBYTES Format the byte related fields as nnnnnn dddk where is the qualifier that describes the field formatting See BYTEFORMAT in Section 54 21 for the values of Default Disabled DECIMALSUMBYT Format the byte related summary fields as nnnnnn dddk where is the qualifier that describes the field formatting See SUMBYTEFORMAT in Section 54 21 for the values of k Default Disabled DETAIL When AVERAGING is enabled display the detail information on averaged fields Default Enabled DIAGNOSEVVDS When executing any FDREPORT function that accesses DASD VTOCs for volumes that have a VVDS FDREPORT checks the VVDS for orphan DSCBs entry in the VTOC with no matching VVR or NVR in the VVDS Other VVDS errors may be detected regardless of this option Default Disabled DIRBLOCKS Causes FDREPORT to read the directory of any selected PDS even if directory related fields have not been requested Default Disabled but assumed if directory fields are requested DIRDEBUG Requests that errors while reading directory blocks are documented with FDR648 messages accompanied by mini dumps created by the EXCP server Default Disabled DIREXTRACT Causes FDREPORT to read the directory of any
241. d for each volume Th e report is sorted by last used date from oldest to newest FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA XSELECT TVOWNER TESTO2 TVLRDATE GE 2011 001 TVLRDATE LE 2011 365 REPORT FIELD TVVOLSER TVLRDATE TVCRDATE TVOWNER TVHOMLOC SORT FIELD TVLRDATE SEQUENCE A PRINT DATATY PE RMMVOL 7 The generated report looks like CRDATE OWNER 311 5 02 361 5 02 289 5 02 7011 HOME LOC NDUPFDR SHELF NDUPFDR SHELF PAGE 54 134 EXTEND THE EXPIRATION FOR SELECTED TAPE VOLUMES THAT EXPIRE INA SPECIFIC DATE RANGE EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 48 Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system saving the file for use after the FDREPORT run by specifying DISP RETAIN From this extract file select the tapes owned by TEST3 that expire in January 2013 Submit the command via a TSO batch job that changes the expiration dates on these volumes to December 31 2013 The RMMFDR DD statement contains the job that is created by the PUNCH statement and is submitted to the internal reader
242. d with their characteristics The list can be scrolled up and down to see all the data sets and left and right to see all of the fields that SRS displays by default If you want to restore any of them simply type restore next to them SOE SSS SSS SS SS SS SSS SSS SSS SSSS DATASET LISIS DSLIST LiNE 73 420 COL 329 135 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt HALF 420 DATA SETS SELECTED Read Save Find Locate Refresh Next Message Printd Help COMMAND ENTRY NAME VOLSER DSO RECFM BKSIZ LRECL ALLOC FREE ORP FLOR INFO TDBEBS EB 3120 80 2 0 restore QRP DEFRAG TXT IDPLB4 PS 9040 80 1 0 ORP IAM THIRD IDPLB3 PS 3120 80 S 0 QRP V2R3 TABLES IDPLB4 PO FB 6160 80 1 0 restore ORP JCL CNTL IDPLB3 PO FB 91020 80 90 19 QRP DASD D33909 IDPLB1 PS 8000 80 1 0 PAGE 54 238 RESTORE FROM BACKUP CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS EXAMPLES 54 88 The restore command displays a panel where options for the restore such as new name or new volser can be specified for each of the selected data sets If more data sets were selected than can fit on the screen the list is scroll able Enter a command on the command list to submit the restore as a batch job or edit the JCL before submission execute the restore immediately under TSO or add it to the ABR remote queue for later processing INIDINSINS
243. date range SPECIFIC This report can be useful if tape errors were detected on a specific drive and you want to DRIVE EXAMPLE identify all the tapes that were created on that drive during that time frame FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT RMMXTR DD DISP SHR DSN RMM DATA SYSIN DD XSELECT TVLRUNIT 03A0 TVLRDATE gt 2012001 TVLRDATE lt 2012007 REPORT FIELDS TVLRUN4B TVVOLSER TVLWDATE TVLRDATE PRINT DATATYPE RMMVOL The generated report looks like 2 20 25 20 25 20 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 133 54 48 REPORT ON TAPES FOR MULTIPLE OWNERS GROUPED BY OWNER EXAMPLE REPORT ON TAPES FOR A SINGLE OWNER LAST USED WITHIN A RANGE OF DATES EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DFSMSRMM TAPE MANAGEMENT REPORTING EXAMPLES Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system selecting the tapes owned by users starting with USER and displaying the creation date last used date and the home location for each volume The report is sorted by creation date from oldest to newest UMES OWNED BY TVOWNER SORTED BY CREATION DATI TVOWNER TVCRDATE T
244. decimal number X xxxxxx The value specified is a hexadecimal number CATVOL cccccccc Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have the first cataloged volume serial number that matches the character string specified This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 8 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal PAGE 54 79 54 28 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT CATVOLCT CATVOLC nnn Specifies the data set or cluster name s selected or excluded must be cataloged to a number of non candidate volumes that is within the value specified The number of candidate volumes is provided separately in the field CANDVOLC The value may be from 1 to 200 inclusive For VSAM this field reflects the entire sphere base cluster plus alternate indexes not an individual component CATVOLTL CATVOLT nnn Specifies the data set or cluster name s selected or excluded must be cataloged to a total number of volumes that is within the value specified This value includes both the number of candidate volumes that is found in the field CANDVOLC and the number of non candidate volumes that is found in the field CATVOLCT The value may be from 1 to 200 inclusive For VSAM this field refl
245. dsfilter Executes the DEFAULT Data Set Selection Criteria and selects the data sets matching the data set name filter specified The filter can be any type of data set filter supported by the XDSN operand of FDREPORT as documented earlier in this section If the data set filter is not in quotes SRS assumes that it is a prefix and append to the end For fully qualified names place them in single quotes For example 5 501 ASe TSOL JCL CNT A S4 TSOF CNTL A S selname dsfilter Same as the previous fastpath except that the Data Set Selection Criteria saved under name is used For example A S ABRBKUP TSO1 In all of the preceding A S fastpaths you may optionally follow them with a backslash and a volume serial or volume prefix to limit the display to those volumes For example A S TSO1 PUB A S ABRBKUP PROD PAYROLL PAY123 A S WORK A S1 Displays the most recently used saved Data Set Selection Criteria allowing you to modify and execute it A S1 selname Displays the named saved Data Set Selection Criteria For example A S1 ABRBKUP 52 Displays the most recently used saved Data set List A S2 listname Displays the named Data set List A S3 Displays the most recently used Volume Selection Criteria list A S3 volser Executes the most recently used Volume Selection Criteria list against the volume serial or volser prefix specified For example 5
246. e following special values DEFAULT This is the built in selection criteria starter set containing all the available fields blanks Display a panel containing the names of the libraries that are used to read the Selection Criteria Display a panel containing the names of the Selection Criteria that were previously saved The List Name field specifies the member name of a previously saved List or one of the following special values blanks Display a panel containing the names of the libraries that is used to read the list Display a panel containing the names of the Lists that were previously saved When the first SAVE command is specified if the library specified in the SRS options as the READ WRITE library for that type of save does not exist the dialog displays a panel containing allocation parameters for creating the Selection Criteria or List library There is no need to preallocate the FDRSRS libraries The SRS primary menu also presents a list of FDR functions that can be invoked from SRS Placing an S next to any one of them invokes the SRS dialog for that function These are the same functions that can be selected from an SRS display of the results of a data set or volume report in that case SRS fills in fields on the following panels with information about the data set or volume selected Since no search is done when these functions are invoked from this panel the user may have to fill in additional infor
247. e listed fields by 1024 1024 1024 1024 TVSMSSTG EM Y BE Y BM 8 CHAR SMS storage group name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVSTATUS Y BE Y 7 CHAR Volume status ENTRY E Scratch volume awaiting entry into a system managed tape library INIT I Scratch volume awaiting initialization MASTER M Master SCRATCH S Scratch volume USER U User volume TVSTKCNT A 9 NUM Stacked volume count TVSYSID Y Y 4 CHAR System identification from SMF CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 198 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE RMMVOL Field Name Table gt Am Field Name 0 gt gt 2 2 Description w uol x c T lt TVTAPFL1 4 CHAR Tape Flag 1 LOGI logical volume MEDI media compaction used PHYS physical volume READ read compat RECO recorded data to EOV RETA retained by set STAC stacked volume WORM WORM TVTAPFL2 E N 14 CHAR Tape Flag 2 CLOS closed by ABEND DATA data set recording EXPD expire date ignore MANU manual move SCRA scratch immediate STAC stacked volumes enabled and set VOLU volume in transit CHAR Tape Flag 3 DRU Default parmlib retention used TVTAPFL3 E lt lt lt 2 d TVTRDERR 9 NUM Temporary read errors TVTWTERR Y Y Y 9 NUM Temporary
248. e only for CATALOG CATARCH EXTRACT SCRATCH VOLDATA and VTOC This option does not cause offline volumes to be selected based on STORGRP for DATATYPE CATVTOC or TVTOC PAGE 54 94 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS 54 30 ARCHENQUEUE When reporting on the Archive Control File ACF a special ABR ENQ is issued to prevent ABR from updating the ACF during the report Default Disabled AUTOEAVDISK Automatically determine if EAV support should be enabled If 3390 devices are installed on the system each address is tested to see if EAV support is required If any 3390 EAV devices are found EAVDISK is enabled NoTE Disabling AUTOEAVDISK has no effect unless it is performed with CHANGE PERM and then only on the next invocation of FDREPORT Default Enabled AUTOFATDISK Automatically determine if support for IBM 3390 9 DASD and other DASD with more than 65 535 tracks but less than 150 256 tracks 10 017 cylinders should be enabled if any DASD of this size is online the FATDISK option is automatically enabled NorE Disabling AUTOFATDISK has no effect unless it is performed with CHANGE PERM and then only on the next invocation of FDREPORT Default Enabled AUTOLARGEDISK Automatically determine if support for 3390 27 or 3390 54 DASD devices should be enabled If 3390 devices are installed on the system each address is tested to see if support
249. e or more of the following characteristics AIX An alternate index UPGRADE The alternate index is upgraded to reflect changed data when the base cluster s records are added to updated or erased NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal AMDATTR Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have one or more of the following attributes indicated in the AMDATTR field in the Access Method Data Statistics Block AMDSB ESDS Entry sequenced cluster IMBED Sequence set placed with data component KEYRANGE Key range defined component KSDS Key sequenced cluster ORDERED Volumes to be used in the order they are specified in the VOLUMES parameter REPLICATE Each index record to be written on a track as many times as it fits RRDS Relative record data set SPANNED Data record can cross control interval boundary WRITECHECK Perform write check during write processing Data sets created by the Innovation Access Method IAM also have indicators set in the AMDATTR NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal AMDATTR3 Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have one or more of the following attributes indicated the AMDATTR3 field in the Access Method Data Statistics Block AMDSB BIND Cluster or component that is allocated to MSS device is staged at open and
250. e resulting IDCAMS DELETE statements Default Disabled the results of VVDS errors or DIAGNOSEVVDS are only printed PUNCHMASK Process the punch mask during output termination if no records match the selection criteria resulting in no data input to the SELPCH server Default Disabled PUNCHSEPCHAR Separate the elements of dates formatted for punch display RPTYPE SELPCH with the character described by the PCHSEPCHAR operand Default Disabled RECHECKRESERV Recheck the unit s reserve status just prior to reserving the device Default Disabled REPORTALIASTB Create report records from the alias table produced by FDR CATP the FDREPORT catalog driver These records contain limited data and are only created when executing with DATATYPE CATALOG The field names available are ALILEVEL ALISTATS CATNAME SELALIAS and SOURCE Default Enabled RESERVE VTOCs are protected from change by a RESERVE while being read Default Disabled RESETDEVTYPE Reset the device type if required when executing with DATATYPE EXTRACT Default Disabled RESETEXCLUDE Reset exclusion criteria after executing a PRINT command Default Disabled PAGE 54 103 54 30 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS RESETSELECT Reset selection criteria after executing each PRINT command Default Disabled RETAINRANK Normally the value for RANK and VLRANK is reset each time a record is processed by the
251. e significance ranging from 0 9 A Z PRCNT2 2 Prior record counter with two 2 byte significance CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 51 54 22 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PUNCH STATEMENT PRCNT3 3 Prior record counter with three 3 byte significance TODAY 5 Current date in Julian format that is yyddd USER SPECIFIED Varies Variable names see SYMBOLS in Section 54 22 The counters can be used to generate names such as step names DD statement names that are unique The CNTxxx counters are incremented for each FDREPORT record data set name passed through the punch mask The LPCNTx counters increment each time the punch mask is initialized such as a control break The Pxxxx counters contain the prior value of the associated counter for example for generating refer back JCL There are special positional statements that can be used within the mask to permit one time generation of a segment of the mask and other special processing The operands must begin in column one and are described as follows JREPRO Statements that follow this are processed only once PREFIX Statements that follow this are processed once per loop at the beginning of the loop controlled by BREAK RPM or YES on the SORT statement ENDPREFIX Terminates the loop prefix statements EXITPREFIX Terminates the loop prefix statements and bypasses the rest of the punch mask
252. e string may be from 1 to 6 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand The value specified is in character format C cccccc The value specified is in character format X xxxxxxxxxxxx The value specified is in hexadecimal format NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ENCRBDAY nnnnn Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must have a number of days since backed up by FDRCRYPT that is within the number of days supplied The number be from 0 to 32000 inclusive ENCRBDSN 9 10 11 12 dsn Specifies backup data set name selection or exclusion subject to the rule that only standard data set names are supported Standard data set names contain only alphabetic character A to Z number numeric character O to 9 or national character and periods The syntax for the ENCRBDSN operand is as follows Valid characters alphabetic numeric national represent themselves slash is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid character of any value vertical bar is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid alphabetic character plus is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid numeric character question mark is a masking character that is used to represent a single valid national characte
253. e used for the data input it cannot be used as both input and output in the same operation in this case 5 51 1 is used instead of SYSUT2 for the extracted data input and SYSUT2 is used for output The SYSUT1 DD statement name may be changed by the ALTDATADDNAME operand Required when the RPTYPE DATA or COMPDATA or DATATYPE EXTRACT operands are specified for the storage of FDREPORT internal data records Normally a DASD data set but it may be on tape If you want to use this extract file as input to another reporting program such as SAS the format of the records is defined by the RPTDS macro that is a member in the FDR Installation Control Library ICL When RPTYPE DATA or RPTYPE COMPDATA is specified it is an output data set and FDREPORT forces DCB characteristics of RECFM VB LRECL 8200 any valid block size can be specified or FDREPORT assigns a default value If you execute several PRINT statements in the same FDREPORT step each with RPTYPE DATA or COMPDATA and you want the extracted data from each to accumulate the SYSUT2 data set you must either specify DISPZMOD in the JCL or the ENABLE MODOUTPUT operand Otherwise only data from the last PRINT is available For DATATYPE EXTRACT SYSUT2 is used as input it must be a data file created by the RPTYPE DATA option of FDREPORT an earlier step or job or earlier in this step Although the format of the extract file has changed in various releases of ABR FDREPORT can su
254. e used if the BCDS is a multi cluster file use the operand instead Specifies a data set to be used to access an extract file of the CA 1 tape management system when DATATYPE of CA1DSN or CA1VOL is specified The DD statement name may be changed by the CA1XDDNAME operand of the DEFAULT command Specifies the output data set when ENABLE PUNCHDIAGNOS is specified for the storage of a job stream to correct VVDS errors FDREPORT forces DCB characteristics of RECFM FB LRECL 80 any valid block size may be specified but it defaults to 80 DIAGPCH is usually a DASD data set sequential or a member of a PDS After reviewing this job stream you can submit it to correct the VVDS errors Optional and usually unnecessary When the ENABLE ONLINE operand is specified on PRINT VOL or VOLG operands are specified on statements preceding PRINT the desired volumes are dynamically allocated and DISKxxxx DD statements are not required If used DISKxxxx DD statements specify the DASD volumes to be processed by statements that do not specify ONLINE VOL or VOLG The first four characters of the DDname must be DISK and the remaining one to four characters may be any characters valid in a DDname 0 9 2 4 DD statement should look like DISKxxxx DD UNIT unitname VOL SER volser DISP OLD PAGE 54 10 FDRLIB DD STATEMENT FROMDD DD STATEMENT MCDS DD STATEMENT OCDS DD STATEMENT RMMXTR DD STATEMENT
255. ects the entire sphere base cluster plus alternate indexes not an individual component CCA xx Specifies that data sets or clusters must reside on DASD that has a channel connect address that matches the value s specified The value specified is two hexadecimal characters in length CICA nnnnn Specifies the VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a number of control intervals per control area that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 65535 CISIZE CISI Specifies that ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a control interval size that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 32760 inclusive CISPLIT CISP nnnnnnnn Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a number of control interval splits that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 99999999 inclusive CISPLITR nnnnnn Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or data components selected or excluded have a control interval split ratio that is within the value specified The control interval split ratio is defined as the number of control interval splits per 100 control intervals of the prime volume data component in an ICF VSAM KSDS The value may be from 0 to 999999 inclusive PAGE 54 80 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 CLUSATTR Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s
256. ed UCB is to be retried The value may be any value from 0 to 20 inclusive Default 1 retry CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 43 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 21 FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT RPTDDNAME ddn Specifies the DDname to be used when creating output reports other than RPTYPE SELPCH Default ABRMAP unless the operand RPTDDNAME was specified on the DEFAULT statement RPTSPFC nn Specifies the maximum number of characters to use within the RPTSPFI index count when creating SUMLEVEL INDEX control breaks with NEWSUMFORMAT enabled The number may be from 1 to 44 Default 44 RPTSPFI nn Specifies the maximum number of indexes to consider when creating SUMLEVEL INDEX control breaks with NEWSUMFORMAT enabled The number may be from 1 to 21 Default 1 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 44 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 RPTYPE Specifies the report type to be generated by FDREPORT and requests certain predefined report formats or special processing When predefined reports are requested the REPORT and HEADING statements and the AUTOSTACK operand are ignored Values are ABRVTOC A report in standard ABR VTOC format equivalent to PRINT VTOC is printed ARCHIVE A standard ABR ARCHIVE report equivalent to PRINT ARCHIVE is printed intended for use with DATATYPE ARCHIVE COMPDATA Similar to RPTYPE DATA except that only the fields named a REPORT st
257. ed on the screen The list has been customized so that only the selected report fields are displayed Several data set name filters are entered to display backup info about those data sets SSS OSS SS 56 SS SSS SSS DATASET SELECTION ABRBKUP LINE 1 16 COL 4 6 10 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt HALF ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help FIELD SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT DSNAME gt bab jcl bab ac VOL gt 2 SOURCE gt CATALOG Catalog Volume Archive Appl Scratch Extract CATAROCNE 2 DEVTYPE gt 3 gt 4 BKGEN gt 6 gt 7 gt 8 OLDBKUP gt ALL SIZE gt 5 54 240 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS EXAMPLES 54 88 A list of the selected data sets is displayed along with backup information for each For those that have more than one backup recorded the OLDBACKUP option all of the recorded backups are displayed including the date that each backup was taken Since this selected data sets from the system catalogs archived data sets may also be selected as shown To restore a data set from backup simply type restore on the line for the backup desired SESS SSS SS SSS SSS SSS SSS DAWASI LESLI DALLI 14 20 COL 389 12 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt HALF 3 DATA SETS SELECTED Read Save Find Locate Refresh Next Message
258. ed single record CCWs are used to perform the read Read a maximum of one track into storage with one EXCP Default CYL WORKDDNAMES n Specifies the number of SORT work DDnames to allocate from 1 to 5 inclusive Default 3 WORKSPACE nnnn Specifies the number of tracks or cylinders controlled by the TRK and CYL operands of SORTALLOC to allocate to each of the SORT work files from 10 to 1000 Default 100 WORKSTORCLAS Specifies the SMS storage class name 1 to 8 characters to use when dynamically allocating any of the temporary SORTWKnn files It must be a value valid for STORCLAS in JCL There is no default for the WORKSTORCLAS keyword If WORKSTORCLAS is not specified processing continues using the default value for WORKUNIT WORKUNIT Specifies the unit name 1 to 8 characters to use when dynamically allocating sort work files if requested by SORTALLOC It must be a value valid for UNIT in JCL and the volumes included on those units must include some in STORAGE or PUBLIC status for the allocation to be successful Default SYSALLDA which is valid on all 2 05 systems and includes all DASD PAGE 54 50 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PUNCH STATEMENT 54 22 54 22 FDREPORT PUNCH STATEMENT PUNCH The syntax of the PUNCH statement is STATEMENT PUNCH COUNTERVALID NO MAXSTATEMENTS nnnn SYNTAX YES SYMBOLS sym sym ECHO VAL
259. een recalled by DFSMShsm FREEEXT Y 4 NUM of free extents this volume GDGBASE N Y 44 CHAR Generation Data Group base name GDGENTRY NUM Generation Data Group active entry count GDGFLAGS EM Y BE Y BAM 9 CHAR Generation Data Group flag byte GDGGENER Y Y Y 4 NUM Generation Data Group generation number GDGLIMIT DN v EM Y EM 3 NUM Generation Data Group active entry limit GDGRELGN Mv REM Y 3 NUM Generation Data Group relative generation GDGVERSN NUM Generation Data Group version number HIALOBLK Aly y y 10 NUM High allocated block IAM HIALORBA Aly y N 10 NUM Highallocated RBA ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM HIKEYRBA Aly y N 10 NUM Highkey RBA ICF VSAM HIUSEBLK Aly y y 10 NUM Highused block IAM HIUSERBA A y N 10 NUM High used RBA ICF VSAM Enhanced IAM IAMINDIC Y BE Y NM 5 CHAR IAM data set indicators ALTINDEX Alternate index DATACOMPRESS Data compression threshold ENHANCED Enhanced file structure EXTENDED Extended format HARDWARECOMP Hardware compression KEYCOMPRESS Compressed index PATH Path SPANNED Spanned records INDEX Y BE V 8 CHAR Index volume from data set name INDEXNUM Y Y NUM of index level in the data set or cluster name that is extracted into field INDEX INSERTS Y Y Y 10 NUM Number of records inserted IAM ICF VSAM KEYLEN
260. egorian format 2 digit year first yy mm dd YYYYDDD Julian format with 4 digit year YYYYDDMM Gregorian format 4 digit year first yyyy dd mm YYYYMMDD Gregorian format 4 digit year first yyyy mm dd If one of the Gregorian formats is chosen then date fields are 8 columns long in reports instead of the 6 columns shown in the tables that follow If a 4 digit year format is chosen the date fields are an additional two bytes This affects only printing sorting is always in Julian yyyydda format and selection operands use Julian in either 2 or 4 digit year format Default YYYYDDD Julian format DIAGPCHDDNAME Specifies the DDname to be used when ENABLE PUNCHDIAGNOS is specified causing IDCAMS DELETE statements that are created from VVDS errors encountered in normal processing or the result of running with DIAGNOSEVVDS enabled to be punched Default DIAGPCH unless the operand DIAGPCHDDNAME was specified on the DEFAULT statement DISABLE The FDREPORT options specified are to be disabled for this run Multiple options can be specified by enclosing the list in parentheses separated by commas Available options are described in Section 54 30 FDREPORT Execution Options DSKIP n Specifies the number of blank lines to be inserted between lines representing separate data sets differs from SKIP when multiple lines are required for one data set Default 0 ENABLE The
261. eing used or RECOMMEND S P predict how needs will grow Accurate information is also essential for solving existing problems and for preventing problems from arising in the future FDREPORT provides easy to read management level reporting that allows you to easily see how effectively your DASD storage is being used broken down by departments projects or individual users Since storage costs in most shops represent a significant part of the data processing budget the ability to accurately monitor and adjust for current and future needs results in significant cost savings and a more competitive cost for your end user INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING strongly recommends that you run the Innovation Health Check job streams documented in Section 54 2 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Health Check These help you understand the power flexibility and efficiency of FDREPORT DATA SET Most reports are about individual data sets or ICF VSAM clusters Although FDREPORT REPORTS has a default report format giving some basic information about each data set and some canned report formats similar to those produced by FDRABRP in Chapter 53 Standard Reporting Facility FDRABRP you probably want to customize your report FDREPORT oollects its data into hundreds of fields each containing some aspect of the data set such as record format size CISIZE creation date and many many others Section 54 30 contains a complete li
262. eld supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BKTAPCNT Y EM v BM 2 NUM Backup tape volume count BKTIME 8 TIME Backup time hhmmss APPL backup ABREXIT BKVOL 34 CHAR Backup tape volumes required to restore Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CATALOG EM Y BE V 3 CHAR Catalog status CAN Cataloged to candidate volume DRF DASD read failure ERR Cataloged to another volume NO Not cataloged ONL Only cataloged UNK Cataloged but unable to process with LOCATE YES Cataloged to this volume Note This can be expensive to collect if a large number of data sets are to be reported CATNAME Y Y V 44 CHAR Name of the catalog CATTTR 6 HEX DSCBTTR from catalog CATVOL 6 CHAR Volume where the data set is cataloged Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CATVOLCT Y Y NUM Number of unique non candidate volumes where the data set is cataloged CATVOLTL 3 NUM Total number of unique volumes where the data set is cataloged CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 200 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE SCRATCH Field Name Table LE e x 5 FieldName 1 2 2 2 Description 2 8 gt c o CLUSATTR 24 CHAR Cluster attributes ICF VSAM ATL Tape volume
263. elds in the report although FDREPORT does most of the formatting work for you In addition to simple printed reports FDREPORT can sort and summarize the data selected It can also generate control statements and or JCL for other utilities based on the data collected Although most reports are based on individual data sets you can report on the state of entire DASD volumes such as volume free space By default FDREPORT does not attempt to serialize access to the input sources it is reading Input data sets such as the ACF MCDS and BCDS are allocated with DISP SHR unless you provide a DD statement for them with DISP OLD The option if enabled protects the ACF with a special enqueue to prevent ABR from updating it VTOCs and VVDSs are read without any enqueue or RESERVE unless you enable the RESERVE option see RESERVE in Section 54 30 that allows updates to take place during the FDREPORT execution In rare cases a VTOC VVDS update may cause FDREPORT to fail or generate incorrect output unless RESERVE is enabled PAGE 54 2 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INTRODUCTION 54 1 FDREPORT At any computer installation users at a variety of levels need to be able to refer to accurate and timely information about the use of DASD resources Accurate information is the only basis for sound decision making and future planning Without adequate information it is impossible to determine how efficiently DASD space is b
264. elected or excluded must be cataloged to a total number of volumes that is within the value specified This value includes both the number of candidate volumes that is found in the field CMPCANDV and the number of non candidate volumes that is found in the field CMPVOLCT The value may be from 1 to 200 inclusive COMPTYPE COMPT Specifies the type of ICF VSAM component that is to be selected or excluded Valid component types are DATA Data component INDEX Index component AIXDATA Alternate index data component AIXINDEX ALternate index index component NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal COMPUSER COMPU Specifies the data set s or cluster s selected or excluded must have a value for the Compressed User Data Slze taken from either the Type 27 or Type 28 Extended Format Cell in the VVDS within the value specified The number may be from 0 to 999999999999999 inclusive nnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Specifies the exact value to be compared nnnnnnnnnnnnk Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 nnnnnnnnnM Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 000 CRDATE CRDAT datespec Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a creation date that is within the date supplied The date is specified as a Julian date that may be in the form yyyyddd or yyddd For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day NOTE 2 digit years less th
265. en to FDR customers who are not also ABR customers while FDREPORT is only available if you have licensed ABR FDREPORT All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5446x MAP BACKUP Read an FDR format backup tape and report on the data sets included in that backup TAPE EXAMPLE using the default report The JCL shows an ABR full volume backup but it could be any backup created by FDR DSF ABR or SAR REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT 001 DD DSN FDRABR VPROD01 C1002300 DISP SHR SYSIN DD TITLE INE DATA SETS ON BACKUP TVTOCDSN PRINT DATATYPE TVTOC The generated report looks like DATA SETS ON BACKUP FDRABR VPROD01 C1002300 D S DATA SET NAME VOLSER ORG BLKSZ LRECL ALLOC FREE PAYROLL TRANS PRODO1 PS 0 0 PROD JCL CNTL PRODO1 2 MAP BACKUP Read several FDR backup tapes on one tape drive and report on the PDS data sets TAPES EXAMPLE included in those backups The ENABLE TAPEREAD option is included so that FDREPORT reads the entire backup to extract PDS directory information The report is sorted by backup data set name and by size within backup REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABBRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT 1
266. er recovery Tape Management systems have evolved to manage the physical tapes but only have basic reporting systems Complex reports must be generated by the installation s staff writing programs or command procedures FDREPORT is able to extract information from CA Technologies CA 1 product and IBM s DFSMSrmm product and process it just as it does for DASD related information This information can be formatted filtered sorted and summarized using FDREPORT s existing facilities NOTE An extract file must be created prior to creating FDREPORT reports The extract can be done in the same FDREPORT execution using the EXTRACT command see Section 54 16 FDREPORT EXTRACT Statement or from a prior execution of FDREPORT that used the EXTRACT command to create an extraction file These tables list the field names that can be used in REPORT SORT and SUMMARY statements as well as PUNCH masks and TITLE statements See Section 54 60 FDREPORT Field Names for a description of layout of these tables CA1DSN Field Name Table for tape data set fields in CA 1 DATATYPE CA1VOL Field Name Table for tape volume fields in CA 1 DATATYPE RMMDSN Field Name Table for tape data set fields in DFSMSrmm DATATYPE RMMVOL Field Name Table for tape volume fields in DFSMSrmm CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 109 54 40 54 40 PREFIX EXAMPLE REPORT BY DATA SET NAME MASK EXAMPLE GENERALIZED REP
267. ete IBM RACF profile OWNC Ownership cluster SELALIAS Y Y Y Y 35 CHAR Selecting alias SGDGBASE Y IN IN N 20 CHAR Short GDG base name first 20 bytes SIZE Zu v IEEE S RE 5 NUM Allocated tracks Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEFREE S Y 5 NUM Tracks not in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEUSED Zu v 5 NUM Tracks in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SMSFLAGS 4 CHAR SMS managed data set flag byte DSCB MANAGED S SMS managed NOBCS N Not cataloged REBLOCK R Reblockable DADSMCRT D DADSM assigned blksize PDSE 1 Partitioned data set extended PDSEX X Hierarchical File System HFS ATTREXTN E Extended Attribute EA STRIPE Z Extended Format EF SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only SOURCE 7 CHAR Source of the data record ARCHIVE Archive control file BCDS HSM backup control data set CATALOG System catalog CATARCH Auto recall records from catalog appended with Archive Control File ACF data CATVTOC Catalog records appended with VTOC and VVR data of selected volume s MCDS DFSMShsm migration control data set TVTOC FD
268. fault 400 If more than 400 control statements are present it is dynamically adjusted upwards to a design limit of 32 766 REPORT Specifies the name of the report This name must be a member in the library specified by FDRLIB This member must contain the control statements defining this report in 80 byte images The user can specify any of the FDREPORT statements in this member except for EXECUTE If the last statement in the member is PRINT the user need not specify any other control statements after this statement If REPORT is not specified FDREPORT assumes that the data set pointed by FDRLIB is a sequential data set A 1 to 8 character name may be specified CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 27 54 16 54 16 EXTRACT STATEMENT SYNTAX EXTRACT STATEMENT EXTRACT STATEMENT OPERANDS NOTE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXTRACT STATEMENT FDREPORT EXTRACT STATEMENT The syntax of the EXTRACT statement is EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM 1 DISP DELETE 5 STORCLAS storclas UNIT unit The EXTRACT statement is used to specify the options to be used when creating an extraction file from the tape management system PRODUCT CA1 Build an extract file from data the 1 tape management system RMM Build an extract file from data in the DFSMSrmm tape management system Default RMM DISP DELETE Delete the extract file after completion of FDREPORT p
269. fied without SORT YES summary processing is bypassed Default Disabled SUMVALUES Display summary values for those fields that are to be summarized but do not contain data classically thought of as normally summarized that is VOL CREATE Disabling SUMVALUE provides just a count of the values Default Enabled TABLESUMMARY Insert summary values into the table output if RPTYPE TABLE is specified Default Place the summary values on either the ABRSUM DD Statement ABRMAP DD Statement or SYSPRINT DD Statement TAPEREAD When DATATYPE TVTOC is specified to extract information from an FDR backup file causes the entire backup to be read collecting additional data about IAM files and directories of PDS data sets If disabled only the control records at the beginning of the backup are read which generates all VTOC and VVDS related fields Default Disabled TAPERRORMSGS Specifies that the error messages documenting missing backup tapes are printed Default Enabled TERMIFDEFINE Specifies that the PRINT command is to be terminated immediately after the completion of the PUNCHDEFINE function Default Disabled TIMESTAMP Report heading is to contain a timestamp Default Disabled CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 105 54 30 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS TSOPARSE TSO parsing is available for all environments Default TSO parsing is only available in a TSO session
270. field and field descriptions can be viewed by scrolling LEFT and RIGHT Selection reporting summary and sorting criteria are specified just like the Data Set Selection Criteria Volume selection differs from data set selection in that one line of the generated volume list contains fields relating to one whole DASD volume There is no SOURCE field since there is no choice of source with volume selection information is gathered from the VTOC VTOCIX and VVDS of the volumes selected and the LSPACE SVC PAGE 54 232 54 86 VOLUME LIST CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS VOLUME LIST PANEL FDRSRS VOLUME LIST PANEL The following Volume List was generated by specifying IDPPM in the VLVOLSER field in the Volume Selection Criteria The volume list shown is the default if no report fields are selected FDRSRS VOLUME LIST PANEL A S 4 54 86 COMMAND gt COMMAND VOLSER 7 IDPPM1 IDPPM2 IDPPM3 IDPPM4 IDPPM5 IDPPM6 Read Save DEVTYPE SSN 2 7 SEO 5390 27 31890122 9 2390 27 3390 9 Find Locate VTINDX ACTIVE ACTIVE SCROLL Refresh Next Message USEATTR USERS ALLOTRK TU FREETRK PRIVATE 7 124073 42 176437 PRIVATE 107965 3o 102545 PRIVATE 8 ZUGE 272516 PRIVATE 17 69693 24 230817 PRIVATE 6 HOS Ly 220521 PRIVATE 62 PRIVATE 3358 61480
271. following services ARCDEL DELETE DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE gt ARCHIVE ARCHIVE DATA SEE ARCMOD MODIFY DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE ARCRECAT RECATALOG ARCHIVED DATA SET FOR AUTO RECALL ARCRESET RESET DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE BACKAPPL DATA SET APPLICATION BACKUP PAGE 54 239 54 88 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS EXAMPLES Soe SS SS SSS SS SS SS SSS SSS SSS HDRSAS Sellecciwon bist Row L co 15 of 15 Command gt Scroll gt HALF Place an S to select the Selection Criteria to process or D to delete Sel Member Description Date ABRBKUP abr backup info 06 11 2002 ARCBKUP archive backup info 06 11 2002 ARCEF archived icf datasets 10 20 2002 BACKEXT report from backup extract 09 10 2002 The list of saved selection and reporting criteria is displayed Depending on the SRS options set these saved criteria might have been previously created by the user or might be criteria available to all SRS users or both The ABRBKUP list is selected since it displays all information about the ABR backups of selected data sets The selection panel is now displayed preset with the selection and reporting criteria from the ABRBKUP list In this case ABRBKUP simply defines a report format so only REPORT fields are prespecified the numbers shown in the REPORT column is the order that those fields are display
272. for 3390 27 or 3390 54 devices is required If any 3390 27 or 3390 54 devices are found LARGEDISK is enabled NorE Disabling AUTOLARGEDISK has no effect unless it is performed with CHANGE PERM and then only on the next invocation of FDREPORT Default Disabled AUTOMAXONLIN Automatically determine the number of DASD volumes online to this processor and set the MAXONLINE operand to default to that value This enables you to report on any number of DASD volumes up to your entire DASD installation Default Enabled AUTONEWS Display the NEWS related to the current version of FDREPORT when a command or operand that has changed from the prior release is specified with what was valid syntax Default Disabled AUTOSIMULSP Automatically simulate the LSPACE SVC when processing online volumes and the VTOC is read This service is used when processing offline volumes to gather the data normally returned by SVC 78 LSPACE Default Enabled AUTOSTACK If the fields to be printed exceed the page width fields with similar attributes are printed stacked one above the other Default Disabled AVERAGING If summarization is requested print the average value of all numeric summarized fields Default Disabled CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 95 54 30 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS BCDSMSCLASS Extract SMS class data from the BCDS backup record Default Enabled This feature
273. for application backup are the only entries with a backup time stamp BKVOL BKV vvvvvv Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have the ABR backup tape volume specified in the volumes required to restore This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 6 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 75 54 28 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT BLKSIZE BL nnnnn Specifies the data set selected or excluded must have a block size that is within the value specified The number may be from 0 to 32760 inclusive BLKSTRK BLKST nnnnn Specifies the data set selected or excluded must have a number of blocks per track that is within the value specified The number of blocks per track is determined by the TRKCALC service routine for non VSAM data sets based on the block size If the block size is zero the number of blocks per track are zero The number of blocks per track is obtained from the VVR for ICF VSAM components The value may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive BUFSIZE BUF nnnnn Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a minimum buffer size that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive BYTE
274. from the command asterisk for return code 0 not sign for return code 4 or question mark for all other return codes You can also specify a command to apply to all data sets displayed by entering it on the COMMAND line at the top of the screen It must include a slash Data set List commands such as SAVE READ REFRESH FIND PRINTD and the rest may also be specified in the COMMAND line at the top of the screen Please refer to the SRS HELP tutorial for a complete list and detailed description of the Data set List commands The PRINTD abbreviated P command allows you to generate a printed report from the information in the Data Set List A prompting panel allows you to print all of the fields displayed or to customize the report PAGE 54 230 54 84 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS Data SET List ABR FUNCTIONS 54 84 FDRSRS DATA SET LIST ABR FUNCTIONS The ABR functions supported on the Data Set List panel each have options that can be customized on the SRS option panels as shown in Section 54 81 FDRSRS Dialog Options and Defaults Panels When you enter an ABR function name you may be prompted to override those defaults For example for a COPY function The defaults for each ABR function can be modified using option 0 the SRS Primary Menu or the FUNCTION FF or FS command can be used on the COMMAND line of the Data set List panel For convenie
275. g sequence because most fields do not have a two line column header 2 3 1 When 2 is the normal one line column header 3 is a single line header for RPTYPE TABLE as well as control breaks and summary and 1 is the top line of a two line column header The maximum number of significant characters that can be specified per header is 24 but only the value OUTPUTLENGTH is used in generating the headers The data is aligned to the left so if you want leading blanks then count columns This is an optional operand If HEADER is not specified a blank field of the appropriate length is used OUTPUTLENGTH Specifies the number of bytes in the formatted output The value limit is based on the contents of DATATYPE If DATATYPE CHAR the value for OUTPUTLENGTH be defaulted to the value of DATALENGTH If it is specified it must be greater than zero but less than or equal to the value of DATALENGTH If DATATYPE HEX the value for OUTPUTLENGTH must be an even number of bytes and no greater than twice the value of DATALENGTH If DATATYPE BIN then the following limits apply OUTPUTLENGTH DEPENDENCIES FOR DATATYPE BIN DATALENGTH OUTPUTLENGTH 1 20r3 2 2 3 4 0r5 3 5 or 8 4 4 5 6 8 or 10 This is a required operand except when DATATYPE CHAR NorE The FORMAT operand supplies values for both the DATALENGTH OUTPUTLENGTH operands when applicable REDEFINE Permits the changing of va
276. hat are multiple extents Report of VTOCIX more Than 80 full Volume Mount Use SMS and VTOCIX status List all VVDS data sets check for logical errors FDRCPK FASTCPK simulation all logical volumes HCHECK2 Reports for SMS administrator _ SMS managed volumes threshold status SMS managed volumes with disabled VTOC indexes Data set SMS attributes PDSE and HFS files on SMS managed volumes PDSE and HFS files on non SMS managed volumes Uncataloged data sets on SMS managed volumes Data sets on SMS managed volumes that are not SMS managed Data sets ineligible for SMS management Reports for performance analyst DASD with potential head movement or performance problems Multi extent VSAM data sets Multi extent non VSAM data sets Data sets likely to get Sx37 ABENDs Look for PS extended format striped data sets Look for extended attribute data sets from NVR Look for extended format data sets from NVR Look for extended format clusters Multi volume data sets Multi volume data sets Summarized by data set VTOC VVDS VTOCIX locations HCHECK4 Reports for capacity analyst DASD with potential wasted space Online DASD Summarized by device type Online DASD Summarized by type and model Over allocation Total free space in all data sets Over allocation Data sets with unused extents PAGE 54 6 CHAPTER 54 GENERALI
277. hat panel by the user RESTORE FROM wishes to display all of his archived data sets and select several for restore From the ARCHIVE SRS main menu option 1 select data sets with the default selection criteria is chosen CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 237 54 88 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS EXAMPLES On the selection panel a data set prefix is entered and the source is changed to ARCHIVE If you need to report on a special Archive Control File or a control file used for Application Backup you can enter the control file name under ARCDSN if left blank the Archive Control File used for auto recall from the FDR Global Options Table is automatically used Since no reporting criteria are specified the default report is displayed SSSR SSS SSS SS SSS DATASET SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 181 COL 4 6 10 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt HALF ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help FIELD SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT SOURCE FIELDS DSNAME gt qrp VOL gt SOURCE gt archive Catalog Volume Archive Appl Scratch Extract gt ARCDSN gt EXTDSN gt VTOC FIELDS DIR ZAIDI S gt UNIT gt UNITNAME gt DEVTYPE gt VOLSQ gt bine mM CRDATE gt CRDAYS gt A list of archived data sets that match the data set filter are displaye
278. he default which shows every field available to SRS Since there are over 100 available fields the panel is scrollable in four directions UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT By scrolling UP PF7 19 and DOWN PF8 20 you can view all of the fields By scrolling LEFT PF10 22 and RIGHT PF11 23 you can view a command column on the left and summary summary break and field descriptions columns on the right these are illustrated later Many users may never need to do selection on more than a data set name filter and or volume serial mask They never need to use more than the first few fields and need not be concerned about scrolling or the other fields However the power of SRS is available when they need it The FIELD column contains the name of a data set attribute except for the SOURCE FIELDS which specify the source to be searched The fields available are essentially the same available for FDREPORT the ABR Generalized Reporting Program as described in Section 54 30 4 For those fields where the SELECTION VALUE column is underlined you can specify a selection criteria based on that field other fields are for reporting only and cannot be tested To select on a given field enter one or more values separated by spaces in the SELECTION VALUE column next to that field the type of values depend on the nature of the field Relational operators lt gt lt gt or EQ NE LT GT LE GE can be inserted in front of each value again separated by
279. he expiration date of the backup file and this field is not meaningful For DATATYPE VOLDATA this field is the expiration date of the most current full volume backup and not necessarily the expiration date of the most current cycle For DATATYPE EXTRACT the contents of this field depend on the original source For other DATATYPES this field is not meaningful The date is specified as a Julian date that may be in the form yyyyddd or yyddd For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day NOTE It is impossible to determine the correct century if the year is to be displayed as only two digits for example 13123 13 123 may be 2013 or 2113 PAGE 54 74 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 BKEXDAYS BKEXDAY nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR backup tape with a number of days until expiration that is within the number of days supplied If the ABR backup tape s expiration date is earlier than today then the value of BKEXDAYS is zero If the ABR backup tape s expiration date is 1999 000 or 199 where is 365 or greater then the value of BKEXDAYS is 65535 For DATATYPE ARCHIVE or CATARCH this field is the number of days until expiration of the archive backup file For DATATYPE VTOC or CATVTOC ABR does not record the expiration date of the backup file and this field is not meaningful For DATATYPE VOLDATA th
280. ia a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSVRSNM EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR Secondary VRS name mask Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSVRSUB EM Y BAM Y 8 CHAR Secondary VRS sub chain Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSYSID EM Y 4 CHAR System identification from SMF CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 192 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE RMMDSN Field Name Table k z o x s FieldName Z 2 2 Description 2 2 9 8 gt lt c o TDTAPFLG E Y N 19 CHAR Tape data set flags ABN closed by ABEND CPK compaction used DRU default retention period used DSP deleted by disposition VEX VRSEL exclude VRS retained by VRS TDTBKCNT y 1 NUM Total block count TDUCBID Y 8 HEX UCB 4 byte hex device type from catalog TDUCDATE Y DATE Last user change date TDUCDAYS Mv 5 NUM Days since last user change TDUCTIME Y 8 TIME Last user change time hh mm ss TDVOLSEQ NUM Volume sequence number TDVOLSER Y Y Y 6 CHAR Tape volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDVRSMVA EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR VRS management value Note This f
281. ield supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLID Y 4 CHAR DASD volume identification Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VOLSQ Y V 3 NUM Data set volume sequence number VOLUME 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VSFREBYT A N 10 NUM Bytes of free space ICF VSAM VVRSTATS Y Y N 9 CHAR Indicates VVDS errors for this data set up to 2 may be displayed DPLR Multiple identical VVR NVR records EXTM Extent mismatch between VVR and DSCB MLTQ Multiple VVR Q records MLTR Multiple non identical VVR NVR records NONE No errors NVVR No VVR NVR record or all matching records have errors XDSNAME CHAR Extended data set name selection only XLSTAR Y NY 8 HEX Extended last block pointer ttttttttrrr X oooxxxx CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 172 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE CA1DSN CA1DSNFiELD They provide the ability to select all data set records from CA Technologies tape NAME TABLE management product CA 1 DATATYPE CA1DSN Field Name Table e e o lt 5 Field Name 3 Q Descr
282. ield supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDVRSTYP Y BE 8 CHAR VRS type IBM DFSMSrmm DATASET DSNAME type vital record specification DSNMC DSNAME type vital record specification and a SMS management class DSNMV DSNAME type vital record specification and a management class SMSMC SMS management class VRSMV vital record specification TDXTDATE 6 DATE Extract date TDXTTIME DN v EM Y TIME Extract time hh mm ss CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 193 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE RMMVOL RMMVOL FIELD They provide the ability to select all tape volumes managed by DFSMSrmm Input for this NAME TABLE data type is an extended extract file created by the DFSMSrmm utility EDGHSKP using PARM RPTEXT DATEFORM J FDREPORT s EXTRACT command with PROD RMM uses the same utility to create the extract file DATATYPE RMMVOL Field Name Table FE o 5 g 5 a FieldName 5 Z 2 2 Description st gt lt c T lt IN 3 NUM FDREPORT data record type 1 Volume record 2 Data set component record 4 Volume summary record 8 Prior compressed data record 9 Prior active fields record 64 Compressed data record 128
283. ine the free space Default IFREAD PRTLENGTH Limit the amount of data printed for each record output with RPTYPE HExX to the number of bytes specified Default 10000 RECORDSUMMARY Specifies the level of data set summarization to be done for VSAM clusters summarize all components and multi volume data sets of all kinds summarize data from all volumes It is ignored unless DATATYPE CATALOG CATARCH CATVTOC or EXTRACT is in effect Valid values are CLUSTER Summarize at the cluster level for VSAM and data set level for non VSAM COMPONENT Summarize at the component level for VSAM and data set level for non VSAM NONE Do not summarize Default NONE RESETMASKAFTER nnnnn Specifies that the punch mask is to be reset after number of records have been processed The number can be any value from 0 to 32000 where 0 zero disables the reset checking NOTE This operand is only significant if executing with RPTYPE SELPCH Default 0 the punch mask is not reset based on the number of records processed RESFAILRTNC nnnn Specifies the return code to be set if a UCB or volume is bypassed due to reserve or enqueue failure The value may be any value from 0 through 1023 inclusive Default 7 RESWAITIME nn Specifies the time in seconds to wait for reserve to complete The value may be any value from 1 to 20 inclusive Default 2 RETRYLOOPS nn Specifies the number of times a re queu
284. ing for details CA1VOL Report on tape volume information extracted from the CA 1 tape management system See Section 54 32 FDREPORT Tape Management Reporting for details DEFDASD Information is collected from all defined DASD ENCRYPT Input data is extracted from the Encrypt Key File created and maintained by the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING product FDRCRYPT EXTRACT FDREPORT internal records are read from the SYSUT2 DD Statement This data set must have been created by FDREPORT using RPTYPE DATA or RPTYPE COMPDATA in this step or a previous step or job This may be used to produce several reports from the same set of data without the overhead of reconstructing that data For extract files created with RPTYPE DATA only SYSUT2 may be a concatenated DD statement allowing you to read several extract files as one MCDS Report on data extracted from a DFSMShsm MCDS Migration Control Data Set See Section 54 31 FDREPORT DFSMShsm Reporting for details RACFGRPS Report on all defined IBM RACF groups using a predefined output format No selection or output formatting is offered RACFUSER Report on all defined IBM RACF users using a predefined output format No selection or output formatting is offered RMMDSN Report on tape data set information extracted from the DFSMSrmm tape management subsystem See Section 54 32 FDREPORT Tape Management Reporting for details RMMVOL Report on tape volume information extracted from the
285. iption 598218148 x c T TD FULL Y 3 NUM Percent of volume used by data set TDAPRSIZ Y Y Y 11 NUM Approximate file size in bytes TDBESKEY 8 NUM BES key index TDBLKCNT EAE 1 NUM Block count TDBLKSIZ 5 NUM Block size TDCATFLG Y Y N 14 CHAR Tape data set catalog flags ERR not cataloged to this volume MVC multi volume NO not cataloged SBC should be cataloged IBM DFSMSrmm SBN should be not cataloged IBM DFSMSrmm SBU should be unknown IBM DFSMSrmm UNK unknown YES cataloged TDCATVCT AY NY Y 3 NUM Number of volumes cataloged this data set TDCATVOL Y Bay Bj CHAR First cataloged volume this data set Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCOMPRT Y N Y N 6 NUM Compression ratio TDCRDATE Y Y Y DATE Creation date TDCRDAYS Y Y 5 NUM Days since created TDCRDDNM Y IY Y Y 8 CHAR Creation DD statement name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCRJOB EM v s CHAR Creation job name Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCRPGM EM Y CHAR Creation program name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCRSTEP EM Y BAM Y BAM 8 CHAR Creation step name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCRTIME
286. irectory blocks DIRBLOCK Iv 5 NUM Number of PDS directory blocks DIRBUSED Mv BY BM 5 NUM Number of used PDF directory blocks DSGROUP AJY 44 CHAR Data set group name DSIND E Y V IN 2 HEX Data set indicators printed in hex LASTV 807 Last volume MULTS x 20 Block size multiple of 8 PASSA x 10 Read write password PASSW x 14 Write password x40 Discrete profile UPDAT x 02 Data set updates DSNALCNT Y 5 NUM Number of associated aliases DSNALIAS Y Y Y Y 44 CHAR Data set name alias DSNAME Y 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name DSNEIFLG Y ia Y CHAR Data set info flags ICF VSAM GIGABYTE G Extended addressability gt 4gb R Relative Cl addressing ZFS 2 Contains zSeries File System 2 5 DSNFLAGS YN 4 CHAR Assorted data set flags RLS Record level sharing DSORG Y BE V 3 CHAR Data set organization AM All VSAM DA Direct access EF ICF VSAM HFS Hierarchical File System IAM Innovation Access Method IS ISAM PO Partitioned PDS POE Partitioned Data Set Extended PDSE PS Physical Sequential PSE PS Extended format large sequential U Unmovable may be appended to other forms UM Unmovable alternate format UN Undefined DSSN EM v EM Y BG CHAR Volume serial number field in DSCB HEX Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section
287. is an ABR tape not archive tape CLUSTER C Cluster entry DELETE D External delete from archive DISKBKUP B Backup data set created on DASD device NOTCAT N Backup data set not cataloged RECALL A Data set archived with auto recall ARCTTR Y 6 HEX Archive record TTR ATIME Y 8 TIME Archive time hh mm ss APPL backup only BKDATE AY Y DATE Backup date BKDAYS IY 5 NUM Days since backup BKDEVCLS Y 4 CHAR Backup tape device class DISK TAPE BKDEVTYP EM Y BE V BAM 7 CHAR Backup tape device type BKDSNS Y 3 NUM Number of active backup data sets BKEXDATE Y Backup expiration date BKEXDAYS IY 5 NUM Days until backup expiration Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 BKFILENO NUM Backup tape file number BKSUFFIX EN Y 8 CHAR Backup tape data set name suffix Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BKTAPCNT Y 2 NUM Backup tape volume count BKVOL 34 CHAR Backup tape volumes required to restore Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 BLKSIZE Y S 5 NUM Block size CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 145 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE ARCHIVE Field Name Table
288. is is the number of days until expiration of the most recent full volume backup and not necessarily the number of days until expiration of the most recent cycle For DATATYPE EXTRACT the contents of this field depend on the original source For other DATATYPES this field is not meaningful BKFILENO BKF nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR tape file number that is within the number specified The number may be from 0 to 65534 inclusive BKGEN nnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR backup tape generation number that is within the number supplied The number may be from 1 to 9999 inclusive BKSUFFIX BKS Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have the value specified in an ABR backup tape data set name suffix This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 8 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal BKTAPCNT BKT nn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR tape volume count that is within the number specified The number may be from 1 to 19 inclusive BKTIME hhmmss Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR backup time stamp that matches the value or range of values supplied Currently data sets that are archived
289. is reached NOSCRATCH The data set is not to be removed from the VTOC of the volume on which it resides when it is uncataloged SCRATCH The data set is to be removed from the VTOC of the volume on which it resides NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal MEMNAMES For PDSs matches the data set only if it contains MEMNAMES or does not contain MEMNAMES the members specified The member names be specified as masks as described under the VOL operand in this section CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 90 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 STORGRP Selects STORGRP or excludes STORGRP7 all online volumes defined as belonging to the specified SMS storage group A storage group prefix can be specified by following the prefix with an asterisk for example STORGRP DB Multiple storage groups and or prefixes may be specified by enclosing them in parentheses separated by commas Valid only on systems with SMS active UNIT Selects online volumes based on their device address up to four hexadecimal digits UNIT can also select offline DASD volumes if the SELECTOFFLIN option is enabled All comparison operands are valid for example UNIT gt 140 UNITNAME Selects UNITNAME or excludes UNITNAME all online volumes that are mounted on a DASD unit that is included in the specified generic for example UNITNAME 3390
290. ith JSB either specify the high level index JSB which is automatically converted into a data set filter or the data set filter JSB in the Selection Value column in the DSNAME row and press the ENTER key The catalogs are searched and a Data set List is displayed PAGE 54 227 54 82 54 82 PANEL A S 1 SIMPLE CATALOG EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DATA SET SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL The data set name is automatically converted into a data set filter unless it is imbedded in apostrophes or already is a data set filter The data set name filter uses the XDSNAME syntax of FDREPORT documented earlier in this section In simplest form alohanumeric characters and periods represent themselves one asterisk represents any number of characters within a single index level and two asterisks represent any number of characters any number of index levels Other special characters such as for single numeric are available Other sources are VOLUME The data sets are selected directly from the VTOCs of the indicated volumes specify on the VOL line to search all online volumes ARCHIVE Archived data sets are selected from an Archive Control File By default the common indicated in the ABR Option table is used but any can be specified by ARCDSN APPL Application Backup data sets are selected from the Control File By default the com
291. k caching VLDCEFLG Y 19 CHAR DCE flag byte 2 CSW Compare swap bit DPX Duplex device PKC Pack change in process PRI Primary duplex device PVM Non full pack VM minidisk SEC Secondary duplex device SHR Device sysgen d SHARED SSV Subsystem is valid VLDCEFL8 E Y Y Y N 9 CHAR DCE flag byte 8 CYMG Cylinder managed storage exists F8F9 Format 8 and Format 9 DSCB can exist on this volume VLDEVCLS Y y Y 4 CHAR Device class VLDEVTYP Y 7 CHAR Device type VLDIRBTR Y BM Y BM NUM Number of directory blocks track VLDSCBTR Y Em v 3 NUM Number of DSCBs track VLMFRCOD JY Y 3 CHAR Manufactures code Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 182 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE DEFDASD Field Name Table LE x FieldName j 2 2 2 Description ouospstils x c o VLMOUSTA e CHAR Volume mount status RESERVED Reserved volume RESIDENT Permanently resident volume VLRANK YN Y 6 NUM Rank within sorted data VLSMSMBC Y von NUM SMS volume capacity in megabytes VLSMSMBF Y EM Y BAM 11 NUM SMS volume free space in megabytes VLSMSSTG EM Y BOE Y CHAR SMS storage group name Note
292. ksize PDSE 1 Partitioned data set extended PDSEX X Hierarchical File System HFS ATTREXTN E Extended Attribute EA STRIPE Z Extended Format EF SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 202 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE SCRATCH Field Name Table Ea gt x 58514518135 FieldName 1 2 2 2 Description 28925352 x SOURCE 7 CHAR Source of the data record ARCHIVE Archive control file BCDS HSM backup control data set CATALOG System catalog CATARCH Auto recall records from catalog appended with Archive Control File ACF data CATVTOC Catalog records appended with VTOC and VVR data of selected volume s MCDS DFSMShsm migration control data set TVTOC FDR FDRABR FDRDSF backup file s VTOC VTOC of volume VTOCVVR VTOC of volume appended with VVDS data SPLDSN Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name on two lines SPLNAME Y N N N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines STORCLAS EM v BV ies CHAR SMS storage class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STORGRP EM v BEY s CHAR SMS storage group name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SYSID Y
293. l that are to be skipped double asterisk represents zero or more valid characters and or index levels that are to be skipped period represents a period in the catalog name except for the following special cases double asterisk period at the beginning of what is specified means that a matching catalog name contains the pattern following the after one or more index levels period double asterisk period means that a matching catalog name contains at least one period at the point specified not necessarily two periods period double asterisk at the end of what is specified means that at the point specified a matching catalog name contains one or more index levels Embedded blanks are not supported The last character specified cannot be a period is invalid is invalid CATTTR Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must contain a TTR value from the catalog that matches the value provided For a data set on DASD this field indicates the location TTR of the DSCB within the VTOC However if the x 80 bit is on in the first byte it indicates that the data set has been archived by ABR and is eligible for auto recall This CATTTR value is placed in the catalog entry when RECALL YES is specified on the DUMP TYPE ARC control statement and serves as a quick path into the Archive Control File for the restore server nnnnnn The value specified is a
294. le the VVDS is not read for cluster information unless you request a field that comes from the VVDS MAXAVAILABLE is useful if you are creating an extract file for later processing Default Disabled MEMBEREXTRACT FDREPORT extracts member names from the directories of PDS and PDSE libraries Multiple records are created for these data sets one record per member Default Disabled MODELDSCB Use the actual name of the ABR Model DSCB in any report generated from a VTOC instead of the ABR name Default Disabled MODOUTPUT When RPTYPE DATA or COMPDATA is specified open the output extract file SYSUT2 with DISP MOD extend in order to add data to the file If disabled and DISP MOD is not specified on the SYSUT2 DD Statement every PRINT with RPTYPE DATA or COMPDATA overwrites the extract file so that only the latest output is available Default Disabled MULTIRECREAD Use chained multi record read CCWs to read the and VVDS into storage Default Enabled NEWSUMFORMAT Use the summary format from the current release of FDREPORT If NEWSUMFORMAT is disabled summaries are in the format used in releases of FDREPORT prior to V5 1 30 Default Enabled NOGENERICAN Do not include generic asterisk defined candidate volumes in the CANDVOLC count of candidate volumes Default All candidate volumes are included in the CANDVOLC count CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 101 54 30 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT
295. led with FDR The member names are EX5442x You may also report strictly on the catalog information DATATYPE CATALOG but in this case a limited set of fields are available A sample of the generated report is shown after each example because of space limitations it may be condensed In examples where sorting is required SORTALLOC YES has been specified to dynamically allocate required SORT files in your installation you may have to provide SORT JCL Identify all data sets that are cataloged to more than one volume Because of the way that FDREPORT reads the catalogs the report is naturally sorted by data set name REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE MULTI VOLUME DATA SETS XSELECT CATVOLCT gt 1 REPORT FIELD DSN VOL CATVOLCT PRINT DATATY PE CATALOG The generated report looks like MULTI VOLUME DATA SETS DATA SET NAME PROD MV FILE PROD11 2 PROD MV FILE PROD22 2 Report on the size of the non VSAM data sets that have the character string TEST anywhere within their data set name and that were created within the last two weeks The data set names are selected from the system catalogs and then the volumes from the catalog are accessed to get the rest of the information The tracks allocated FREE data set name and volume serial are be printed
296. les where sorting is required SORTALLOC YES has been specified to dynamically allocate required SORT files in your installation you may have to provide SORT JCL Report on all data sets in the Archive Control File that expire within the next 30 days showing information about the location of both archive copies if both exist REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT ARCHIVE DD DSN FDRABR ARCHIVE DISP SHR SYSIN DD TITLE INE ARCHIVED FILES XSELECT BKEXDAYS 31 REPORT FIELD DSN VOL BKEXDATE BKINFO PRINT DATATYPE ARCHIVE COPY BOTH SORT YES SORTALLOC YES The generated report looks like EXPIRING WITHIN 30 DAYS ARCHIVED FILES EXPIRING WITHIN 30 DAYS DATA SET NAME VOLSER BKEDAT BKDATE BKSUFFIX TAPE VOLUME S USER1 FILE1 50001 2002 304 2002 304 2002 308 2001 304 2001 304 2001 308 B102304A B202304A B102308B 1234 5432 1234 USER2 JCL CNTL TSO023 Report on all archived data sets that have one of several hi level indexes summarized by index A standard archive report is to be printed The Archive Control File whose name is in the ABR option table is to be dynamically allocated and processed See Section 53 3 FDRABRP Archive Report for a sample of the report format REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M
297. llocating any of the temporary SYSUTn files It must be a value valid for STORCLAS in the JCL There is no default for the SYSUTSTORCLAS keyword If SYSUTSTORCLAS is not specified processing continues using the default value for SYSUTUNIT SYSUTUNIT Specifies the unit name to use when allocating SYSUTn DD statements Default SYSALLDA TITLE Controls the placement of the title line within the current page width Values are CENTER Center the title line based on the value of PAGEWIDTH LEFT Align the title line with the left margin RIGHT Align the title line with the right margin Default CENTER UNITPREFIX n Used in conjunction with the VOLSUMMARY keyword value UNITPREFIX and is used to set the significant length for compares The value specified may be from 1 to 3 Default 2 VOLPREFIX n Used in conjunction with the VOLSUMMARY keyword value VOLPREFIX and is used to set the significant length for compares The value specified may be from 1 to 5 Default 5 VOLSUMMARY Specifies the level of volume summarization to be done It is ignored unless DATATYPE VOLDATA or EXTRACT is in effect Volume summarization produces volume summary records instead of individual volume records The fields you have selected in the REPORT statement are totaled average or recalculated as appropriate some fields that are unique such as volser or address are blanked Valid values are CTLSERNO Summa
298. mation PAGE 54 218 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DIALOG OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS PANELS 54 81 54 81 FDRSRS DIALOG OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS PANELS The FDRSRS Defaults and Options Panels are displayed by selecting option 0 from the main FDRSRS panel or by issuing the command OPTIONS or O from the Selection Criteria panel or the List panel SRS OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS FDRSRS USER OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS PANEL A S 0 The panels that are invoked by each of these options are displayed on the following pages to show you the options that are available However they are not described here Please refer to the HELP tutorial for current and detailed information on the user options and defaults Options changed on these panels are permanently stored in the user s ISPF profile data set To change installation wide default option values use ISPF to edit member FDRSRSD in the FDR panel library and follow the instructions contained in this member NOTE The modification of an installation wide default option value only affects those users who have not explicitly changed the option value For example you may want to provide libraries of saved queries and lists that any user can invoke these can be specified as read only libraries on the Default Data set Names panel Most users of SRS probably do not need to modify the options CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 219 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 81 FDRSRS
299. may be displayed DPLR Multiple identical VVR NVR records EXTM Extent mismatch between VVR and DSCB MLTQ Multiple VVR Q records MLTR Multiple non identical VVR NVR records NONE No errors NVVR No VVR NVR record or all matching records have errors XDSNAME CHAR Extended data set name selection only XLSTAR Y NY 8 HEX Extended last block pointer ttttttttrrr or X ooxxxxx CHAPTER 54 54 212 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE This is complete list of all operands that are available for use with DATATYPE VOLDATA VOLDATA FigELD They provide the ability to select all DASD volumes either online or offline NAME TABLE DATATYPE VOLDATA Field Name Table e Z o 5 es Field Name 3 Q Sla s Description 9 09521518 Y 1 3 NUM ABR cycle number of backup tape BKDATE Y Backup date BKDAYS A V IY 5 NUM Days since backup BKDEVCLS EM Y BAM 4 CHAR Backup tape device class BKDEVTYP Y BE V BAM 7 CHAR Backup tape device type BKDSNS Y 3 NUM Number of active backup data sets BKEXDATE Y Backup expiration date BKEXDAYS 5 NUM Days until backup expiration Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 BKFILENO
300. may be specified to select a field to be sorted If more than one field is specified with an S or if equal numbers are specified those fields are sorted in the order in which they appear in the Selection Criteria panel If both 5 and numbers used in the Selection Criteria then the fields with numbers are sorted before the fields with 5 If no sorting is requested the data sets in the order they were selected from the indicated source The SUMMARY column indicates which fields should be totaled for the selected data sets An S or a number representing the order in which the fields are to be displayed may be specified to select a field to be summarized The BREAK column enables the user to select the fields that are to be sub totaled and summarized in the Data set List when the field value changes causing a control break The break column is selected by specifying an S or the relative break position number A short list of Data Set Selection Criteria commands appears in the fourth line of the panel These commands provide functions such as READing and SAVing Selection Criteria on DASD FINDing a string LOCATing a field SUBMITting a batch job to process the Selection Criteria and so on These commands may be entered on the COMMAND line at the top of the screen However simply pressing ENTER executes the data set selection that has been specified on the panel and displays the Data set List panel with the data sets
301. mon ACF indicated in the ABR Option table is used but any Control file see Section 52 8 FDRAPPL RESTORE Statement can be specified by ARCDSN SCRATCH Selects from the ABR scratch catalog EXTRACT Reads an extract file produced by FDREPORT see RPTYPE in Section 54 21 PAGE 54 228 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DATA SET LIST PANEL 54 83 54 83 FDRSRS DATA SET LIST PANEL The SRS Data set List Panel is displayed when data sets are selected from a Data Set Selection panel or when a saved Data set list is selected from the SRS primary panel The format depends on the report fields selected on the original selection panel If the selected report fields do not fit on one screen you can scroll LEFT and RIGHT to view it all If the selected data sets do not fit on one screen you can scroll UP and DOWN The following Data set List Panel was displayed after a catalog search using the data set name filter JSB as shown in the example in the previous section The default report fields are shown DATA SET LIST FDRSRS DATA SET LIST PANEL A S 2 DATASET LIST DSLIST LINE 1 104 COL 3 6 10 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CSR Read Save Find Locate Refresh Next Message Printd Help COMMAND DATA SET NAME VOLSER DSO RECFM BKSIZ JSB BNCHMARK CNTL IDPLB2 PO FB 23040 JSB CALL LOG IDPLBO PO FB 2119316 JSB DOC CNTL IDPLB2 PO FB 8000 J
302. n Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVPWTERR Y Y 9 NUM Permanent write errors TVRACK 6 CHAR Rack number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVRANK A 3 NUM Internal FDREPORT rank number TVREQLOC Y Y CHAR Required location name Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVRETMET EM Y BA Y BM 5 CHAR Retention method Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVRETMSB EM Y BA Y 10 CHAR Retention method set by function Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVRQLOCT Y NM 6 CHAR Required location type AUTO A MANUAL M STORE S TVRTDATE D DATE Retention date TVRTDAYS 5 NUM Days to retention date TVRTVALU 10 CHAR Retention value CATRETPD CYCL nnnnn PERMANENT WHILECATLG Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVSCLASS EM Y BE Y 30 CHAR Security class long Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVSECCLS EM Y BA Y 8 CHAR Security class short Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVSIFACT Y N Y N 2 CHAR Size factor KB multiply the listed fields by 1024 MB multiply the listed fields by 1024 1024 GB multiply the listed fields by 1024 1024 1024 TB multiply th
303. n represents a single valid national character or in the US single asterisk represents zero or more valid characters Examples VOL X Z VOL PR VOL TSO NoTE This masking syntax is also supported for the following data field operands BKSUFFIX BKVOL DATACLAS DSSN EXCPEXIT LMJOB MGMTCLAS MEMNAMES STORCLAS STORGRP and SYSCODE XSELECT and XEXCLUDE support both VOL and VOL7 Multiple volume serials and or masks may be specified by enclosing them in parentheses separated by commas For example VOL SYS123 TSO The VOL operand may be repeated on a single statement all of the specified volumes are selected or excluded Prior releases of FDREPORT permitted you to have STORGRP UNIT UNITNAME VOLUME and VOLGROUP specified on the same command and if the operator was equal EQ each time the operands were OR d This new code prevents this Since STORGRP UNIT and UNITNAME have their own imprint on the selection process specification of them on the same command results in them being AND d together to make a complete argument The only exceptions currently permitted on the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE commands are If a given field name is specified more than once on the same command and the operator is equal EQ each time then the occurrences of that field name are OR d If any combination of the field names VLVOLSER VOLUME and VOLGROUP is specified on the same command and the operator is equal
304. n a data set as a percentage OVER DM y 3 NUM Overflow records used as percentage IAM USED BM Vv 043 NUM Tracks in use within a data set as a percentage ABRCYCLE DN v EM Y 3 NUM ABR current cycle number ABRGEN Y 4 NUM ABR current generation number ABRHITRS ABR high volume threshold ABRIND y 5 CHAR ABR indicators A Always backup Never archive B Current ABR backup exists N Normal backup Never archive R Archive requested X Exclude from ABR processing For reports only not for selection C No current ABR backup exists Instant backup is pending SNAP SPLIT PSPLIT or FCOPY has been done but the point in time image has not yet been copied to a backup file M Multi volume data set T Old backup recording is enabled U Updated since last ABR backup ABRLOTRS DN v EM Y NUM ABR low volume threshold ABRVPOPT Y CHAR ABR volume processing options C Cycle table is active Instant backup attempted N Never archive from this volume S Scratch is permitted T ABR thresholds are enabled X COPY1 expiration date active Y COPY2 expiration date active 0 zero None of the above ACTIVE Y C 3 CHAR ENQUEUE status NO YES AIXATTR y N 7 CHAR Alternate index attributes IAM ICF VSAM only AIX This is an AIX UPGRADE AIX with upgrade AIXNAME Y 44 CHAR Alternate index cluster name IC
305. nce you can go directly to the options panel for a particular function for instance FF COPY PAGE 54 231 54 85 54 85 VOLUME SELECTION CRITERIA CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS VOLUME SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL FDRSRS VOLUME SELECTION CRITERIA PANEL The selection reporting and sorting criteria for volume selection are specified in the Volume Selection Criteria panel On this panel you give the tests that are used to select volumes indicate how the volume data is to be sorted and select the information fields that are included in the display of the selected volumes FDRSRS VOLUME SELECTION PANEL A S 3 VOLUME SELECTION DEFAULT LINE 1 132 COL 4 6 10 SCROLL gt CSR COMMAND gt ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA Read Save Submit Find Locate Extract Options Help SELECTION VALUE REPORT SORT VLVOLSER gt IDPPM VLUNIT gt UNITNAME gt 2 5 EDR Vee TORGRP gt VLDEFAUL gt FU UCBSTATS gt UCBID gt VLOPENDC gt VLSFTRKS gt VLSUTRKS gt VLSFDSCB gt VLSUDSCB gt VLSFINDX gt VLSUINDX gt VL3EVVDS gt 1 The Volume Selection Criteria Panel functions in a similar fashion to the Data Set Selection Criteria Panel documented in the preceding sections There are more fields that can be viewed by scrolling UP and DOWN The command
306. ncluded in the output generated by the PRINT statement The FIELDs are placed on the report in the order specified The appropriate heading is automatically generated for each FIELD selected unless the HEADING statement is present One blank is inserted between adjacent fields unless overridden by SPn If the FIELDs selected generate a line greater than the page width FDREPORT truncates the line and issues a warning message If ENABLE AUTOSTACK is specified on the PRINT or DEFAULT statement FDREPORT stacks as many related FIELDs with matching print length and data type as needed to fit the report within the page width If stacking does not generate a line within the page width FDREPORT truncates the line and issue a warning message If the REPORT statement is not specified FDREPORT generates a report with the following fields SPLDSN VOL DSORG BLKSIZE LRECL SIZE SIZEFREE and FREE If DATATYPE VOLDATA the default report is VLVOLSER VLDEVTYP VLUNIT VLINDSTA VLUSEATR VLUSERS VLALOTRK VL UTRKS VLFREETRK VLLRGCYL VLLRGTRK VLFREEXT and VLFRAGIN FIELD Specifies one or more names of the FIELDs to be printed Hundreds of field names are available in eight groups VTOC VSAM SMS PDS IAM ABR BACKUP GENERATED and VOLUME Fields from any group may be specified Any that do not apply to a given report line are blank or zero All of the FIELD names that are documented in the tables in Section 54 30 are valid
307. nd Commands discusses fastpaths for invoking the SRS dialog bypassing some of the preliminary SRS panels For simplicity the panel names and options shown in the rest of this section assume that option on the ISPF main menu is used for accessing the ABR Primary Options menu Therefore you can get to the SRS Primary Menu by entering 5 the ABR Primary Options Menu or A S on the ISPF Primary Options Menu SRS PRIMARY MENU FDRSRS PRIMARY MENU PANEL A S PEE SSS SSS SSE SS SESS TUS SE OPTION gt 1 SCROLL gt HALF More 0 OPTIONS Set Dialog Options and Defaults TERS Hn HOU Data Set Selection ame gt member name or blanks 2 Jus Data Set List display saved ame gt member name or blanks 3 SELVOL Volume Selection ame gt DEFAULT member name or blanks 4 VOLLIST Volume List display saved ame gt member name or blanks OR Select one of the following services DELETE DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE ARCHIVE ARCHIVE DATA SET ARCMOD MODIFY DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE ARCRECAT RECATALOG ARCHIVED DATA SET FOR AUTO RECALL ARCRESET RESET DATA SET ENTRY IN THE ARCHIVE FILE BACKAPPL DATA SET APPLICATION BACKUP T BACKUR ADD BACKUP REQUEST TO REMOTE QUEUE Wel COVEN 2 FDRREORG FDRREORG DATA SET REORGANIZATION OVE MOVE DATA SETS REMOVEA DELETE ARCHI
308. nd with PRODUCT CA1 Default Use the prefix of the user creating the file Allows the default values used by FDREPORT for other operands the DEFAULT statement to be permanently changed The available options are PERM Permanently change the default values for many other operands specified on the DEFAULT statement as described above RESET Reset all defaults back to the original values distributed with FDREPORT TEMP Operands on the DEFAULT statement affect this execution of FDREPORT only PERM or RESET requires that a SYSLIB DD Statement pointing to the ABR program library be included in the FDREPORT JCL you must have UPDATE authority to this library Default TEMP NOTE This field is not eligible for permanent change CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 23 54 14 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT DDCNT nnn Specifies the maximum number of user specified DISKxxxx DD Statements that can be processed in any execution of FDREPORT from 5 to 400 Note that INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends dynamic allocation of volumes to be processed by use of the VOL and ENABLE ONLINE options Default 100 NOTE This field is not eligible for permanent change ENABLE DISPLAY Specification of ENABLE DISPLAY on a DEFAULT statement causes it to display all of the FDREPORT operands that are stored in the FDREPORT option table and their current default values
309. nterval in seconds when using the Missing Interrupt Handler to time I Os against offline devices The number may be value between 1 and 7 Default 1 MINSEPARATE nn Specifies the minimum number of spaces that must be left between printed data fields during custom report generation The number may be a value from 0 to the current value of MAXSEPARATE see MAXSEPARATE in Section 54 21 Default 1 OLDBACKUP When ABR backup information is requested and old backups are being recorded specifies which old backup information is to be printed Values are Requests specific old backups nn are numbers from 00 to 13 00 being the most recent backup 13 being the oldest ALL Requests all old backups existing for a data set are to be printed CUR Requests that only the current backup is to be printed If multiple backups exist and are requested for a data set the report contains multiple lines for the data sets Default CUR PAGEWIDTH nnnn Specifies the number of print positions from 50 to 3072 to be used in creating the report excluding the printer control character in column 1 Heading lines and formatted data fields should fit within this limit If the data fields requested exceed the PAGEWIDTH FDREPORT prints all of the data that fits and displays a warning message Default 78 if FORMAT CRT and 120 if FORMAT PRT NorE PAGEWIDTH is ignored if the report is printed on
310. nverts the ABRCC ABEND into ABRCC 12 and terminates with a return code of 12 when error conditions are encountered ACCEPTSTORGRP Accept the value specified in STORGRP without checking the value against the SMS Storage Group Table Default Enabled ADDGDGBASE Summarize all generations under the GDGBASE name when running with the RECORDSUMMARY CLUSTER option Default GDG generations are not summarized AIXCLUSTER For VSAM Alternate Indexes the name of the AIX cluster is displayed as the cluster name instead of the base cluster name Default Disabled ALLCATVOL For a multi volume data set the field CATVOL first volser in the catalog if selected is displayed with all records for all volumes of the data set If disabled CATVOL is not displayed with the record for volume sequence 1 of the data set Default Disabled ALLFILTER When scanning the catalog DATATYPE CATALOG CATVTOC or CATARCH select data sets even if they are cataloged to tape or marked for ABR auto recall If disabled only data sets cataloged to DASD without auto recall are selected Default Disabled ALLVOLUMES Select all volumes in the storage group if STORGRP is specified even if some of the volumes are offline If disabled only online volumes in the storage group are selected To be effective ENABLE ALLVOLUMES must be specified on a DEFAULT statement that precedes the XSELECT STORGRP statement Default Disabled This options is effectiv
311. o 1 of 1 COMMAND gt add SCROLL gt PAGE ADD add the selected table entries CANCEL exit immediately How are the FDR dialog libraries allocated Allocation gt 2 1 at TSO LOGON time by the LOGON proc or CLIST 2 on demand by the ABRALLOC CLIST ISPF table library to update optional Data set name gt SYSP JSB TABLES ISPF command table to update Application ID gt ISP Sel Command Truncate Type Description S LISTJSB 7 ST LIST ALL DATA SETS WITH HLQ JSB The ADDTSO command presents the following panel that allows entering of the options to add the command to the TSO command table FDR Function Command LISTJSB TSO Command Name to be added gt LISTJSB Description gt LIST ALL DATA SETS WITH HLQ JSB How are the FDR dialog libraries allocated gt 2 1 at TSO logon time by the Logon Proc or logon CLIST 2 on demand by the ABRALLOC CLIST FDR dialog CLIST library to update blank and press enter for default name Data set name gt JSB DIALOG CLIST Press PF3 END to continue processing Enter CANCEL to bypass operation PAGE 54 236 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS EXAMPLES 54 88 54 88 FDRSRS EXAMPLES This section walks you through several examples showing the ease of use and power of SRS for several common functions The display at each step in each example is shown data in italics was entered on t
312. o the list of fields currently in effect from preceding SUMMARY statements RESET Indicates that the list of fields on this SUMMARY statement completely replaces the values on any preceding SUMMARY statement Default RESET PAGE 54 58 54 27 TITLE STATEMENT SYNTAX TITLE STATEMENT TITLE STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT TITLE STATEMENT 54 27 FDREPORT TITLE STATEMENT The syntax of the TITLE statement is TITLE ECHO LINE text NOECHO C The TITLE statement defines a user specified title line to be displayed on every page of the report between the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING header identification and the data header lines Under TSO the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING header is not displayed A maximum of one line may be specified ECHO NOECHO LINE SKIP Specifies whether the title line is to be displayed or not on the print output Each valid field name being processed is also displayed as well as its location in the title line when ECHO is specified Default NOECHO Specifies the text to be printed or displayed Must be enclosed in quotes The number of characters specified must not exceed the page width If the title cannot be contained on one control statement column 1 to 71 the user can continue the text by specifying a or after the last character on this line If is specified FDREPORT scans for the
313. o the number of blocks per track multiplied by the physical block size for ICF VSAM components and the number of blocks per track multiplied by the block size for non VSAM data sets If the block size is zero the number of bytes utilized per track are zero The value may be from 0 to 999999 inclusive PAGE 54 76 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 BYTESUSE BYTESU Specifies the data set s selected or excluded have a number of bytes used within the allocated space that is within the value specified The number of bytes used within the allocated space is equivalent to the difference between the high allocated and the high used RBA for ICF VSAM components and is a calculated value for non VSAM data sets based on the block size If the block size is zero the number of bytes free within the allocated space are zero The value may be from 0 to 4294967294 inclusive nnnnnnnnnn Specifies the exact value to be compared nnnnnnnkK Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 nnnnM Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 000 CANDVOLC CANDV nnn Specifies the data sets or cluster name s selected or excluded must be cataloged to a number of candidate volumes that is within the value specified The value may be from 1 to 200 inclusive For VSAM this field reflects the entire sphere base cluster plus alternate indexes not an individual component Candidate v
314. oduct version record format RUNDATE DATE Run date RUNTIME TIME Run time hh mm ss SCLUSTER SDSN lt lt lt lt lt z z lt lt lt Z Z x lt lt 20 z z lt lt lt 20 Short cluster name first 20 bytes only Short data set name first 20 bytes only CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 147 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE ARCHIVE Field Name Table E x s us FieldName j 2 2 2 Description 2 3 8 gt c o SECAFLAG EM v EE V BE 5 CHAR Secondary allocation flags BLK Allocated in blocks CON Contiguous CONTIG CYL Allocated in cylinders FIV Five largest extents ALX MAX Largest extent MXIG RND Rounded to cylinders ROUND TRK Allocated in tracks SIZE s gt NUM Allocated tracks Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEFREE Y s 5 NUM Tracks not in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SIZEUSED s 5 NUM Tracks in use within data set extents Note The width of the size fields in tracks is 6 if the FATDISK option is enabled SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name
315. olumes are volumes that were requested when a VSAM cluster or SMS managed non VSAM data set was created but that have not yet been used for data For non SMS managed VSAM clusters candidate volumes are actual volumes on which no space has been allocated yet for the cluster For SMS managed data sets VSAM or non VSAM with guaranteed space candidate volumes are actual volumes on which space has been allocated but not used For SMS managed data sets VSAM or non VSAM without guaranteed space candidate volumes are not specific volumes shown as asterisk There may be multiple volumes A volume that is a candidate for one component of a cluster but contains used space for another component of that cluster is counted in CATVOLCT and not counted in CANDVOLC Exception for non SMS managed non VSAM data sets volumes that were requested when the data set was created but have not been used for data are counted in CATVOLCT and not counted in CANDVOLC because there is no indicator in the catalog that the volume is a candidate CAPBYTES Specifies the data sets selected or excluded have a number of capacity allocated bytes that is within the value specified The number capacity allocated bytes is equivalent to the number of tracks allocated times the track capacity in bytes The value may be from 0 to 4294967294 inclusive nnnnnnnnnn Specifies the exact value to be compared nnnnnnnK Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 nnnnM
316. ommand or program PAGE 54 30 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT IF STATEMENT 54 19 54 19 FDREPORT IF STATEMENT IF STATEMENT The syntax of the IF statement is SYNTAX variable operator variable THEN Caction IF STATEMENT IF statement provides a different means of selection and exclusion of data to be processed by FDREPORT The IF statements are complied as they are read and stored for use by the standard XSELECT and XEXCLUDE process Since the statements are complied in this manner it is possible to perform field to field direct compares as well as field to constant or constant to field compares The simplest form of the IF command can be represented as CRDATE LRDATE TH IF IF EN S ELECT field name operator constant field name operator constant field name operator constant field name operator constant field name operator constant field name operator constant An example of the use of the IF statement to quickly scan the dasd volumes that are at least 365 days old have at least one track allocated and have not been referenced since the day they were created excluding the ABR Model DSCB s VTOC s and indexed VTOC s from this list AND AND THE AN N action D OR THEN action DSNo 2 VTOC AND AND DSNa SYS1 VTOC
317. onent is not usable INTERNALDSN Internal system data set REGSHROPT1 Share options 1 REGSHROPT2 Share options 2 REGSHROPTS Share options 3 REGSHROPTA Share options 4 SYSSHROPTS Cross system share option 3 SYSSHROPTA Cross system share option 4 AXRKP Alternate key RKP ICF VSAM only BKCYCLE NUM ABR cycle number of backup tape BKDATE DATE Backup date BKDAYS NUM Days since backup BKDEVCLS CHAR Backup tape device class BKDEVTYP CHAR Backup tape device type BKDSNS NUM Number of active backup data sets BKEXDATE DATE Backup expiration date BKEXDAYS gt gt gt m m gt gt S gt lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt alo o wn ol oll NUM Days until backup expiration Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 BKFILENO lt lt lt lt NUM Backup tape file number BKGEN BKSUFFIX BKTAPCNT lt lt NUM CHAR NUM ABR generation number of backup tape Backup tape dsname suffix Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 Backup tape volume count BKVOL 34 CHAR Backup tape volumes required to
318. ontaining information equivalent to an IEHLIST LISTVTOC statement but not in the same format is printed SELPCH No report is printed but for each data set selected a statement is written to SYSPUNCH in the format specified by the MASK operand of the PUNCH statement or by default in the format XSELECT VOL volser DSN dsnam The SYSPUNCH data set may be passed to a following step possibly a ABR step allowing the enhanced selection facilities of FDREPORT to select data sets to be processed by ABR or other programs or it may be submitted directly to a JES internal reader if a complete job stream is generated by the punch mask A SORT is forced to properly handle multi volume data sets unless SORT NO is specified TABLE Generates output designed to be read by other programs No titles are printed and the report is not limited by the PAGEWIDTH operand One set of column headings are printed unless DISABLE HEADINGS is specified Records up to 32760 bytes long may be created depending on the characteristics of the ABRMAP data set The ABRMAP DD Statement is required this report cannot go to SYSPRINT Fields requested by the REPORT statement appear in sequence with single columns between them XREF A report in standard ABR VTOC BACKUP XREF format equivalent to PRINT BACKUP is printed CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 45 54 21 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT n
319. or read write integrity REGSHROPTA Fully shared by any number of users with direct access buffer refresh Users are responsible for read write integrity SYSSHROPT3 Cross system fully shared by any number of users Users responsible for read write integrity SYSSHROPTA Cross system fully shared by any number of users with direct access buffer refresh Users are responsible for read write integrity NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal nnnn Specifies the VSAM alternate index cluster s components selected or excluded must have an alternate relative key position within the number specified The number may be from 0 to 4095 inclusive BKCYCLE nn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must an ABR backup tape cycle number that is within the ABR cycle number supplied The number may be from 0 to 63 inclusive BKDATE BKDAT datespec Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR last processed date within the date supplied The date is specified as a Julian date that may be in the form yyyyddd or yyddd For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day NoTE 2 digit years less than 70 are assumed to be in the 21st century for example 13123 2013 123 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 73 54 28 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT BKDAYS BKDAY
320. or components selected or excluded have an exception exit name that matches the character string specified This operand supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 8 characters in length including mask characters The characteristics of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal EXCPS EXC Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have a number of DASD excps recorded that is within the value specified The value may be from 0 to 4294967294 inclusive nnnnnnnnnn Specifies the exact value to be compared nnnnnnnK Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 nnnnM Indicates the value should be multiplied by 1 000 000 EXPDATE EXPDAT datespec Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have expiration date that is within the date supplied The date is specifies as a Julian date year plus day number that may be in the form yyyyddd or yyddd For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day EXPDAYS EXPDAY nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a number of days until expiration that is within the number of days supplied The number may be from 0 to 32000 inclusive If a data set s expiration date is earlier than today then the value of EXPDAYS is zero If a data set s expiration date is 1999 000 or 1999 xxx is 365 or greater
321. or components selected or excluded have one or more of the following attributes indicated in the CLUSATTR cluster attribute flag in the VSAM data set information cell ATL Automated Tape Library ATL catalog ATTREXT Attribute extension data set EXTEND Extended format data set FORMAT Formatted page space PAGESPACE Cluster describes PAGESPACE SWAPSPACE Cluster describes SWAPSPACE TIMESTAMP Timestamps exist in this cell VERIFYREQ Verify required catalog only NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CLUSTER CLUST dsnspec Specifies string s from 1 to 44 characters in length ICF VSAM clusters having a cluster name that matches the selection or exclusion criteria that is compare length is 44 are selected or excluded There is special form of the CLUSTER operand Leading periods after CLUSTER2 indicate that the name starts after one or more index levels Each period indicates that one index level is to be bypassed The resulting compare must be exact that is a value of LIST does not match a cluster with a name of A B LIST D CLUSTGROUP CLUSTG dsnspec Specifies string s from 1 to 44 characters in length All ICF VSAM clusters having a cluster name that matches the selection or exclusion criteria that is compare length is the length of data specified are selected or excluded There is a special form of the CLUSTGROUP operand Leading periods
322. or fields that represent attributes or flag bytes the strings that are used in XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements are shown for example one of the values of CATALOG is YES so you may specify CATALOG YES For some such fields the value is abbreviated in the report so the abbreviated printed value is shown in parenthesis for example under ARCFLAC2 it says RECALL A so you specify ARCFLAG2 RECALL but in a report ARCFLAG2 includes A if the recall flag is set PAGE 54 143 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES The field name tables are listed by DATATYPE showing the fields available for the specified DATATYPE DATATYPE ARCHIVE Field Name Table DATATYPE BCDS Field Name Table DATATYPE CATALOG Field Name Table DATATYPE CATARCH Field Name Table DATATYPE CATVTOC Field Name Table DATATYPE CA1DSN Field Name Table DATATYPE CA1VOL Field Name Table DATATYPE DEFDASD Field Name Table DATATYPE ENCRYPT Field Name Table DATATYPE EXTRACT Field Name Table DATATYPE MCDS Field Name Table DATATYPE RMMDSN Field Name Table DATATYPE RMMVOL Field Name Table DATATYPE SCRATCH Field Name Table DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table DATATYPE VOLDATA Field Name Table DATATYPE VTOC Field Name Table CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 144 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT
323. ot excluded are processed If none of the above statements is present then all data sets found on FDREPORT s input are processed The order of the XSELECT and XEXCLUDE statements is not significant However each statement operates independently For example if you want to select all PDSs on volumes starting with ABC code XSELECT DSORG PO VOL ABC CORRECT If you code XSELECT DSORG PO INCORRECT XSELECT VOL ABC it selects all of the data sets on volumes starting with ABC not just the PDSs For most of the FIELD operands the values that you specify are obvious For example LRECL takes numeric values specifying logical record lengths For some FIELDs the rules are not so obvious 2 4 For fields that represent dates such as ADATE EXPDATE LRDATE the value must be specified as a Julian date that is year plus day number For years in the 19xx range you can specify a 2 digit year for example ADATE 95123 For any year you can specify a 4 digit year for example EXPDATE 2013123 required for years beyond 1999 To improve readability you can insert a period between the year and day for example BKDATE 95 321 The date fields do not accept Gregorian dates month day and year but you can request display of dates in Gregorian format with the DATEFORMAT operand on the PRINT or DEFAULT statement For fields that represent a num
324. out these execute the following job stream HELP EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD HELP ALL This prints a lengthy document with additional information about FDREPORT This report fits on 8 5x11 inch paper if desired For news about enhancements in recent releases use the command NEWS PAGE 54 5 54 2 54 2 HEALTH CHECK CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING HEALTH CHECK INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING HEALTH CHECK INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING has developed a series of job streams based largely on FDREPORT that can be used to report on the general status of your DASD installation and it reports on various problem conditions such as uncataloged data sets and volumes running out of free space or room in the VTOC The job streams are also good examples of both simple and sophisticated use of FDREPORT These job streams are found in the FDR JCL library in members Index to the other members similar to the list printed below HCHECKO FDREPORT internal parameter check HCHECK1 DASD with potential problems Report of volumes that are more than 80 full fullest first Report of fragmentation index worst first Report of VTOCs that are more than 80 full fullest first Report of VVDSs that are more than 80 full fullest first Report of VVDSs t
325. period in the middle of the string represents either a SINGLE period or one or more index levels at that point Examples XDSN A Selects any data set with a first index level of exactly A XDSN A Selects any data set with a first index level that begins with A XDSN A Is equivalent to XDSN A XDSN A Selects any data set with a first index level beginning with A that has at least four index levels XDSN A Selects any data set with a first index level beginning with A that has exactly three index levels XDSN CNTL Selects any data set of at least two index levels ending in CNTL XDSN Selects any data set starting with a first index level exactly three characters long Relative GDG generations for example XDSNAME MASTER 0 is not supported NorE The XDSNAME operand can be repeated The XDSNAME operand cannot be used on the same command as DSN or DSG operands CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 92 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 VOLUME VOL Specifies one or more DASD volume serial numbers Volume serials may be specified by a mask This mask may contain Any valid alphanumeric or national character representing itself slash or percent represents a single valid character vertical bar represents a single valid alphabetic character plus represents a single valid numeric character questio
326. plays rows of data set attributes and columns where the user may specify selection reporting summary and sorting criteria Additionally each row has columns describing the attribute The Data Set List Panel displays rows containing the selected data sets and columns containing the requested or defaulted data set attributes Additionally each row contains a command column where the user may request ABR services such as RECALL REORG COPY ISPF services such as EDIT BROWSE TSO commands such as DELETE LISTDS CLISTs and REXX execs The format of the data set list can be easily modified You can specify which data set attributes should be displayed and in what order or let SRS pick the order You can print a hard copy of any data set list VoLUMES The Volume Application selects online volumes and reports the requested volume attributes over 50 selectable attributes The Volume Selection Criteria Panel displays rows of volume attributes and columns where the user may specify selection reporting summary and sorting criteria Additionally each row has columns describing the volume attribute and its output length The Volume List Panel displays rows containing the selected volumes and columns containing the requested or defaulted volume attributes SAVING Lists _ The selection report summary and sort criteria specified may be saved DASD as a member in the Selection Criteria set of libraries To allow for further customiz
327. ponent AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component CRDATE Y D DATE Creation date CRDAYS 5 NUM Days since created CTLMODEL Y 3 CHAR Controller model CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 157 54 60 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATARCH Field Name Table gt 2 8 Field Name 12 Description 2 8 gt lt c o DATACLAS EM v Ed Vv EE CHAR SMS data class Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 DAYSEXP IY 5 NUM Days until expire Note If the expiration date is 99 000 or 99 365 or above this is set to 65535 DEVCLASS EY 4 CHAR Device class DEVTYPE Y BAM V BAM 7 CHAR Device type DSGROUP 44 CHAR Data set group DSIND Y V IN 2 HEX Data set indicators printed in hex LASTV 807 Last volume MULTS x 20 Block size multiple of 8 PASSA x 107 Read write password PASSW x 14 Write password x40 Discrete profile UPDAT x 02 Data set updates DSNALCNT 5 NUM Number of associated aliases DSNALIAS Y Y Y 44 CHAR Data set name alias DSNAME Y 44 CHAR Data set name VSAM component name DSORG EM Y BG V
328. qualifier is LIST or OUTLIST and that have not been referenced in two or more days Only the data set name volume and date of last use is printed The generated report is printed on ABRMAP A standard summary is printed for each volume processed The summary report is printed on ABRSUM REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT ABRSUM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE TSO LIST AND OUTLIST DATA SETS XSELECT XDSN LIST OUTLIST VOLG TSO LRDAYS gt 1 REPORT FIELD DSN VOL LRDATE PRINT SUM YES The generated report looks like TSO LIST AND OUTLIST DATA SETS DATA SET NAME VOLSER LRDATE USER1 SPFTEMP1 LIST 50092 2002 134 USER3 PRT OUTLIST TSO094 2002 257 The summary looks like TSO092 NOEXTENT SIZEFREE TSO094 NOEXTENT SIZEFREE NOEXTENT SIZEFREE CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 110 VSAM REPORT EXAMPLE REPORT ON ABR BACKUPS EXAMPLE CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VTOC EXAMPLES 54 40 Report on selected ICF VSAM clusters on all online volumes whose serial number starts with PROD A variety of VSAM fields are reported many others are available ENABLE AUTOSTACK allows FDREPORT to stack fields with like attributes in order to fit the fields within the page width of 80 characters All selected clusters are combined into one
329. r single asterisk represents zero or more valid characters within an index level that are to be skipped double asterisk represents zero or more valid characters and or index levels that are to be skipped period represents a period in the catalog name except for the following special cases double asterisk period at the beginning of what is specified means that a matching kom catalog name contains the pattern following the after one or more index levels period double asterisk period means that a matching catalog name contains at least one period at the point specified not necessarily two periods period double asterisk at the end of what is specified means that at the point specified a matching catalog name contains one or more index levels Embedded blanks are not supported The last character specified cannot be a period is invalid is invalid NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ENCRBVOL CHAPTER 54 vvvvvv Specifies the volume s selected or excluded must have the first backup volume that matches the value s specified This operand currently supports full masking The string may be from 1 to 6 characters in length including mask characters The characters of the mask are defined under the VOLUME operand PAGE 54 87 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT AN
330. r attributes ICF VSAM ATL Tape volume catalog ATTREXT Extended attribute EA EXTEND Extended format EF FORMAT Formatted pagespace PAGESPACE Pagespace SWAPSPACE Swapspace TIMESSTAMP Timestamps exist VERIFYREQ Verify is required catalog only CLUSTER 44 CHAR Cluster name ICF VSAM CLUSTGROUP 44 CHAR Cluster group name ICF VSAM COMPATTR YIN IN Y 24 CHAR Component attributes ICF VSAM ERAS Erase IMBD Imbedded IXD Indexed KRNG Keyrange NIXD Non indexed NUMD Relative ORD Ordered RCVY Recovery REPL Replicate RUS Reusable SPED Speed SPND Spanned WCK Write check COMPTYPE Y Y N 5 CHAR Component type ICF VSAM AIXDA AIX data component AIXIN AIX index component DATA Base cluster data component INDEX Base cluster index component CRDATE D DATE Creation date CRDAYS Y V 5 NUM Days since created CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 206 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE TVTOC Field Name Table LE x s M FieldName j 2 2 2 Description 2 2 S x c o CRJOBNAM v EE v Bas CHAR Creating job name from Format9 DSCB Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CRSTEPNM EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR Creating job step name from Format9 DSCB Note This field supports selection via a mask See
331. rently in use NO The data set is not in use YES The data set is in use NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ACTTTR nnnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must reside on the block within the Archive Control File that is within the relative block number provided ADATE ADAT datespec Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an archive date that is within the date specified The date is specified as a Julian date year plus day number that may be in the form yyyyddd For readability a period may be inserted between the year and day NOTE 2 digit years less than 70 are assumed to be in the 21st century for example 13123 2013 123 ADAYS ADAY nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a number of days since it was archived that is within the number of days supplied The number be from 0 to 32000 inclusive AIXNAME AIXN dsn Specifies the alternate index cluster name used for selection or exclusion following the rules for data set selection NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 70 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 AIXATTR Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have an alternate index attribute with on
332. report sorted on cluster name and component name within cluster REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABBRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT DSG IPCS MVS M211 DSORG EF VOL PROD REPORT FIELD CLUSTER DSN VOL RECORDS I B F NSERTS DELETES EXCPS CI CA UFSIZE CISIZE CICA SORT IELD CLUSTER DSN PRINT ENABLE AUTOSTACK SORTALLOC YES PAGEWIDTH 80 The generated report looks like RECORDS INSERTS CLUSTER NAME DELETES CI BUFSI 5 VOLSER 5 CISIZ CA ABC123 456 USER1 KSDS INDEX Report on the current ABR backup for all data sets with the index of PAYROLL The page width is expanded to 132 characters Associated DSCB information is also requested All online volumes beginning with certain prefixes are searched The report is sorted by DSN The summary shows all ABR backup volumes required to restore all of the payroll data sets which might be useful as a tape pick list The backup date is printed with a 2 digit year REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DD SYSOUT ABRSUM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD REPORT FIELD SPLDSN VOL LRDATE DSORG BLKSIZE LRECL SIZE SIZEUSED BKINFO XSELECT DSG PAYROLL VOL PAY PROD SUMMARY FIELD BKVOL PRINT PAGEWIDTH 132 SORT COMB
333. retained on staging device until closed CYLFAULT Cluster or component that is allocated to MSS device is not staged at open but data is to be staged as needed LINEAR Linear cluster ESDS that is processed using control intervals LOADED Data set is loaded NONUNIQUE Data set has non unique keys SHRBCS Shared basic catalog structure sub cell exists VARIABLE Variable RRDS WAITON De staging is to complete before control is returned to the program that closes the data set NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ARCDSN dsn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have been obtained from the Archive Control File specified when an extract file was created using RPTYPE DATA or RPTYPE COMPDATA and DATATYPE ARCHIVE or DATATYPE CATARCH PAGE 54 71 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT ARCFLAG1 Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have the first archive flag byte set to the indicator s supplied The valid indicators are CLSERROR Component marked for delete because there is no corresponding cluster DELCOMP Component marked for delete because cluster is to be deleted EXTRESTR External restore from archive FIVEVOLS Archive backup spans more than five volumes INTRESTR Internal restore from archive MULTIVOL Portion of multi volume data set archived from one volume RESTO
334. rious field descriptive operands It is not possible to change the characteristics of a previously activated user field unless REDEFINE is specified PAGE 54 16 54 11 BREAK STATEMENT SYNTAX BREAK STATEMENT BREAK STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT BREAK STATEMENT FDREPORT BREAK STATEMENT The syntax of the BREAK statement is BREAK FIELD field field RESET NORESET The BREAK statement provides a simple alternative to the SORT statement when you want to sort every field in ascending order and takes a standard control break when any value changes In other words BREAK FIELD A B C is equivalent to SORT FIELD A B C BREAK YES YES YES Details are found in Section 54 25 FDREPORT SORT Statement FIELD field Specifies one or more fields to be used by FDREPORT for the SORT If more than one FIELD is specified they are sorted in the order specified All fields are sorted in ascending order The table in Section 54 30 documents the available FIELD names Check the SORT column to see which are supported for sorting RESET NORESET NORESET Indicates that these fields should be added to the list of fields currently in effect from preceding BREAK or SORT statements RESET Indicates that the list of fields on this BREAK statement completely replaces the values on any preceding BREAK
335. riteria for control breaks and summaries Section 54 11 FDREPORT BREAK Statement CANCEL Cancels preceding statement specifications when producing multiple reports in one execution Section 54 12 FDREPORT CANCEL Statement DEFAULT Set processing defaults Section 54 14 FDREPORT DEFAULT Statement END Terminate FDREPORT processing Mainly used when calling FDREPORT under TSO EXECUTE Causes FDREPORT statements to be read from a library Section 54 15 FDREPORT EXECUTE Statement EXTRACT Build an extract file from the CA 1 or DFSMSrmm tape management System information Section 54 16 FDREPORT EXTRACT Statement HEADING User defined replacement column heading lines Section 54 17 FDREPORT HEADING Statement HELP Provide complete help services Section 54 18 FDREPORT HELP Statement IF Alternate form of supplying the selection and exclusion criteria to the report Section 54 19 FDREPORT IF Statement NEWS New features and changes OPTIMIZE Specify operands to help optimize FDREPORT execution Section 54 20 FDREPORT OPTIMIZE Statement PRINT Generates the report requested by the preceding statements Section 54 21 FDREPORT PRINT Statement PUNCH Controls generation of control statements and or JCL from report data Section 54 22 FDREPORT PUNCH Statement REPORT Selects data fields to be reported Section 54 23 FDREPORT REPORT Statement SET Set the return code Section 54 24 FDR
336. rizes volume records based on the serial number of the controller DEVTYPE Summarize volume records based on the device type The contents of the device type field are controlled by the SUMDEVICE keyword MFRCODE Summarizes volume records based on manufactures code NOBREAK Summarizes all available volume records No control break is taken NONE No summarization of volume records is performed SSID Summarizes volume records based on subsystem ID STORGRP Summarize by SMS storage group name non SMS managed volumes are summarized under a blank storage group name UNITPREFIX Summarize by the first n hex digits of the device address The operand UNITPREFIX n must also be specified n 1 to 3 VOLPREFIX Summarize by the first n characters of the volume serial The operand VOLPREFIX n must also be specified n 1 to 5 Default NONE CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 49 54 21 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT VTOCPAD nn Specifies the number of tracks to be added to the value CVAF returns for the highest DSCB in use when SETVTOCLIMITS is enabled The value may be any value from 3 to 45 Default 15 VTOCREAD Specifies the amount of data FDREPORT reads into storage in one EXCP when processing the VTOC and VVDS CYL Read a minimum of one cylinder into storage with a single EXCP Chained multi record read CCWs are used if MULTIRECREAD is enabled else chain
337. rocessing RETAIN Keep the extract file after completion of FDREPORT processing Default DELETE if created by the FDREPORT EXTRACT statement RETAIN if previously created and passed to FDREPORT via the RMMXTR DD Statement DSN dsn The name to use for extraction file Useful when you are also specifying DISP RETAIN Default A data set name is generated incorporating the userid date and time values STORCLAS storclas The SMS Storage class to assign to this extraction file If STORCLAS is not specified then UNIT is used for allocation of the extract file SPACE cyl Specifies the number of cylinders to allocate to this extraction file Default The value specified by the SYSUTSPACE operand is used UNIT unit Specifies the unit value to assign to this extraction file when performing the allocation Default The value specified by SYSUTUNIT operand is used When specifying PRODUCT CA1 SORTALLOC YES is required to allocate the SORTWORK DD statements necessary when producing the EXTRACT file This operand must be specified on a prior DEFAULT statement Additionally the CA 1 TMC must be identified to FDREPORT prior to the EXTRACT statement The CA 1 TMC can be identified in the JCL or with the CA1TMC operand on the DEFAULT statement For example DEFAULT SORTALLOC YES CALTMC CA1 TMC PAGE 54 28 54 17 HEADING STATEMENT SYNTAX HEADING STATEMENT HEADING STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54
338. rs This value changes any existing return code regardless of how or why it was set to the value specified unless IFRETURNCODE is also specified The number can be any value from 0 to 4095 Default The last return code to be set by any of FDREPORT Ss process or service routines PAGE 54 55 54 25 54 25 SORT STATEMENT SYNTAX SORT STATEMENT SORT STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT SORT STATEMENT FDREPORT SORT STATEMENT The syntax of the SORT statement is SORT FIELD fieTd1 f e d2 LENGTH CnnnL nnn BREAK EJ OFFSET CnnnL nnn NO RESET RPM NORESET eed SEQUENCE A nl DL SSP n SUB 12 SORT statement specifies the fields to be used to sort the data selected You can specify one or more fields to be used for the sort Most of the fields that can be reported on can be selected whether or not that field is to be printed If this statement is not specified the SORT COMBINE and SORT YES options on the PRINT and DEFAULT statements and several other reporting options that require sorting invoke sorting with default sorting parameters Sorting may require that you specify certain DD statements for your SORT product see Section 54 3 FDREPORT JCL Requirements or FDREPORT may dynamically allocate all required SORT files see SORTALLOC in Section 54 21 The BREAK statement described in the nex
339. rts selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDLUPGM EM Y BE Y 8 CHAR Last used program name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDOEDATE Y DATE Original expiration date TDOEDAYS Mv BM 5 Days since original expiration TDRANK Y NY 6 NUM Rank within sorted data TDRECFM EM Y BAM 5 CHAR Record format control character Blocked F Fixed M Machine control character S Standard spanned U Undefined V Variable None of the above TDRTVALU JY Y Y N 10 CHAR Retention value CATALOG CYCLE nnn LDATE nnn PERMANENT STATS nnn USER nnn Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSMSMGC v s CHAR SMS management class name Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDSTATUS Y 7 CHAR Volume status MASTER USER SCRATCH INIT ENTRY TDSYSID EM Y 4 CHAR System identification from SMF TDUCBID Y Y Y 8 HEX UCB 4 byte hex device type from catalog TDUCDATE Y Last user change date TDUCDAYS Y y Y 5 Days since last user change TDUCTIME Y 8 TIME Last user change time hh mm ss TDVEDATE Y Volume expiration date TDVEDAYS DN v EAE Y BM 5 NUM Days until volume expires CHAPTER 54
340. ry limit CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 153 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE CATALOG Field Name Table gt 3 les G 8 m Field Name 2 gt 2 Description 5 S nex Ne GDGRELGN A Y v Y Y NUM Generation Data Group relative generation GDGVERSN BM Y 2 NUM Generation Data Group version number INDEX EM Y BAM V 8 CHAR Index volume from data set name INDEXNUM Y EM v BM 3 NUM of index level in the data set or cluster name that is extracted into field INDEX MFRCODE Y BE Y 3 CHAR Manufactures code Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 MGMTCLAS 8 CHAR SMS management class Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 NAME Y 44 CHAR Data set name or VSAM cluster name NVSAMATR E Y 6 CHAR SMS managed non VSAM attributes in NVR OPTCD E Y 2 HEX Option code byte A DAM Actual addressing BC ICF VSAM catalog C SAM Chained scheduling using PCI DB DAM Dynamic buffering E DAM Extended search F DAM Feedback IS Independent overflow area IC ICF VSAM data set L IS Delete M IS Master index R IS Reorganization criteria RB DAM Relative block addressing RE
341. s The valid responses are BYPASS Check for the reserve and if it is over nn seconds bypass the UCB while issuing a message RETRY Check for the reserve and if it is over nn seconds add the UCB to a retry queue Up to 500 UCBs can be added to the retry queue Any more are automatically bypassed Entries on the retry queue are retried after all others have been processed Those that fail after the retry are bypassed WAIT Reserves not checked If they are encountered the program waits until the reserve is freed Default RETRY PAGE 54 36 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 COPY When fields relating to ABR backup or archive information are included in the report specifies which ABR copy 1 or 2 appears in the report Values are 1 Information about COPY1 is used 2 Information about COPY2 is used ALL Report information from and apply the selection criteria to all backup copies The upper limit for copy number is taken from the keyword MAXCOPY that defaults to 2 ANY Report information from and apply the selection criteria to the first backup copy located The upper limit for copy number is taken from the keyword MAXCOPY that defaults to 2 BOTH Both copies are used if both are cataloged Prints two lines in the report EITHER COPY1 information is used if a COPY1 backup is recorded otherwise 2 is used Default EITHER
342. s M FieldName 1 2 2 2 Description 2 3 8 gt lt c o TVRTVALU E Y Y Y N 10 CHAR Retention value CATALOG CYCLE nnn LDATE nnn PERMANENT STATS nnn USER nnn Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVSTATUS BAM Y 7 CHAR Volume status ENTRY E Scratch volume awaiting entry into a system managed tape library INIT I Scratch volume awaiting initialization MASTER M Master SCRATCH S Scratch volume USER U User volume TVSYSID Y BE Y 4 CHAR System identification from SMF TVTRDERR 9 NUM Temporary read errors TVTWTERR 9 NUM Temporary write errors TVUSEBYT v EE Y E 1 NUM Volume use bytes TVVENDOR EM v BMG CHAR Vendor Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVVOLSEQ DN v EM Y 3 NUM Volume sequence number TVVOLSER 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVWRMTCT Y Y 9 NUM Volume write mount count TVWWID E 24 CHAR Worldwide ID Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVXTDATE DATE The extraction date TVXTTIME A Y NN Y 8 TIME The extraction time CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 181 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 60 FDREPORT FIELD NAMES DATATYPE This is comple
343. s after one or more index levels Each period indicates that one index level is to be bypassed Multiple data set group values using the same operator may be entered as dsnspec dsnspec Note DSN and DSG operands can be repeated and or intermixed The XDSNAME operand cannot be used on the same command as DSN or DSG operands DSIND DSI Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have data set indicators that correspond to the indicator s supplied Valid indicators are LASTV Last volume on which data set resides RACF IBM RACF defined data set MULTS Block size is multiple of 8 PASSA Password required for read or write PASSW Password required only for write UPDAT Data set has been updated NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal DSNALCNT DSNALC nnnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have been extracted from a system catalog using DATATYPE CATALOG CATARCH or CATVTOC and must contain a number of aliases that satisfies the value and operator specified DSNALIAS DSNALI dsnspec Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have been extracted from a system catalog using DATATYPE CATALOG CATARCH or CATVTOC and must contain the character string specified as an alias name or an alias name prefix CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 85 54 28 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT DSNAME
344. s calculated by multiplying the number of tracks allocated by the track capacity in bytes The percentage is derived by dividing the allocation capacity into the number of bytes allocated The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected excluded have a percentage of free control intervals that is within the percentage specified The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive DIRFREE DIRF nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must a percent of free unused directory blocks that is within the percentage specified The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive DIRUSED DIRU nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a percent of used directory blocks that is within the percentage specified The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive FREE nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a percent of free unused tracks in the allocation that is within the percentage specified The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must be an IAM file and must have a percent of used independent OVERFLOW that is within the percentage specified The value may be from 0 to 100 inclusive USED 0 nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must a percent of used tracks in the allocation that is within the percentage specified The n
345. s just the field names that are marked in the field name table as being active for the various field selection services REPORT SORT SUMMARY and PUNCH ALL Lists the entire contents of the help member including all commands and field names and descriptions COMMAND Prints the entire command list COMMAND command Requests help for a specific command DESCRIPTION List all field names and their descriptions DESCRIPTION cccccccc List all field names that start with the character string and their descriptions FIELD List all field names FIELD cccccccc List all field names that start with the character string INCLUDE Include alternative formatting field names OPERANDS When specified with the operand COMMAND command requests help for only the operands of the command specified When specified without the operand COMMAND command requests help for the operands of the command or program SEQUENTIAL When used in conjunction with the keyword ACTIVE lists just the field names that are marked in the field name table as being active for the various field selection services REPORT SORT SUMMARY and PUNCH in sequential order When used without the keyword ACTIVE it has no apparent effect SYNTAX When specified with the operand COMMAND command requests help for only the syntax of the specified command When specified without the operand COMMAND command requests help for the syntax of the c
346. segments that can be associated with any report data record The value specified may be any number from 2 through 30 Default 26 n Specifies the maximum value for COPY when executing with COPY ALL or COPY ANY The value specified may be any number from 1 through 9 Default 2 MAXGDG nnn When reading from the system catalogs DATATYPE CATALOG CATVTOC or CATARCH specifies the maximum number of generations of each Generation Data Group GDG that are selected Only the most recent nnn generations are processed Default All generations are processed MAXONLINE nnnnn Specifies the maximum number of DASD volumes that can be processed by this PRINT statement The value can be from 5 to 32000 If the number of DASD volumes selected exceeds this number an error occurs This is a special concern when using ENABLE ONLINE in installations with large DASD installations Default 256 If ENABLE AUTOMAXON is in effect MAXONLINE is automatically set to the number of DASD volumes online to this system CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 41 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 21 FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT MAXSEPARATE nn Specifies the maximum number of spaces that must be left between printed data fields during custom report generation The number may be a value from the current value of MINSEPARATE to 30 see MINSEPARATE in Section 54 21 Default 1 MIHINTERVAL n Specifies the wait time i
347. selected PDS and create multiple records for the data set one for each member selected Default Disabled but assumed if member names are requested DISPLAY Specification of ENABLE DISPLAY on a DEFAULT statement causes it to display all of the FDREPORT operands that are stored the FDREPORT option table and their current default values Default Disabled See in Section 54 14 for information permanently changing the defaults DISPLSPACE Display the values resulting from the execution of a LSPACE command or the equivalent Default Disabled DSCBDISPLAY Displays the DSCBs read from VTOCs for all selected data sets Default Disabled DUMPALIAS Format and print the alias table created from the master catalog to SYSPRINT This operand is only honored when and if the DATATYPE is CATALOG CATARCH or CATVTOC Default Disabled CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 97 54 30 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS DUMPDATES Format and print all dates input to FDREPORT via control statements This is a diagnostic tool for use by INNOVATION Technical Support Default Disabled DUPBYPASS Bypass field names that are specified more than once with the BREAK REPORT or SORT commands The duplicate condition is documented with a FDR559 message without signifying an error condition and the command detected error return code is not set Default Enabled DUPDSNCH
348. set TDCATVOL Y 0 y CHAR First cataloged volume this data set Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCOMPRT Y N 6 NUM Compression ratio TDCRDATE Y Y Y Y DATE Creation date TDCRDAYS Y EMI Y 5 NUM Days since created TDCRDDNM Y Y Y Y 8 CHAR Creation DD statement name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCRJOB Y NM CHAR Creation job name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCRPGM EM Y BAM Y BM 8 CHAR Creation program name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TDCRSTEP Y NM CHAR Creation step name Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 190 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE RMMDSN Field Name Table gt 5 crc g Field Name 2 12 Description 2 x o lt TDCRSYS Y IY 8 CHAR Creation system ID TDCRTIME Y 8 TIME Creation time hh mm ss TDCRUNIT A v EM Y 4 CHAR Creation unit address TDDEVCLS Y EM Y BM 7 CHAR Device class TDDSNAME EM v 44 CHAR Data set name TDDSNSEQ 1 5 NUM Data set sequence TDESDAT
349. sort KSDS clusters with high Inserts Space occupied by largest ESDS files size sort Space occupied by busiest ESDS files EXCPs sort ESDS clusters with high Inserts Space occupied by largest RRDS files size sort Space occupied by busiest RRDS files EXCPs sort RRDS clusters with high Inserts Space occupied by largest variable RRDS files size sort Space occupied by busiest variable RRDS files EXCPs sort Variable RRDS clusters with high inserts Clusters defined with SHROPTs 3 and 4 Clusters that have Alternate Indexes AIXs PAGE 54 7 54 2 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING HEALTH CHECK Extended attribute clusters Extended format clusters Striped clusters Space occupied by HFS files Space occupied by ZFS files Reports showing PDS efficiency Basic stats on PDS data sets Multi extent PDS data sets PDS data sets with limited free space PDS data sets with limited free directory blocks PDS data sets with excess free space Basic stats on PDSE data sets FDRREORG space reclaimable by PDS compression all volumes Report data sets that may offend standards Uncataloged data sets Wrongly cataloged data sets Data sets with Undefined DSORG Data sets with discrete IBM RACF profile Empty PS PO ICF VSAM data sets Unmovable data sets Files with last ref d
350. st of the fields available You can select the data sets to be reported based on the values of most of these fields and you can report on any set of them you select You also control the positioning of the fields in the report VOLUME REPORTS FDREPORT can also report on the status of entire DASD volumes selecting and reporting on fields such as device type available space number of data sets by type and many others Section 54 30 also contains the list of fields available for volume reports You have the same selection and reporting options for volume reports as you do for data set reports OFFLINE VOLUMES FDREPORT can produce data set reports from offline volumes as well as online volumes Offline volumes may be used with point in time backups such as FDRINSTANT or with other special volume replication functions PPRC SRDF BCVs Shadowlmage FlashCopy SnapShot and the rest SoRTING report generated by FDREPORT be sorted using most of the report fields For example you may request that it report on all of the data sets currently online in size order FDREPORT invokes the system SORT product when required and dynamically allocates required sort libraries and work areas SUMMARIES _ FDREPORT can generate summaries on many of the report fields These summaries can show you the various values that the summary fields had and counts of the occurrences of each value The control break facility can cause summaries to be
351. t from the ISPF main menu specifying the volume serial or volser prefix to be displayed Menu Utilities Compilers Options Status Help ISPF Primary Option Menu Option gt a s3 freespc syts2 0 Settings Terminal and user parameters 1 View Display source data or listings Create or change source data 3 Utilities Perform utility functions 4 Foreground Interactive language processing euch Submit job for language processing 6 Command Enter TSO or Workstation commands 7 Dialog Test Perform dialog testing 8 LM Facility Library administrator functions 9 Products program development products 10 SCLM SW Configuration Library Manager FDR ABR FDR ABR DASD Management Functions and receive a report such as VOLUME LIST FREESPC LINE 1 2 COL 3 7 7 COMMAND SCROLL gt HALF Read Save Find Locate Refresh Next Message Printd Help COMMAND VOLSER UADR DEVTYPE STF SDF FRTRK SYTS23 TORG 3390 27 980 SSAA OA 2 VolumeS SELECTED CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 244 Reader s Comment Form FDR User Documentation V5 4 L80 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING If you have comments on this manual including o o 1 o o Errors in the text or typographical errors Clarity Suggestions for improvement in the manual Suggestions for improvement in the product Any other comments Please complete this form and fax
352. t library must be a data set that has the attributes RECFM FB LRECL 80 It may be either sequential DSORG PS or partitioned DSORG PO The EXECUTE statement uses the presence or absence of the REPORT operand to differentiate between sequential or partitioned data sets If is specified the data set is assumed to be partitioned and REPORT provides the member name If REPORT is omitted the data set is assumed to be sequential NOTE The ISPF SRS dialog documented in Section 54 80 FDRSRS Search Report and Services Dialog is another way to save selection and or formatting parameters in a library that can then be executed under TSO or submitted for batch execution EXECUTE ECHO STATEMENT NOECHO OPERANDS Specifies that the control statements read by this EXECUTE statement are to be printed ECHO on SYSPRINT or not Default NOECHO FDRLIB ddn Specifies the FDRLIB DD Statement name FDREPORT scans for the control statements to be processed If REPORT is specified this FDRLIB DD Statement must point to a partitioned data set If REPORT is not specified FDREPORT reads this data set sequentially The format of this data set must be fixed blocked with an LRECL of 80 The blocksize is set at user discretion Default FDRLIB MAXEXECUTE nnnnn Specifies the number of control statements that can be present single predefined report The number may be from 10 to 32766 inclusive De
353. t section provides a simpler alternative to the SORT statement when all fields are to be sorted in ascending order and a standard control break is to be taken on every field FIELD Specifies one or more fields to be used by FDREPORT for the SORT If more than one field is specified they are sorted in the order specified The tables in Section 54 30 document the available field names check the SORT column to see which are supported for sorting SEQUENCE Specifies the SEQUENCE in which the corresponding SORT field is to be sorted Ascending sequence D Descending sequence If more than one field was specified each value coded is associated with the relative position of the field specified For example if FIELD A B C is specified with SEQUENCE D A D field A is sorted descending field B ascending and field C descending Default A ascending PAGE 54 56 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT SORT STATEMENT 54 25 BREAK Specifies if a change in the value of a SORT FIELD is to cause a control break and what action to take at that break EJ Page eject only NO No control break RPM Reset punch mask re initialize punch mask processing see Section 54 21 FDREPORT PRINT Statement SEJ Subtotal summary fields and page eject SP Space one line only SSP Subtotal summary fields and space one line SUB Subtotal summary fields YES Subtotal summary fields spa
354. te list of all operands that are available for with DEFDASD FIELD DATATYPE DEFDASD DEFDASD attempts to extract a limited set of data from all NAME TABLE defined DASD devices regardless of their current state DEFDASD also provides access to the storage resident fields that describe the available storage for System Managed Storage SMS volumes DATATYPE DEFDASD Field Name Table je o lt 5 m Field Name O gt gt 2 2 Description Ta Tm Z ZD 5 UCBSTATS EN v EM Y CHAR UCB status indicators OFFLINE ONLINE VL FTRKS Y IY Y 3 NUM Volume tracks free percent VL UTRKS NUM Volume tracks used percent VLALOSTA E YJ Y 6 CHAR Volume allocation status ALLOC allocated device ONLINE online only SYSRES system residence IPL volume UNLOAD scheduled for unload VLBYTCYL Y Y 10 NUM Bytes cylinder VLBYTTRK Y NUM Bytes track VLBYTVOL Y Y 10 NUM Bytes volume VLCCA Y Y NY 2 HEX Channel connect address VLCTLSER Y EM Y BM 5 CHAR Controller serial number Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 VLCTLTYP 6 CHAR Controller type VLCYLVOL A Y Y YlY 5 NUM Number of cylinders volume VLDCEACT Y Y Y N 19 CHAR DCE active features CCC Extended remote copy CFW Cache fast write DCA Dual copy active DFW DASD fast write TKC Trac
355. tement is COPY The COPY statement is used to copy the FDREPORT option values set in a previous version of FDREPORT by reading the FSREPOPT module from the previous load library and setting the equivalent options in the new FSREPOPT module The COPY statement requires the SYSLIB DD Statement to identify the new load library and the FROMDD DD Statement to identify the previous load library SeeSection 54 3 FDREPORT JCL Requirements for information on specifying these DD statements There are no operands for the COPY statement PAGE 54 19 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 14 FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT 54 14 FDREPORT DEFAULT STATEMENT DEFAULT The syntax of the DEFAULT statement is STATEMENT DEFAULT ABRINDEX cccccccc DATATYPE ARCHIVE SYNTAX A BCDS CATALOG AGEACCUM nn CATARCH _ CATVTOC AGEINC2ennn ENCRYPT ALIASLEVEL n EXTRACT ALTDATADDNAME ddn MEUS RMMDSN ARCDSNAME dsn RMMVOL SCRATCH ARCLIMITennnnn TVTOC BCDSCLUSTER dsn VOLDATA BCDSDDNAME EINE DATEFORMAT DDMMYY BININTERVAL nn DDMMYYYY BYTEFORMAT BYTES MMDDYY KILOBYTES MMDDYYY Y MEGABYTES YYDDD YYDDMM CANDSPACE cccccccccc YYMMDD CATALOGSEARCH RELATED YYYYDDD STANDARD YYYYDDMM CA1TMC dsn DDCNT2nnn CALXDDNAME ddn CALXPREFIX pfx DIAGPCHDDNAME ddn CHANGE PERM DISABLE options RESET DSKIP n ENABLE options CHKONLRESERVE
356. the data set name of the Archive Control File to be used as input if DATATYPE ARCHIVE or DATATYPE CATARCH is also specified and no ARCHIVE DD Statement is present Default The default is the Archive Control File name in the FDR Global Options Table and is usually FDRABR ARCHIVE NOTE This field is not eligible for permanent change BCDSCLUSTER dsn Specifies the cluster name of the DFSMShsm BCDS data set The BCDS cluster is dynamically allocated if DATATYPE BCDS is used If the BCDS is defined to DFSMShsm as a multi cluster file specify all the cluster names in parenthesis up to 4 for example BCDSCLUSTER clusterl cluster2 cluster3 cluster4 If these parameters are not specified FDREPORT expects that the JCL contains a BCDSDD DD statement for DATATYPE BCDS BCDSDDNAME Specifies the DDname to be used when reading the DFHSM or DFSMShsm BCDS data set if DATATYPE BCDS is used Default BCDSDD CA1TMC dsn Specifies the data set name of the CA 1 Tape Management Catalog TMC to be used when extracting data from product CA 1 This value is required when performing an EXTRACT command for PRODUCT CA1 CA1XDDNAME ddn Specifies the ddname used when retrieving CA 1 extracted data created by the EXTRACT command using PRODUCT CA1 Default CA1XTR pfx Specifies the 1 to 8 character prefix to be used when naming the newly created extract field using the EXTRACT comma
357. the test is true if any of the comparisons are equal For not equal the test is true if all of the comparisons are not equal For example LRECL 80 133 selects data sets whose LRECL is either 80 or 133 In addition a given FIELD name may be specified more than once with several different operators all of the tests must be true for the data set to be selected unless all of the operators are equal 7 or EQ when it is sufficient for any one of the tests on that field to be true For example SIZE gt 50 SIZE lt 100 DSORG PS DSORG PO selects any PS or PO data sets between 50 and 100 tracks in size CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 67 54 28 XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT OPERANDS CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT When processing data sets from the source selected by DATATYPE on the PRINT statement each data set is passed through this filtering process 4 If any XEXCLUDE statements are present the data set s FIELD values compared to each statement If all of the tests on a given statement are true for that data set it is excluded from processing If any XSELECT statements are present then for any data set that was not excluded the data set s FIELD values are compared to each of them If all of the tests on a given statement are true for that data set it is processed If there are no XSELECT statements present then all data sets that are n
358. tion via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVCRTIME Y 8 TIME Creation time hh mm ss TVC1AIVO Y 6 CHAR Actual internal volser Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVC1CATC Mv BM Y NUM Volume catalog count TVC1CLCT LM Y BM Y NUM Tape clean count TVC1CLDT Y Y Y Y D DATE Clean date TVC1CLDY 5 NUM Days since cleaned TVC1CPRE EN Y NUM Clean permanent read errors TVC1CPWE DN v EE Y 5 NUM Clean permanent write errors TVC1CTRE A Y Y Y Y 5 NUM Clean temporary read errors TVC1CTWE Mv 5 NUM Clean temporary write errors TVC1CLUC Mv BM Y 5 NUM Use count when tape cleaned TVC1DENS E y Y Y N 15 CHAR Density 1600B 1600 BPI 200B 200 BPI 3480C 3480 cart tape 3480C3 3480 cart 38000 3590C 3590 cart tape 3592C 3592 cart tape 3592W 3592 WORM cart 556B 556 BPI 6250B 6250 BPI 800B 800 BPI TVC1DSBF Y Y Y 8 NUM Relative number of first DSNB TVC1DSBL Y 8 NUM Relative number of last DSNB TVC1EDM EM Y BE Y 4 CHAR External data manager TVC1FLG1 E y Y N 19 CHAR Flag byte 1 ABN Volume closed by abend CLN Tape is to be cleaned CLO Volume closed by TMS DEL Volume deleted from library INT Internal field changed by user RDS Default expiration date used SCR Listed on scratch list UPD TMC record updated by user CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54
359. to be displayed as a five byte field This field has previously been limited to 4 095 when stored in the Archive Control File It has been expanded to 65 634 requiring the additional display byte Default The extra byte is displayed in the blank byte between BKFILENO and the preceding field FLAGDIAGNOSE Requests that any messages generated as the result of FDREPORT s DIAGNOSEVVDS operand cause a failing return code to be generated and if any standard FDREPORT messages are issued they are issued as error messages Default Disabled FORMAT4DSCB Request that the VTOC itself be identified by the name FORMAT4 DSCB in reports generated from the VTOC rather than the default of Default Disabled FOURBYTEXTENT Displays the NOEXTENT field total extents in a data set as four digits instead of three digits Only Extended Format Striped data sets can exceed 999 extents Default Disabled GDGBASEONLY The catalog scan is to return only the base segment of a Generation Data Group GDG Default Disabled GDGONLY When scanning the catalog DATATYPE CATALOG CATVTOC only generations of a Generation Data Group GDG are to be selected Default Disabled HEADINGS Field column heading lines are to be included in the report Default Enabled CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 99 54 30 CHAPTER 54 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS HEXBYTES Kilob
360. to be processed The available options are IGNORE Bypass relating the ICF components to the base cluster Permit selection and processing by component name YES Process ICF data sets based on the base cluster only Do not select or process any component as a separate entity Default YES ICFSOURCE Specifies how where information is to be obtained for reporting on ICF VSAM data and index components LOCATE Issue super locate to obtain the necessary information VVDS Read the SYS1 VVDS Vvolser cluster directly and extract the necessary information directly from the VVR records NOTE Specifying VVDS requires that the programs reading the VVDS be fully APF authorized or the end of extent appendage IGG019YZ be placed in the Authorized Appendage List Default LOCATE if FDREPORT is not APF authorized VVDS if FDREPORT is APF authorized IFKEYWORDERROR Specifies how FDREPORT is to respond to the PRINT command or other action commands if an error is encountered during the parsing of user specified keywords BYPASS Bypass all action commands but continue to parse keywords PROCESS Process all action commands Default PROCESS IFSELECTERROR Specifies how FDREPORT is to respond to the PRINT command or other action commands if an error is encountered during the parsing of user specified keywords and values on any of the XSELECT or XEXCLUDE commands BYPASS Bypass all action commands but continue to parse ke
361. to the entries INDEXDISPLAY causes the index to be displayed This is a diagnostic tool that is reserved for use by INNOVATION Technical Support Default Disabled INDEXPROCESS Process the index component of an ICF VSAM cluster when performing selection based on last referenced date Default Disabled INDEXVALID Consider the last referenced date of the index component of an ICF VSAM cluster to be valid Default The last referenced date of ICF VSAM clusters is set to zero INFOMSG Failure to process or select any data sets from a specified volume results in an informative message Default Enabled PAGE 54 100 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT EXECUTION OPTIONS 54 30 LARGEDISK Required for proper reporting when processing 3390 27 DASD or any DASD with more than 10 017 cylinders up to 32 760 cylinders This option changes the size of some of the fields to accommodate the larger DASD Default Disabled LIMITALIASTB Requests that the effect of the DUMPALIAS support be limited to the aliases required for this execution Default Enabled LSPACERECOVER Requests that failing LSPACE requests be driven through the LSPACE simulator while masking the failure Default Disabled MAXAVAILABLE FDREPORT gathers all information about selected data sets from all available sources If disabled only the sources required to provide the field names referenced in FDREPORT statements are read For examp
362. ule AMODE MEMBATTR E N 19 CHAR PDS PDSE member load module attributes AC Authorization code 1 NOEX Not executable OL Only loadable REFR Refreshable RENT Reentrant REUS Serially reusable MEMBCRDT Y DATE PDS PDSE member creation date MEMBCURR Y BAM Y BS NUM PDS PDSE member current record count MEMBENTR EM Y BE Y 8 PDS PDSE member load module entry point MEMBERS 6 NUM Number of PDS members MEMBID Y BE OG CHAR PDS member ID Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 MEMBINTR EM Y B Y BAM 5 NUM PDS PDSE member initial record count MEMBLMDT EM Y DATE PDS PDSE member last mod date MEMBLMTI EM Y BE Y BAM 8 TIME PDS PDSE member last mod time hhmmss MEMBMOD HM Y BAM Y BAM 5 NUM PDS PDSE member modified record count MEMBMODR EM Y BAM Y 5 NUM PDS PDSE member modified record count MEMBRMOD 3 PDS PDSE member load module RMODE MEMBSSI Y BE OG CHAR PDS PDSE member SSI Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 MEMBSTOR 8 PDS PDSE member load module storage required MEMBTTR Y OG PDS member TTR tttttrrr or MEMBVER Y BE Y 2 NUM PDS PDSE member version number MEMBVFM Y N Y 5 CHAR PDS PDSE member formatted version mod MEMNAME EM Y BE Y CHAR PDS PDSE member
363. umber may be from 0 to 100 inclusive ABRCYCLE ABRC nn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have a current ABR backup that is within the ABR cycle number supplied The number may be from 0 to 63 inclusive ABRGEN ABRG nnnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must a current ABR backup that is within the ABR generation number supplied The number may be from 0 to 9999 inclusive ABRHITRS nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must come from a volume with a ABR high threshold within the value specified The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 69 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT 54 28 FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT ABRIND ABRI Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must have an ABR indicator that corresponds to the indicator supplied Valid indicators are Always backup never archive Current ABR backup N Normal backup never archive R Archiving requested X Exclude from ABR processing NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ABRLOTRS nnn Specifies the data set s selected or excluded must come from a volume with an ABR low threshold within the value specified The number may be from 0 to 100 inclusive Specifies the data set s selected excluded have been tested with the ENQUEUE macro to determine if the data set is cur
364. umes that have an Indexed VTOC VTOCIX that has been disabled A status of YES indicates that the VTOCIX exists but is not active REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE DISABLED VTOC INDEXES XSELECT VLINDSTA YES REPORT FIELD VLVOLSER VLINDSTA PRINT ENABLE ONLINE DATATYPE VOLDATA 21 The generated report looks like DISABLED VTOC INDEXES VTOCIX YES PAGE 54 124 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT VOLUME EXAMPLES 54 44 VOLUME Generate statistics for all online volumes in a tabular format for import into another STATISTICS FOR program such as SAS If this is done at regular intervals the other program might be used IMPORT EXAMPLE to keep a history of the values generating history statistical and trend reports You might also download the report file to a PC for analysis by PC based programs such as EXCEL The tabular format contains no titles or page breaks it contains one set of headings but you can add DISABLE HEADINGS to suppress them REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD DSN SYSTEMS VOLSTAT 1 UNIT DISK TRK 3 DISP CATLG SYSIN DD XSELECT VLINDSTA YES REPORT FIELD VLVOLSER VLUNIT VLDEVTYP VLTRKVOL VLALOTRK VLDSCB1 PRIN
365. upplied CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 72 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT XSELECT AND XEXCLUDE STATEMENT 54 28 ATTR1 Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have one or more of the following data set attributes found in the ATTR1 field in the VSAM data set information cell of an ICF VSAM data or index component ECS Catalog eligible for Enhanced Catalog Sharing ERASE Erase components when cluster deleted INHIBIT component can be accessed for read only RECOVERY Data component s control areas are preformatted REUSEABLE Cluster can be re opened as a new cluster SPEED Data component s control areas are not preformatted TEMPEXPORT Portable copy has been made TRACKOVER Track overflow UNIQUE NOTE Operators value for this operand are equal and not equal ATTR2 Specifies the ICF VSAM cluster s or components selected or excluded have one or more of the following data set attributes found in the ATTR2 field in the VSAM data set information cell of an ICF VSAM data or index component CATALOGBUSY Catalog busy no access allowed CATALOGLOCK Catalog is locked COMPNOTUSE Component is not usable INTERNALDSN Internal system data set REGSHROPT1 Any number of users for read or one user for read write REGSHROPT2 Any number of users for read and one user for write REGSHROPT3 Fully shared by any number of users Users are responsible f
366. vailable when you are reporting on data Tape Management System database All examples in this section are found in the JCL library installed with FDR The member names are EX5448x REPORT ON TAPES Extract data from the DFSMSrmm tape management system and report on the tapes that WITH PERMANENT have a permanent retention status TVEXDATE 1999365 A second title line is printed RETENTION showing the creating date and time of the extraction file EXAMPLE FDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD TITLE INE RMM EXTRACTION ON TVXTDATE TVXTTIM EXTRACT PRODUCT RMM STORCLAS TEMPDATA V REPORT FIELD TVVOLSER TVF1DSN TVEXDATE TVCRDATE TVLRDATE TVSTATUS SORT FIELD TVVOLSER XSELECT TVEXDATE 99 365 PRINT DATATYPE RMMVOL ENABLE CHAREXPDATES DATEFORMAT MMDDYYYY The generated report looks like RMM EXTRACTION ON 06 12 2013 AT 10 02 04 FIRST FILE DATASET E LRDATE VOLSTAT 12 04 08 20 1998 MASTE 12 04 08 20 1998 MAST 12 04 1 08 20 1998 MAST 12 04 08 20 1998 MAST 12 04 08 20 1998 MAST 12 04 71 09 16 1998 5 OSMAN 03 15 2006 MAST 03 27 03 13 2006 5 087207 03 10 2006 DA 03 10 2006 MAST CLIN 03 07 2006 MAST 03 27 03 03 2006 5 04 22 12 18 2009 5 04 22
367. write errors TVUCDATE Y DATE Last user change date TVUCDAYS NUM Days since last user change TVUCTIME Y 8 TIME Last user change time hhmmss TVUSEBYT BM Y EAM 11 NUM Volume use bytes TVUSECNT uv 5 NUM Volume use count TVUSERID Y ENEMY CHAR User id Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVUSRDSC EM Y 30 CHAR User description Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVVENDOR EM Y ENEMY BM 8 CHAR Vendor Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVVOLENV E Y Y Y N e9 CHAR Volume environment I Open systems managed by IRMM MVS M MVS systems VM V VM systems TVVOLSEQ NUM Volume sequence number TVVOLSER 6 CHAR Volume serial number Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVWRMTCT y Y 9 NUM Volume write mount count TVWWID Y 24 CHAR Worldwide ID Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 TVXTDATE A Y NN Y DATE The extraction date TVXTTIME NY 8 TIME extraction time TV1LBVOL A Y Y 6 CHAR VOL1 label volser Note This field supports selection via a mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28
368. y SAF NONE No protection PROFILE Data set protected by a generic profile SELALIAS Y Y Y Y 35 CHAR Selecting alias SGDGBASE Y IN IN N 20 CHAR Short GDG base name first 20 bytes SMSFLAGS Y 4 CHAR SMS managed data set flag byte DSCB MANAGED S SMS managed NOBCS N Not cataloged REBLOCK R Reblockable DADSMCRT D DADSM assigned blksize PDSE 1 Partitioned data set extended PDSEX X Hierarchical File System HFS ATTREXTN E Extended Attribute EA STRIPE Z Extended Format EF SNAME Y N IN N 20 CHAR Short data set name or VSAM cluster name first 20 bytes only SPLCLS Y N N N 27 CHAR Split ICF cluster name on two lines SPLDSN Y IN N 27 CHAR Split data set name on two lines SPLGDGB Y IN IN IN 27 CHAR Split GDG base name SPLNAME Y N N 27 CHAR Split data set name or ICF cluster name on two lines SSID y 4 CHAR Control unit subsystem identifier Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STORCLAS y 8 CHAR SMS storage class Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 STORGRP Y CHAR SMS storage group name Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SYSID Mv 4 CHAR System identification from SMF UCBID 8 HEX UCB 4 byte device type hex UNIT Y BM Y BM 3 CHAR Unit address of
369. y dsn Read only dsn Default FDREPORT Extract data set name Extract dsname gt FDRABR SRS EXTRACT Default ABR Archive Control File name or blank Archive dsname Default Catalog name where to search or blank to use the master catalog Catalog dsname Press PF3 END or PF7 19 PF8 20 UP DOWN to display other options panels CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 220 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDRSRS DIALOG OPTIONS AND DEFAULTS PANELS 54 81 SRS BATCH JCL OPTIONS FDRSRS BATCH SUBMISSION OPTIONS PANEL A S 0 3 E OPTION gt Job Statement Information gt useridA JOB ACCOUNT NAME NOTIFY userid gt Wie qe gt Js FDR Program Library for STEPLIB DD blank if LINKLIST Steplib gt SYSOUT Class gt Press PF3 END or PF7 19 PF8 20 UP DOWN to display other options panels SRS REPORT FORMAT OPTIONS FDRSRS REPORT FORMAT OPTIONS PANEL A S 0 4 urdacc aa LE EDO Repone OP OPTION gt Date Format gt MMDDYYYY YYDDD MMDDYY DDMMYY YYYYDDD MMDDYYYY DDMMYYYY Byte Format KILOBYTES bytes kilobytes megabytes Fold Dsname YES yes no Backup Copy gt EITHER TM 29 1 gt ALL setate Optional FDREPORT DEFAULT statement gt AE Use FDR
370. y some other existing PDS Alternately specify SORTALLOC SORTWORK SORTMSG or make this the permanent default see Section 54 14 FDREPORT DEFAULT Statement SORTMSG Specifies the message option to be used by the program SORT if external sorting is required AC All messages to the console AP All messages to the printer CC Critical messages to the console CP Critical messages to the printer NO No messages to be produced PC Critical messages to both console and printer Default CC SORTMSGDDNAME ddn Specifies the DDname to be used by the program SORT if messages are to be printed Default SYSOUT SORTPFX cccc Specifies the DDname prefix to be used by the program SORT if external sorting is required If the string specified is less than 4 characters a dollar sign fill character is used Default Taken from the FDR Global Options Table and is usually SORT SPFC nn Specifies the maximum number of characters to use within the SPFI index count when creating SUMLEVEL INDEX control breaks The number may be from 1 to 23 Default 8 SPFI n Specifies the maximum number of indexes to consider when creating SUMLEVEL INDEX control breaks The number may be from 1 to 4 Default 1 SSPKLINECNT n Specifies the number of blank lines that are to be inserted at each break when BREAK SSPK is specified on the SORT command The number may be a value from 1 to 9 inclusive Default
371. yption key ENCRTIME AY Y NN 8 TIME Backup time hh mm ss ENCRTYPE E Y Y Y N 6 CHAR Encryption type AES128 Advanced Encryption Standard AES with a 128 bit 16 byte key AES192 Advanced Encryption Standard AES with a 192 bit 24 byte key AES256 Advanced Encryption Standard AES with a 256 bit 32 byte key AESFAST Advanced Encryption Standard AES with a 128 bit 16 byte key CIPHER Transformation consisting of character substitution plus transposition based a randomly generated 4096 bit 512 byte key SUBSTITUTE Character substitution transformation of the data based on a randomly generated 2048 bit 256 byte key ENCRVOL Y S CHAR Original serial number encrypted Note This field supports selection via mask See VOLUME in Section 54 28 SPLEBDSN Y 20 CHAR Original backup data set name ABR split format CHAPTER 54 PAGE 54 184 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT FIELD NAMES 54 60 DATATYPE This is list of the specific operands that are available for use with EXTRACT FIELD DATATYPE EXTRACT EXTRACT reads data files created by FDREPORT from all other NAME TABLE data sources This means all operands that are used for other data sources can be used based on the original data type or source Refer to the original DATATYPE for a complete list of the accepted operands DATATYPE EXTRACT Field Name Table le Jp gt Field 4 2 5 2 2 2 Description
372. yte and megabyte calculations are to be based on division by 1 024 hex rather than 1 000 decimal Default Disabled HFSEXCLUDE Do not use FAMS to determine the amount of free space in HFS or ZFS data sets Default Disabled IAM FDREPORT attempts to identify IAM files IAM is a separately priced product from INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Default IAM is enabled if any IAM fields are requested IAMINFO IAMUSE OVER OVERFLOW OVERUSED or if DSORG is specified on XSELECT or XEXCLUDE command and disabled otherwise NOTE If DSORG is requested as a report field but not as a selection field and no IAM fields are requested you must specify ENABLE IAM if you want IAM data sets to be identified in the DSORG Otherwise IAM data sets show a DSORG of DA ICFERRPRT Print error messages from the ICF VSAM identification processor Default Disabled INDEX Extract an index level from the name of every data set for sorting purposes and other uses The index level to be extracted 1 2 and so on is controlled by the INDEXNUM operand of the PRINT statement The extracted index is available as the INDEX field name Default Enabled INCLUDEDETAIL Include data set detail information when creating records from the alias table produced by FDR CATP the catalog driver See REPORTALIASTB Section 54 30 for additional information Default Disabled INDEXDISPLAY FDREPORT currently indexes the VVDS to provide rapid access
373. ywords PROCESS Process all action commands Default PROCESS PAGE 54 40 GENERALIZED REPORT WRITER FDREPORT FDREPORT PRINT STATEMENT 54 21 INDEXNUM n Field name INDEX allows sorting summary and so on on an index level extracted from each data set name INDEXNUM specifies which index level is to be extracted 1 is first 2 is second and so on Default 1 the high level index LBPZERO Specifies how a PS sequential data set whose last block pointer is all zeros is to be treated for used and free track calculations VALID Means that such data sets are considered to have no tracks used and all tracks free INVALID Means they are considered to be entirely used and no tracks free Since most access methods maintain a valid last block pointer in the Format 1 DSCB LBPZERO VALID the default produces correct reports for almost all data sets so it is recommended Default VALID NOTE The LBPZERO operand FDREPORT is not affected by the default value of LBPZERO in the FDR Global Options Table that value is used for backups restores and similar functions The default of LBPZERO in FDREPORT can be changed with the procedure described under the DEFAULT statement Section 54 14 FDREPORT DEFAULT Statement LINECNT nn Specifies the maximum number of lines each report page can contain from 28 to 99 inclusive Default 58 MAXBKUPARRAY nn Specifies the maximum number of backup

FDREPORT User Manual - Innovation Data Processing

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents